Hn
+
=
151
RI
PS
i
Ж
s
m
AR
DMA b
igtur
[uo АН
ЕЕЕ
Vii
hrs
n
dons
ent
eunt
КИН
nint
Epia
Ta dut
GM
i
da
ишн
pU
E
i
PIT
fn
Hs siat
A
чн
P
A
—————p + a
e A re : "TUE зү з j "EET У
———— TES :
J Ts 1
AUSTRALIAN —
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
Aust. ent. Mag.
Edited by M. S. Moulds
VOLUME 9, PART 1
| JUNE, 1982
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted |
principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand |
and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional |
entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume. |
SUBSCRIPTIONS
All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:
Australian Entomological Press,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,
Australia,
Individual Subscriptions
$10.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea
A$11.00 (US$14.00 or Stg.£6.00) per annum overseas
Institutional Subscriptions
A$13.00 (US$16.00 or Stg.£6.50) per annum
COVER
Illustrated by B. L. Brunet
The large and beautiful stag beetle, Phalacrognathus muelleri Macleay |
(family Lucanidae), is one of Australia’s most spectacular beetles. The dom- |
inant pigmentation is maroon and green with a brillant mirror-like sheen.
Large males can measure 60 mm or more in length. The species is found only
in rain forest in north-eastern Queensland where the larvae feed in decaying
logs. Adults fly at dusk and rarely venture beyond rain forest margins.
Published by
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,
N.S.W. 2065, Australia.
Phone: 43-3972
Printed by
.. Graphic Printing & Design Co., Ltd
379-381 King's Rd, North Point,
Hong Kong
Australian Entomological
Magazine
Aust. ent. Mag.
RT, T = = m
Volume 9, Part 1 AGS MUSA June, 1982
13 OCT 1982
V Ха истом
“о
NEW RECORDS OF M CT ENIDAENANI AND HESPERIIDAE
(LEPIDOPTERA) FROM NORTHERN QUEENSLAND
By P. S. Valentine and S. J. Johnson
Geography Department, James Cook University, Townsville 4811
and
P.O. Box 1085, Townsville, 4810
Abstract
Distribution extensions for eight species of Hesperiidae and seven species of
Lycaenidae are given. Acrodipsas brisbanensis (Miskin) is recorded from northern Queens-
land for the first time.
Introduction
The following records provide some notable range extensions for several
species of Lycaenidae and Hesperiidae. Of particular interest are the first
record of Acrodipsas brisbanensis (Miskin) from northern Queensland and a
new location for Zetona delospila (Waterhouse).
HESPERIIDAE
Euschemon rafflesia alba Mabille. This species occurs commonly at the south-
ern extremity of the Paluma Range 16 km south-west of Bluewater, and 40 km
west of Townsville. Specimens were collected on 11 October 1980 and
21 February 1981. This species was previously recorded as far south as Paluma
(Common and Waterhouse 1981).
Chaetocneme porphyropis (Meyrick and Lower). This species is seldom taken
and specimens have mainly been collected in the Kuranda area. On 22 February
1978 a specimen was taken in rain forest 6 km east of Babinda in the Graham
Range.
Tagiades japetus janetta Butler. It appears that this species may be actively
extending its range southward as suggested by J. F. R. Kerr (Common and
Waterhouse 1972: 75). At that time the southern known limit was Paluma.
2 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(1), June, 1982
Common and Waterhouse (1981) record the species as far south as Proserpine
and Shute Harbour. On 7 April 1980 one specimen was taken and discarded
and others seen at Jim Crow Mountain, Yeppoon (A. J. Johnson, pers. comm.).
Trapezites heteromacula Meyrick and Lower. This skipper is generally
considered rare throughout its known range from Cape York to Kuranda
(Common and Waterhouse 1981). A male was taken on 14 March 1980
flying in savannah woodland at the southern extremity of the Paluma Range,
16 km south-west of Bluewater and 40 km west of Townsville.
Toxidia rietmanni parasema (Lower). A male of this northern subspecies was
taken on 24 February 1980 at Paluma. Further specimens were taken between
4 October and 19 October 1980 at the southern extremity of the Paluma
Range, 40 km west of Townsville. The southern limit given in Common and
Waterhouse (1981) is Herberton.
Neohesperilla senta (Miskin). Several specimens were collected near Bluewater
Creek, 1 km north-east of Bluewater, on 23 February 1980 and 1 March 1980.
This record extends the known range of the species south to Townsville.
Hesperilla sexguttata Herrich-Scháffer. A single specimen of this rather elusive
species was collected adjacent to Ollera Creek, 60 km north-west of Townsville
on 7 April 1980. Another was taken at Cape Cleveland east of Townsville on
20 April 1980. This species was previously known from the Townsville
district only from Magnetic Island (Atkins 1978).
Suniana lascivia neocles (Mabille). Common and Waterhouse (1981) record |
this species in north-eastern Queensland south to Ingham. In March 1980 two |
males were collected at the southern end of the Paluma Range, 40 km west of |
Townsville and some 16 km south-west of Bluewater. |
LYCAENIDAE
Acrodipsas brisbanensis (Miskin). The distribution of the most northern
subspecies is eastern New South Wales and south-eastern Queensland as far |
north as the Bunya and Glasshouse Mountains (Common and Waterhouse |
1981, Sands 1979). On 29 March 1980 a pair was collected from a hilltop |
18 km west of Paluma. Subsequently a male was taken at the same locality |
on 5 April and another on 19 April 1980. Examination of the male genitalia
has confirmed the species identification. This record is most notable, bridging |
the disjunction in the distribution of the genus between Coen and Expedition
Range, and extending the known range of A. brisbanensis by 1,200 km.
Hypochrysops pythias euclides Miskin. This species was common at the
southern end of the Paluma Range on 11 October 1980. The species appears
to be very local and all specimens collected have been flying around clumps
of the food plant (Triumfetta rhomboidea) or adjacent trees. De Baar (1979)
reported rearing larvae from Paluma and we have subsequently found larvae
in the Paluma area.
Aust. ent. Mag. 9(1), June, 1982 3
Hypolycaena danis turneri (Waterhouse). Known to extend south to Innisfail
(Common and Waterhouse 1981). A fresh specimen was collected along the
Wallaman Falls road, 30 km west of Ingham, on 8 March 1980.
Deudorix epijarbas dido Waterhouse. Common and Waterhouse (1981) record
the southern limit of this subspecies as Tully, and throughout its range it is not
common. In March 1980 a male was taken along Wallaman Falls road, 30 km
west of Ingham, and on 17 February 1980 several males were collected in fresh
condition from a hilltop near the Black River, 17 km west of Townsville.
Zetona delospila (Waterhouse). Originally known only from the Kimberley
region of Western Australia specimens have more recently been taken from
near Fairview in far north Queensland (Monteith and Hancock, 1977). In early
May 1980 specimens were common at Porcupine Gorge National Park about
70 km north of Hughenden. No specimen was netted but several close-up
35 mm slides were taken by Mr David Thomae of Cairns and these enabled
positive identification of this distinctive species. On 16 May 1981 some forty
specimens were seen at the same locality by the authors despite inclement
weather.
Danis danis serapis Miskin. A specimen was netted in Townsville in May 1977
and another taken on 11 October 1980 south-west of Bluewater about 40 km
west of Townsville. The species is recorded as far south as the Paluma Range
(Common and Waterhouse 1981).
Megisba strongyle nigra (Miskin). The previously known southern limit of this
small and unobtrusive lycaenid is given in Common and Waterhouse (1981) as
Paluma. Between 2 February and 25 April 1980 several specimens were taken
on Mt Stuart, Townsville.
Acknowledgements
The authors wish to thank Mr A. J. Johnson of Brisbane and Mr David
Thomae of Cairns for permission to refer to their unpublished observations.
Advice from Mr M. S. Moulds on the preparation of this paper is also
acknowledged.
References
Atkins, A., 1978. The Hesperilla malindiva group from northern Australia including a
new species. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17: 205-215.
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Rob-
ertson, Sydney.
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Revised edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
De Baar, M., 1979. Some new food plants for Australian Lepidoptera with life history
notes. Aust. ent. Mag. 5: 87-89.
Monteith, G. B. and Hancock, D. L., 1977. Range extensions and notable records for
butterflies of Cape York Peninsula, Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 4: 21-38.
Sands, D. P. A., 1979. A new genus, Acrodipsas, for a group of Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera)
previously referred to Pseudodipsas C. & R. Felder, with descriptions of two
new species from northern Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18: 251-265.
4 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(1), June, 1982
AGGREGATION OF ADULTS IN TWO AUSTRALIAN SPECIES
OF COCCINELLIDAE (COLEOPTERA)
By C. N. Smithers and G. A. Holloway
The Australian Museum, 6-8 College St, Sydney, Australia, 2000.
Abstract
Massive aggregations of adult ladybird beetles (Coccinellidae) are well known in
several parts of the world. There are, however, very few records of the phenomenon in
Australia. Observations on Cissella furcifera (Guérin-Méneville) and Harmonia conformis
(Boisduval) are reported and discussed.
Observations
Cissella furcifera (Guérin-Méneville)
During May 1981 specimens of C. furcifera were collected at several
localities in South Australia, as follows: Old Billa Kalina HS, 29?55'S, 136°
11'E, 14.v.1981; Lake Eyre South, 14.v.1981; ; Jersey Springs, 29?20'S, 136°
45? E, 15.v.1981; Horse Springs, 29°29'S, 136° 55'E, 16.v.1981; Parachilna
Gorge, 14 km E Parachilna, 31%12'S, 138?28'E, 17v. 1981; Horrock's Pass,
32738'S, 138°02'Е, 19.v.1981.
The specimens taken at Horrock's Pass were from an aggregation of
over 200 specimens found under bark on the lee side of the trunk of a
Eucalyptus tree (Fig. 1). Conditions at the time were overcast, with a very
strong SSE wind and a temperature of 8°C. This appears to be the first record
of aggregations of adult C. furcifera (G. A. Holloway obs.).
Harmonia conformis (Boisduval)
On 25.xi.1978, and again on 1.i.1979, large numbers of H. conformis
were seen in flight around a house situated near the top of a hill (720 m)
at Tuglo Wildlife Refuge, 48 km N of Singleton, New South Wales. Although
counts were not made, thousands of specimens were involved as spectacular
dense swarms flew over an area of about a half hectare. Aggregations of
settled specimens were not found although subsequent observations at the
same site, noted below, suggest that the swarms were probably associated
with aggregations forming and dispersing. |
The following notes were made on subsequent aggregations at the same
locality:—
26.x.1979. Large aggregations found on a post behind a rain gauge.
30.xii.1979. Large aggregations behind downpipes, fascia boards and swallow’s
nest platforms against wall below eaves of house.
1.1.1980. 18.00 hrs. Hundreds of beetles seen to emerge from aggregation
sites to drink at drops of water on the walls, fascia boards and gutters at the
eastern end of the house after rain.
Aust, ent, Mag. 9(1), June, 1982 5
Fig. 1. Part of the aggregation of Císsella furcifera, Horrock's Pass, South Australia.
2.1.1980. Aggregations reformed, walls etc. dry.
27.1.1980. Aggregations found at bottom of clumps of Poa labillardieri Steud.
(Poaceae) about 400 m from house.
27.i.1980-2.ii.1980. 33 mm of rain fell during this period by the end of which
all aggregations had dispersed.
x.1980. Small aggregations of a few specimens each and apparently aestivating
individuals found in leaf axils of Protea spp. at site of Poa labillardieri
previously holding aggregations (i.e. 400 m from house).
xi.1980. Similar aggregation to that during x.1980 but fewer specimens
involved.
20-21.iv.1981. Aggregations not found but a few individuals seen behind
gutters, downpipes etc. A few specimens flying around house, settling on
6 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(1), June, 1982
walls and other vertical surfaces of the house and taking flight again. (C. N.
Smithers obs.).
Discussion
Anderson and Richards (1977) reported aggregations of adult coccinell-
ids in Australia and discussed them in relation to factors thought to induce
diapause. They pointed out that there are very few records of summer
aggregation, the only Australian species for which they had such a record
being Scymnodes lividigaster (Mulsant). They noted that aggregation was
apparently associated with a very dry season which had immediately
preceded its formation—possibly acting through reduced food supply. C.
furcifera appears, on the ¡limited data so far available, to conform to the more
usual pattern of winter aggregations discussed by Anderson and Richards
(loc. cit.).
They also reported several instances of winter aggregation in H.
conformis. The only earlier report of aggregation in that species is, however,
of a summer aggregation (Smithers 1970). From the combined records now
available, namely those of Smithers (loc. cit.), Anderson and Richards ( 1977)
and those given above, it is clear that Н. conformis aggregates in both summer |
and winter and that the aggregations can persist for several months. The
summer aggregations were recorded during a series of exceptionally dry years
(as in the case of S. lividigaster) and the reactions of the aggregating individuals |
to a shower of rain, and their dispersal following substantial rain at the end |
of January 1980, suggest that moisture may be important in control of
aggregation as well as the temperature, photoperiod and food factors suggested |
by earlier authors e.g. Anderson and Richards (1977) and McMullen (1967).
In the erratic climatic regimes to which much of Australia is subject it would |
seem reasonable to expect that the ladybirds would adopt opportunistic
behaviour towards such factors as rain which might lead to a change in food |
availability.
The field information so far available suggests a complex physiological |
and ecological relationship which would be well worth investigating on an
experimental basis.
References
Anderson, J. M. E. and Richards, A. M., 1977. First record of reproductive diapause and
aggregation in Australian Coccinellidae (Coleoptera). Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.
102(1): 13-17.
McMullen, R. D., 1967. The effects of photoperiod, temperature and food supply on
rate of development of diapause in Coccinella novemnotata. Canad. Ent.
99: 578-586.
Smithers, C. N., 1970. Migration records in Australia. 1. Odonata, Homoptera, Coleopt-
era, Diptera and Hymenoptera. Aust. Zool. 15(3): 380-382.
Aust. ent. Mag. 9(1), June, 1982 7
TWO NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN BEMBIX SAND WASPS, WITH NOTES
ON OTHER SPECIES OF THE GENUS (HYMENOPTERA, SPHECIDAE)
By Howard E. Evans
Dept. of Zool. & Ent., Colorado State Univ., Fort Collins, Colorado 80523, U.S.A.*
Abstract
Two new species of Bembix are described from Northern Territory: gurindji (Daly
River) and obiri (near Mt. Cahill). The female of B. kununurra is described for the first
time, and range extensions are given for three other species.
Introduction
In a recent review of the biosystematics of Australian Bembix sand
wasps, 80 species were recognised (Evans and Matthews, 1973). Extensive
collecting of these wasps during the summer of 1979-1980 tended to confirm
the conclusions set forth in that review, but two new species were found in
series in the collection of the Department of Primary Production, Darwin,
the female of B. Kununurra was collected for the first time, and three species
were collected from well outside their previously known ranges. In the
descriptions, the terminology of Evans and Matthews (1973) has been followed.
Bembix gurindji sp.n.
Figs 1, 2, 4
Үү (Fig )
Morphology. Length 19.5 mm; fore wing 12.5 mm; wing index 1.82.
Mandibles robust, moderately curved, index 2.0. Clypeus 2.0 x as wide as
high, strongly protuberant and abruptly flattened on apical two-thirds, flatt-
ened area distinctly punctate. Front narrow, minimum width 0.53 x eye
height, centre of vertex well below level of eye tops. Scape robust, twice as
long as wide; third antennomere 2.7 x as long as wide; outer antennomeres
strongly modified, as figured for B. mareeba (Evans and Matthews, 1973, fig.
118). Fore femur unmodified, 2.8 x as long as wide; fore tibia much broadened
from base; fore basitarsus much expanded and shield-like, 1.6 x as long as
maximum width, outer margin with a series of nine strong, black lobes and
bearing 15 pecten spines; under surface of tarsus with a pattern of black as
figured. Mid femora spinose beneath for their entire length; mid tarsomeres 2-4
strongly compressed. Tergite 7 with protruding, truncate median apical lobe,
its lateral lobes slender, finger-like. Sternite 2 with a strong median process
arising from base and extending nearly to apex. Sternite 6 simple; sternite 7
subtruncate apically, lateral margins with a brush of dense, long setae basally;
sternite 8 attenuate, tip narrowly rounded. Parameres acuminate and densely
setose subapically, flanges large, angular; cuspides rounded apically; digiti
rod-like, slightly shorter than cuspides.
Coloration. Scape yellow, with a narrow black streak above and a small
apical black spot; flagellum fuscous above, rufous beneath; mandibles, labrum,
and clypeus light yellow; front yellow except black at ocellar area and with
* These studies were conducted while the author held a research fellowship at the Univ.
of Queensland, and a travel grant from the National Geographic Society, U.S.A.
8 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(1), June, 1982
a pair of spots above antennal sockets barely connected to ocellar black;
vertex black, barely connecting eye tops; occiput black but outer orbits
yellow. Pronotum yellow; mesoscutum black except longitudinally yellow on
sides and with paired yellow discal streaks which taper behind and are not
connected to a yellow spot medioposteriorly; scutellum with a transverse
white band, interrupted medially; metanotum with a complete white band;
propodeum with a dorsal V-shaped white marking, light yellow laterally;
pleura and venter yellow. Legs yellow except fore tibiae with several small
black spots behind, fore tarsi patterned as figured; mid and hind legs black at
femorotibial joints and tibiae with limited black markings. Tergite 1 with a
transverse, sinuate white band; tergite 2 with a broad white band, nearly
encircling black spots and interrupted medially; T3-6 with white bands
biemarginate anteriorly, on 3 and 4 narrowly interrupted medially; tergite 7
with a median white spot; venter light yellow except process on sternite 2
streaked with black, also with median black spots on sternites 3 and 4,
sternites 5 and 6 transversely black, sternite 7 black. Wings hyaline.
FEMALE
Morphology. Length 17.5 mm; fore wing 12.5 mm; wing index 1.85.
Mandibles robust, strongly curved, tooth and cutting edge well developed,
index 1.9. Clypeus 2.1 x as wide as high, protuberant, abruptly flattened over
apical 0.7, flattened area with several strong punctures. Minimum width of
front 0.56 x eye height; centre of vertex well below level of eye tops. Scape
2.8 x as long as wide; third antennomere 4.2 x as long as wide. Fore basitarsus
somewhat broadened and flattened, 3.0 x as long as wide, bearing 12 pecten
spines, most basal one quite small. Mesoscutum densely punctate, somewhat
shining between punctures. Sternite 2 with sparse, coarse punctures except at
extreme base and sides; tergite 6 coarsely punctate and with stiff lateral bristles.
Coloration. Similar to male except as follows: scape with a broader
black streak; clypeus with a pair of large black spots; mesoscutal markings
forming a complete U; markings on scutellum, metanotum, and propodeum
broader and yellow in colour rather than white; metasomal markings light
yellow to white, band on tergite 2 enclosing black spots, tergite 6 with a
large white spot; venter largely yellow except for median black on sternites
4 and 5, sternite 6 black. Legs yellow except fore femora and tibiae streaked
with black, mid and hind femora spotted with black apically and tibiae
streaked with black.
MATERIAL STUDIED. Holotype д and allotype 9, Beeboom Crossing, Daly River, on
Tipperary Station, Northern Territory, 28.xi.1972, T. Angeles and N. Forrester (Austral-
ian National Insect Collection, Canberra). Paratypes: 3 99, same data as type; 1 9, Swim
Creek, Northern Territory, 13.x.1971, T. Weir and A. Allwood; 1 9, Wildman River, at
Arnhem Highway, Northern Territory, 26.xi.1974, T. Weir and T. Angeles (Dept. Primary
Production, Darwin); 3 99, Mt. Hart (in King Leopold Range, NE of Derby), Western
Australia, 1-2.11.1965, A. Douglas (Western Australian Museum, Perth).
DISCUSSION
A single female of this wasp was treated by Evans and Matthews (1973)
as a variant of mareeba Evans and Matthews, of small size and having a white
Aust, ent. Mag. 9(1), June, 1982 9
Figs 1-5. (1-2) Bembix gurindji sp. n.: (1) basal segments of fore tarsus of б, viewed
from beneath; (2) basal segments of fore tarsus of 9, viewed from above.
(3) Bembix obiri sp. n., basal segments of fore tarsus of д, viewed from
beneath. (4) Bembix gurindji sp. n., d genitalia, ventral aspect. (5) Bembix
obiri sp. n., д genitalia, ventral aspect.
10 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(1), June, 1982
spot on the apical tergite. Now that a longer series is available, including a
male, it is clear that this is a discrete species. Females will key to mareeba
but have a narrower front, a slightly less expanded front tarsus and 11 or 12
pecten spines on the basitarsus, as well as smaller average size and a maculated
apical tergite. The male is immediately separable from related species by
virtue of the 15 pecten spines and black lobes on the front basitarsus; the form
of the clypeus is also distinctive.
The females in the type series vary from 15 to 18 mm in length and
have either 11 or 12 pecten spines on the basitarsus. In one specimen the
discal markings on the mesoscutum do not quite form a complete U, and in
two the white band on tergite 2 does not completely enclose black spots.
The species name gurindji is aboriginal and is that of a tribe which
formerly inhabited the area of the type locality.
Bembix obiri sp. n.
Figs 3, 5
MALE (Figs )
Morphology. Length 16 mm; fore wing 11 mm; wing index 1.65.
Mandibles weakly curved, tooth and cutting edge well developed; clypeus
1.75 x as wide as high, protuberant and strongly flattened medially on apical
0.6. Front narrow, minimum width 0.53 x eye height; centre of vertex slightly
below level of eye tops. Scape 2.7 x as long as wide; third antennomere 3.2
x as long as wide. Fore femur simple, 3.3 x long as wide; fore basitarsus 3.6
x as long as wide, outer margin with a series of rounded, black lobes bearing
eight pecten spines; tarsomeres 2-4 also each bearing a black lobe laterally,
and 1-3 each also with a black spot beneath. Mid femur with a series of sharp
teeth beneath; mid tibia spinose at base of spur; mid tarsi unmodified.
Tergite 7 with margins somewhat sinuate, convergent to a very shallowly
emarginate apex. Sternite 2 with a curved, spinose process toward apex;
sternite 6 with a rather weak, vaguely triangular subapical process; sternite
7 with a strong median carina apically; sternite 8 in the form of a downcurved
spine. Parameres broad, inner margin strongly setose subapically; cuspides
densely setose, slightly exceeding aedeagus; digiti rod-like.
Coloration. Scape yellow, streaked with black above; flagellum dark
above, yellow to light brown beneath; mandibles and labrum white, clypeus
white but suffused with yellow above; front yellow, eye tops connected by a
black band which extends over ocellar area and nearly to antennal sockets;
outer orbits yellow but vertex and occiput black. Pronotum yellow; mesoscut-
um black, with a U-shaped yellow discal marking and yellow on extreme
sides; scutellum and metanotum black but each transversely marked with
yellow; propodeum black dorsally, with yellow banding, laterally largely
yellow; mesopleura and venter largely yellow. Legs yellow except femora
streaked with black, coxae partly black, black at femorotibial joints, and fore
tarsi blackened as described above. Tergite 1 black, with transverse yellow
band; tergites 2 and 3 broadly banded with yellow, band on 2 enclosing a
pair of black spots, that on 3 nearly enclosing such spots; tergites 4-6 with
yellow bands biemarginate anteriorly; tergite 7 with a median yellow spot;
Aust, ent. Mag. 9(1), June, 1982 т
venter largely yellow laterally, black medially, the black broadening posteriorly
so that sternite 6 is all black. Wings hyaline.
FEMALE TT
Morphology. Length 16.5 mm; fore wing 11.8 mm; wing index 1.65.
Mandibles robust, strongly curved, index 2.1. Clypeus 1.95 x as wide as
high, protuberant and flattened as in male. Minimum width of front 0.53 x
eye height; centre of vertex slightly below level of eye tops. Scape 3.0 x as
long as wide; third antennomere 4.5 x as long as wide. Fore femur 3.0 x as
long as wide; fore basitarsus flattened, gradually broadened from base, 2.9 x
as long as its greatest width, outer margin not darkly pigmented, weakly
lobed, bearing 8 pecten spines. Mesoscutum shining, densely micropunctate;
stemite 2 sparsely punctate medially, much more densely so laterally; tergite
6 with sparse, shallow punctures.
Coloration. Essentially as in male except yellow maculations of
mesosoma somewhat broader, those on metasoma also broader, band on
tergite 3 fully enclosing black spots, tergite 6 with a large median yellow spot.
MATERIAL STUDIED, Holotype dand allotype 9, 16 km E by N of Mt. Cahill, Northern
Territory, 12750 S 132^51'E, 13.vi.1973, Т. Weir and T. Angeles (Aust. Nat. Insect Coll.,
Canberra). Paratypes: 1 б, 1 9, same data as type (Dept. Primary Production, Darwin).
DISCUSSION
The male runs to couplet 63 in Evans and Matthews (1973) but the
fore basitarsus is intermediate in development between oomborra and goyarra.
In other features expressed in the couplet (vertex below eye tops and black
lobes on front basitarsus) agreement is with oomborra, which was described
from a single male from Darwin. I at first thought these specimens might fall
within the range of variation of oomborra, but clearly this is not the case, as
the genitalia are very different, especially the much broader parameres. Also,
the fore basitarsus is notably broader and more strongly lobed and the body
is much more extensively maculated. The female runs to loorea Evans and
Matthews, described from central Australia, and the fore basitarsus is much as
figured for that species. It differs, however, in having the centre of the vertex
below the level of the eye tops and in having U-shaped yellow scutal markings,
black streaks on the femora, and enclosed black spots on tergites 2 and 3.
The species is named for Obiri Rock, near Mt. Cahill, the site of
extensive aboriginal rock paintings.
Bembix kununurra Evans and Matthews
FEMALE
Morphology. Length 14 mm; fore wing 11 mm; wing index 1.8. Mand-
ibles slender, slightly curved, tooth small but cutting edge well developed, index
2.4, total length 6.2 x minimum width basal of tooth. Clypeus 2.0 x as wide
as high, rounded in profile. Minimum width of frent 0.61 x eye height; centre
of vertex level with eye tops. Scape 3.3 x as long as wide; third antennomere
4.4 x as long as wide. Fore femur 3.0 x as long as wide; fore basitarsus 3.0 x
as long as wide, without dark pigmentation, outer margin serrate and bearing
6 pecten spines which decrease gradually in length towards base. Mesoscutum
moderately shining, closely punctate; sternite 2 weakly depressed and coarsely
12 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(1), June, 1982
punctate-medially, with small punctures laterally; tergite 6 and sternite 6 both
with dark median streaks which are very slightly elevated.
Scape yellow except black above on apical 0.7; flagellum yellow beneath
on basal third, beyond that testaceous beneath; mandibles and clypeus light
yellow, labrum nearly white; front, vertex, and occiput yellow, blackened at
ocelli and with a black streak above each antennal socket, also a small black
spot at each upper, inner eye margin. Pronotum yellow; mesoscutum yellow
except for 3 narrow black, longitudinal streaks, median streak not reaching
posterior margin; scutellum transversely black at base, otherwise yellow;
metanotum yellow; propodeum yellow except transversely black at base and
with a pair of narrow, oblique black stripes; mesopleura and venter wholly
yellow. Propodeum and tergite 1 with unusually dense, woolly hair. Legs
yellow except femora and tibiae streaked with black and with some black at
the coxa-trochanter and femur-tibia joints. Metesoma wholly yellow except
for small black spots on tergite 1 and narrow apical black bands on all tergites,
also median black streaks on the apical tergite and sternite. Wings hyaline.
MATERIAL STUDIED. 2 9, 1 d,5 km N of Kununurra, Western Australia, 20.ix.1979,
Н. E. and M. A. Evans (1 9 in Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra, 1 9, 1 d
in University of Queensland, Brisbane).
DISCUSSION
This species was described from a single male from Kununurra. Like the
male, the female is by far the most extensively maculated Australian Bembix,
appearing virtually entirely yellow in the field. The dense, woolly pile on the
propodeum and first metasomal tergite is also characteristic. The female will
run to couplet 38 in the key of Evans and Matthews (1973) but fits neither
half of the couplet well, as the mandibles are intermediate in structure.
Bembix wiluna Evans and Matthews
This species ranges through arid parts of the continent, from central
New South Wales to Western Australia. It is not surprising to report it for
the first time from Queensland, a pair taken 9 km S of Charleville, 18.x.1978,
by J. C. Cardale (Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra).
Bembix allunga Evans and Matthews
This species has been reported from coastal localities from central
Queensland to northeastern Western Australia. It is here reported from an
inland locality well south of its previously known range: several females
taken 10 km S of Coonabarabran, New South Wales, 15.1.1980, by Н. E. and
M. A. Evans and A. Hook (University of Queensland, Brisbane).
Bembix thooma Evans and Matthews
This species is here reported from Queensland for the first time, a male
taken at Cunnamulla, 27.x.1979 by H. E. and M. A. Evans and A. Hook
(University of Queensland, Brisbane). This wasp is widely distributed in the
interior and is known to prey on wasps of the subfamily Thynninae.
Reference
Evans, Н. E. and Matthews, R. W., 1973. Systematics and nesting behaviour of Australian
Bembix sand wasps. Mem. Amer. ent. Inst. 20: 387 pp.
Aust. ent. Mag. 9(1), June, 1982 13
APHYOPSOCUS GEN. NOV., A REMARKABLE NEW GENUS
OF CAECILIIDAE (PSOCOPTERA) FROM SOUTH-EASTERN
NEW SOUTH WALES
By C. N. Smithers
The Australian Museum, 6-8 College St., Sydney
Abstract
A remarkable new genus, Aphyopsocus, in the psocopteran family Caeciliidae is
described in which the adults and nymphs have the epiproct conspicuously enlarged, the
vertex of the female flattened and the first flagellar segment of the antennae enlarged in
both sexes.
Introduction
Mockford (1978) has discussed the problems of classification of the
group of psocopteran families included in the Caecilietae. As a result of recent
investigations it has been suggested (Mockford and Garcia Aldrete 1976)
that the group be divided into the superfamilies Asiopsocoidea (with a single
family) and the Caecilioidea (to hold the remaining genera). These genera
Mockford (1978) has regrouped into three families, the first of which he did
not name, the Caeciliidae (which he redefined) and the Amphipsocidae which
he classified in detail.
Material in the Australian Museum includes specimens of an interesting
and remarkable new species which has been taken at many localities in south
eastern New South Wales and which, whilst clearly a member of the Caecil-
iidae, cannot be placed in any described genus without considerable change
to generic limits. It is, therefore, described here as a new genus, Aphyopsocus.
All specimens have been taken in wet sclerophyll or rainforest habitats.
Aphyopsocus gen. nov.
Belonging to the Caeciliidae (sensu Mockford 1978) with the following
combination of characters: Antero-lateral setae of labrum not heavier than
other labral setae; mandibles elongate; abdominal vesicles present; labral
sensilla obscure; labral stylets well developed; wings elongate; no lateral
apophyses on subgenital plate; first flagellar segment thickened in both sexes;
epiproct developed into setose dome in both sexes; marginal setae of male
hypandrium not grouped; gonapophyses of female with large external valve
remnant, sometimes with more than one seta; spermathecal duct sheath
enclosing most of duct. Nymphal epiproct greatly extended into a long
protuberance.
Type species: Aphyopsocus prolixus sp.n.
Aphyopsocus falls well within the definition of the family Caeciliidae,
as redefined by Mockford (1978). Two subfamilies are currently recognized:
1. Dypsocinae, in which the head is strongly compressed antero-posteriorly,
so that the vertex is very sharp and often has a median cleft. 2. Caeciliinae in
which the vertex is either rounded, or the head has a somewhat flattened
14 y Aust. ent. Mag. 9(1), June, 1989
vertex. Aphyopsocus clearly falls within the Caeciliinae, in which ten genera
are recognized at present. The main differences between these genera and
Aphyopsocus can be summarized as follows. Both Ypsiloneura Pearman and
Mepleres Enderlein differ from Aphyopsocus in having a 2-branched media,
which is 3-branched in all other macropterous members of the subfamily.
Smithersiella Badonnel lacks ocelli and the gonapophyses lack setae but the
subgenital plate has distinct lateral apophyses. In Mockfordiella Badonne]
M of the fore wing is not sinuous, the subgenital plate has a posterior median
lobe and the paraprocts have a field of tubercles. Paracaecilius Badonnel and
Enderleinella Badonnel have broad gonapophyses, with a small external valve
remnant; in Paracaecilius the anterior end of the phallosome is open and in
Enderleinella the apex of the lacina is extended into an apical point. In
Fulleborniella Enderlein the pterostigma has a spurvein and the gonapophyses
consist of two acuminate valves and a small external valve remnant. From
Caecilius Curtis Aphyopsocus can be distinguished by the large external valve
and the sinuous vein M in the fore wing. Lacroixiella Badonnel is poorly
known but has wings which are narrowed apically to a rounded end; the
pterostigma has no pronounced hind angle and the veins and margin are
sparsely setose. Austrocaecilius Smithers has a glabrous external gonapophysis
valve which is elongate and well sclerotized; the dorsal and ventral valves are
long and slender and the subgenital plate has very conspicuous lateral apophy-
ses which bear marginal setae. In addition to the differences indicated above
Aphyopsocus differs from all other genera of the Caeciliinae in the enlarge-
ment of the epiproct in the adults into a setose dome-shaped structure and in
the nymphs into a conspicuous, well developed, elongate, apically narrowing
extension of unknown function; this extension is half as long as the abdomen
in some instars. :
Aphyopsocus prolixus sp. n.
MALE
Coloration (in alcohol). Head very pale brownish yellow with a brown
median, longitudinal stripe from occiput to epistomial suture; stripe a little
wider at ocellar tubercle. Postclypeus pale brown with faint suggestion of
darker, anteriorly converging lines; postclypeus paler around edge. Labrum
colourless. Maxillary palps colourless. Genae pale brown, paler adjacent to
postclypeus. Scape, pedicel and first flagellar segment dark brown; second
flagellar segment pale in basal half, darkening to brown distally; remaining
segments brown. Eyes black. Ocelli pale on brown tubercle. Mesothorax with
antedorsum and dorsal lobes shining brown; paraspidal sutures and a median
stripe broadly very pale brownish yellow; scutellum pale. Metanotum as
mesonotum but antedorsum pale. Pleura brown. Fore wings (Fig. 4), hind
wings (Fig. 5) hyaline with some brown areas. Legs colourless with second
tarsal segment pale brown. Abdomen colourless with black spot at apex
caused by subcutaneous pigments in the prominent epiproct.
Morphology. Length of body: 2.6 mm. Median epicranial suture very
distinct. Top of head (Fig. 1) fairly flat so that hind margin is level with
' Aust. ent. Mag. 9(1), June,1982 15
1
1
m
|
|
:
|
1
j
]
]
1
Figs 1-8. Aphyopsocus prolixus sp. n.: (1) д head; (2) 9 head; (3) d lacinia; (4) 9 fore
j wing; (5) d hind wing; (6) б phallosome; (7) д hypandrium; (8) $ paraproct.
]
16 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(1), June,1982
pronotum. Postclypeus bulbous. Head with fine setae, except on genae.
Labrum with well developed antero-lateral stylets. Antero-lateral setae of
labrum not heavier than others. Full complement of marginal labral setae
present. Genae broad with little distance between eye and base of mandible.
Lengths of flagellar segments: f,: 1.04 mm; f,: 0.84 mm. First flagellar
segment much thicker than second, slightly curved. Setae fine and short. Eyes
large, just reaching level of vertex. IO/D: 1.1; PO: 0.82. Ocellar tubercle
ovoid with longitudinal axis greater than transverse. Ocelli of equal size.
Mandibles relatively long (sensu Mockford and Garcia Aldrete 1976). Lacinia
(Fig. 3). Maxillary palps very long, fourth segment three times longer than
wide at its widest point; second segment almost as long as fourth segment
but narrower. Measurements of hind leg: Е: 0.76 mm; T: 1.28 mm; t, : 0.35
mm; t5: 0.13 mm; rt: 2.7: 1;ct: 15, 0. No cones on anterior face of femora
of prothoracic leg. Fore wing length: 4.0 mm; width: 1.0 mm. Wings remark-
ably long and narrow (Fig. 4), some four times long as wide. Hind angle of
pterostigma strong; ptersostigma long. Rs and M confluence fairly long,
beyond which Rs is gently sinuous and approaches M closely. Stem of Rs
about three times as long as radial fork. M, beyond separation from Rs,
curving back and then forwards strongly to approach Rs. Cu, slightly sinuous
basad of areola postica. Setae on veins short, fine and sparse, in a single row.
Hind wing length: 3.2 mm; width: 0.8 mm. Hind wings (Fig. 5) narrow and
long. Margin setose from about R, , around tip to base on hind margin. Veins
without setae. No basal anterior setal brush. Epiproct developed into an
unusual, large, postero-dorsal, setose dome (representing reduced epiproct as
seen in nymph, see below and Fig. 9). Paraproct (Fig. 8) simple, without
duplex seta on posterior margin and without papillae. Hypandrium (Fig. 7)
sparsely setose, a little more heavily sclerotized near hind margin than
elsewhere. Marginal setae not grouped. Phallosome (Fig. 6) closed anteriorly;
posterior fusion of inner parameres lightly sclerotized; penial bulb with
sclerotizations; external parameres fairly broad with sensory pores grouped
into a more or less defined field remote from apex.
FEMALE
Coloration (in alcohol). As in male but dark areas darker in most
specimens. Antennae as in male but second, third and fourth flagellar segments
pale in basal half, each becoming darker in distal part. Black spot at end of
abdomen a little more conspicuous than in male due to greater prominence
of epiproct.
Morphology. Length of body: 3.1 mm. Head (Fig. 2) flat on top, much
more so than in male, vertex hardly higher than pronotum. Hind margin of
head capsule emarginate at epicranial suture. Postclypeus bulbous. Labrum as
in male. Genae very broad to correspond with elongation of top of head and
frons. Length of flagellar segments: f,: 1.1 mm; fz: 0.84 mm. Antennae
with scape, pedicel and first flagellar segment thickened; first flagellar segment
much thicker than in male and more distal flagellar segments. Setae fine and
E
Figs 9-13. Aphyopsocus prolixus sp. n.: (9) $ nymph; (10) 9 gonapophyses; (11) 9
paraproct; (12) spermathecal entrance and duct; (13) 9 epiproct and paraproct,
right lateral.
dense. Eyes smaller than in male, not reaching level of flattened top of head.
IO/D: 1.8; PO: 0.66. Ocelli smaller than in male but on similarly ovoid
tubercle. Lacinia as in male. Maxillary palps long, as in male. Measurements
of hind leg: Е: 0.84 mm; T: 1.36 mm; t; : 0.36 mm; t, : 0.16 mm; rt: 23: 1;
ct: 18, 0. Fore wing length: 4.3 mm; width: 1.1 mm. Hind wing length: 3.4
mm; width: 0.8 mm. Wings as in male. Epiproct (Fig. 13) enlarged into a
setose dome, longer than in male; the dome representing the extremely well
developed epiproct of the nymph (see below and Fig. 9). Paraproct (Fig. 11).
Subgenital plate simple, thickened along border, setose. Gonapophyses (Fig.
10); ventral valve long, curved, slightly tapering, arising from a strongly
sclerotized bar and with a lightly sclerotized ventral flange; dorsal valve well
sclerotized, broad at base, tapering posteriorly to a fine point, with a ventral,
lightly sclerotized flange; external valve remnant very broad and unusually
well developed for the family, with from one to three setae (one in figure).
18 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(1), June,1982
Spermathecal duct (Fig. 12) with short duct most of which is enclosed in the
sheath (sensu Mockford 1978); entrance to spermatheca surrounded by a
lightly sclerotized but distinct ring.
NYMPH (Fig. 9)
Coloration. White, except for the black or dark brown eyes.
Morphology. Differences in head shape and development of the first
flagellar segments of the antennae, as seen in adult males and females, are
discernible in nymphs from at least the penultimate nymphal instar. The most
remarkable feature of the nymphs is the extraordinary development of the
epiproct into a large dorso-posterior spike. Such development has not
previously been reported in the Psocoptera. It is also unusual for a species
with well pigmented adults to have colourless nymphs.
MATERIAL EXAMINED. NEW SOUTH WALES:— Holotype, $, Lindfield, 28.x.1962,
A. S. Smithers. Allotype, 9, Lindfield 19.xi.1970, C. Trickett. Paratypes: 5 д, 2 9, same
data as holotype. 2 d, 2 9, Lindfield, 7.x.1961, A. S. Smithers. 1 д, 3 9, Lindfield,
10.xi.1970, A. S. Smithers. 1 $, Lindfield 19.xi.1970, J. O'Regan. 5 d, 3 $, Lindfield,
19.xi.1970, C. Trickett. 1 9, Lindfield, 10.xii.1966, J. V. Peters. 1 9, Lindfield, 4.v.1976,
C. N. Smithers. 1 9, Lindfield, 27.1.1961, C. N. and A. S. Smithers. 1 9, Upper Causeway,
Royal National Park, 3.xii.1966, C. N. and A. S. Smithers. 1 9, Royal National Park,
25.1.1961, С. N. and A. S. Smithers. 1 c, Royal National Park, 29.1.1961, C. N. and A.
S. Smithers. 2 д, 3 9, Royal National Park, 6.x.1965, A. S. Smithers. 2 d, Couranga Track,
Royal National Park, 10.xi.1976, G. A. Holloway. 1 9, Royal National Park, 20.ix.1968,
J. V. Peters. 2 9, Northmead, 26.1.1963, D. К. McAlpine. 1 9, Northmead, 12.11.1964,
C. №. Smithers. 2 d, 1 9, Lisarow, near Gosford, 6.vii.1966, C. N. Smithers. 1 d, 9 9,
Bulli Pass, 8.xii.1966, C. №. Smithers. 1 d, Narara, near Gosford, 6.vii.1966, С. N.
Smithers. 5 9, Rutherford Creek, Brown Mt., near Nimmitabel, 19.xi.1976, G. Daniels
and M. Schneider (AM). 1 d, 1 9, Tantawangalo, near Cathcart, 27.11.1962, C. N. and
А. S. Smithers. 1 9, Rocky Hall, near Eden, 23.iii.1962, A. S. Smithers. 1 d, Bandon
Grove, near Dungog, 4.ix.1961, C. N. and A. S. Smithers. 1 9, Bega, 22.iii.1962, A. S.
Smithers. 3 9, Talbingo, 24.11.1962, A. S. Smithers (BMNH). 1 д, Macquarie Falls,
14.х1.1960, D. Н. Colless. 1 9, Cootes Crossing, Orara River, 26.iii.1961, C. N. and A. S.
Smithers. 1 9, Captain's Flat, 1.iv.1971, C. N. Smithers (ANIC).
Holotype and paratypes in the Australian Museum (AM), paratypes in the
Australian National Insect Collection (ANIC) and the British Museum (BMNH).
Nymphal material: 2 nymphs, Lindfield, 10.xii.1966, J. V. Peters. 1 nymph,
Royal National Park, 20.1.1968, J. V. Peters. 6 nymphs, Royal National Park, 29.1.1961,
C. N. and A. S. Smithers (AM).
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank Martyn Robinson for preparing the figures for
this paper and the collectors who have provided material of this interesting
species.
References
Mockford, E. L., 1978. A generic classification of family Amphipsocidae (Psocoptera:
Caecilietae). Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 104: 139-190, 110 figs.
Mockford, E. L. and Garcia Aldrete, A. N., 1976. A new species and notes on the
taxonomic position of Asiopsocus Günther (Psocoptera). Southwestern Nat.
21: 335-346, 22 figs.
Aust. ent. Mag. 9(1), June, 1982 19
BOOK REVIEW
Plecoptera (Sternfliegen) by P. Zwick. 1980. iii, 115 pp. Handbuch der
Zoologie Vol. IV. 2 Hälfte: Insecta 2. Teil Spezielles Lfg. 26, 7.
Handbuch der Zoologie is a handbook of zoology founded by Willy Kukenthal,
edited by J.-G. Helmcke (Berlin), E. Starck (Frankfurt/M.) and H. Wermuth (Ludwigs-
burg) and published by Walter de Gruyter, Berlin/New York. It constitutes a natural
history of the phyla of the animal kingdom and this volume deals with the stoneflies
(Plecoptera).
Under the main chapter headings which roughly translated read History of
exploration, Characteristics, Paleontology, Systematics, Distribution and distributional
history, Ecology and physiology, Enemies, parasites and commensals, Economics, Anat-
omy and morphology, Reproduction and life cycle, practically all important literature
is not only reviewed in a fascinating style but also constructively criticised and
complemented as far as advisable and possible in a general treatment like this. The
volume concludes with a register of scientific names and a list of the cited literature
(734 titles).
Most chapters, but particularly those concerning systematics, and distribution
and distributional history, possibly could not have been written by anyone else more
experienced and competent. The author has constantly been working on these themes
for more than a decade and has established a phylognetic system of the order based on
the detailed consideration of the subject.
The very interesting Australian forms are treated as far as it is possible to do so in
a general work of this kind. Here the fact that the author has spent considerable time in
Australia collecting and studying stoneflies and has been, and still is, publishing on our
fauna must be considered a benefit.
I regard this volume as a first class, illustrated, up to date encyclopedia of Plecopt-
era which could be used as an excellent example for any other thorough treatment of an
insect group. It fulfils an important need in the entomological literature and is
recommended to anyone truely interested in hydrobiology, linmology, and related
applied subjects, working as a teacher or student, professional or amateur. It should be
present in every zoological institute.
It is obvious that the German name of Plecoptera is not Sternfliegen as printed
erroneously on the title pages, but rather Steinfliegen (translated stoneflies) otherwise
the volume is remarkably free from typographical errors and well produced. Its price
(about A$62) appears high in relation to the size but not to the quality of the work.
G. THEISCHINGER
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by M. S. Moulds
DOHERTY, R. L., CARLEY, J. G., KAY, B. H., FILIPPICH, C. and MARKS, Е. №.
1976. Murray Valley encephalitis virus infection in mosquitoes and domestic fowls
in Queensland, 1974. Ajebak 54(3): 237-243, table 1.
ELLIOTT, H. J. and de LITTLE, D. W.
1980. Laboratory studies on predation of Chrysophtharta bimaculata (Olivier) (Col-
eoptera: Cnrysomelidae) eggs by the coccinellids Cleobora mellyi and Harmonia
conformis (Boisduval). Gen. appl. Ent. 12: 33-36, tables 1-4.
FRENCH, J. R. J. and ROBINSON, P. J.
1981. Baits for aggregating large numbers of subterranean termites. J. Aust. ent. Soc.
20(1): 75-76.
20 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(1), June,1982
LOUDON, B. J. and ATTIA, Е. I.
1981. The immature stages of Alophora lepidofera (Malloch) (Diptera: Tachinidae),
a native parasite of Lygaeidae (Hemiptera) in Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 7(5):
61-67, text-figs 1-5.
TAYLOR, Robert W.
1978. A taxonomic guide to the ant genus Orectognathus (Hymenoptera: Formic-
idae). CSIRO Div. Ent. Rep. 3: [i-iii] , 1-11.
1979. New Australian ants of the genus Orectognathus, with summary description of
the twenty-nine known species (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Aust, J. Zool.
27(5): 773-788, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-12.
1980. Australian and Melanesian ants of the genus Eurhopalothrix Brown and Kempf
—notes and new species (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(3):
229-239, text-figs 1-14.
TUART, Lindsay
1979. The pyrethroids and Heliothis control. Cotton News, 32: 8.
VANE-WRIGHT, R. I., ACKERY, Р. В. and SMILES, R. L.
1977. The polymorphism, mimicry, and host plant relationships of Hypolimnas
butterflies. Biol. J. Linn. Soc. 9(3): 285-297, tables 1-3.
WAINER, J. W.
1979. Coleoptera of the Little Desert — Part 1. Victorian Ent. 9(4): 42-44.
WATSON, J. A. L. and MOULDS, M. S.
1979. New species of Australian Lestidae (Odonata). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(2): 143-
155, 1 table, text-figs 1-37.
WHITINGTON, P. M.
1977. Contribution of invertebrate studies to the problem of neuronal specificity.
Abst. 48th ANZAAS Congr. 1: 196.
Blattodea: Periplaneta americana
WILSON, A. G. L.
1981. Field evaluation of formamidine insecticides and Bacillus thuringiensis fot
selective control of Heliothis spp. on cotton. Gen. appl. Ent. 13: 105-111,
tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1 & 2.
WILSON, A. G. L. and GREENUP, L. R.
1977. The relative injuriousness of insect pests of cotton in the Namoi Valley, New
South Wales. Aust. J. Ecol. 2(3): 319-328, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-4.
WOODWARD, T. E.
1977. The occurrence of Almeidini (Hemiptera: Anthocoridae) in Australia, with
the description of a new genus. Syst. Ent, 2(3): 255-260, text-figs 1-7.
1979. The occurrence in Australia of Diniella Bergroth (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae: Rhy-
parochrominae) with redescriptions of two species. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(2):
171-175, text-figs 1-6.
1979. The genus Austroxestus Woodward (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae: Rhyparochromi-
nae). Aust. J. Zool. 27(5): 813-824, text-figs 1-11.
1981. A new species of Austroxestus Woodward (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae: Rhyparo-
chrominae) from Arnhem Land. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 20(2): 173-176, text-figs
1-4,
WUNDERLICH, Jorg
1976. Spinnen aus Australien. 1. Uloboridae, Theridiosomatidae und Symphytogn-
athidae (Arachnida: Araneida). Senckenbergiana biol. 57(1/3): 113-124, text-
figs 1-42,
1976. Spinnen aus Australien. 2. Linyphiidae (Arachnida: Araneida). Senckenberg-
iana biol. 57(1/3): 125-142, text-figs 1-60.
ZALUCKI, Myron P.
1978. Population ecology of Danaus plexippus—tracking butterfly movement. News
Bull. ent. Soc. Оа 6(8): 99.
ZWICK, Peter
1979. Contributions to the knowledge of Australian Cholevidae (Catoptidae auct.;
Coleoptera). Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser, 70: 1-56, text-figs 1-123.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices
need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be
sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.
EXCHANGE. Would like to trade U.S. moths and butterflies for represent-
ative species from Australia, any area. Dr John Hallahan, 1481 Briar
Lane, Media, Pa. 19063, U.S.A.
SELL. Comprehensive offering of world Coleoptera and Lepidoptera; top
quality specimens, unmounted with data. Write for price list. W. Bryce
Richfield, 170 Magnolia — No. 202, Goleta, Ca. 93117, U.S.A.
WANTED. Information on occurrence of milkweeds (food plant of Wanderer
butterfly), in southern and central N.S.W., particularly Blue Mountains
and Southern Highlands areas. David James, c/- Dept. of Agriculature,
P.M.B. 10, Rydalmere, N.S.W. 2116. Ph. (02) 630 0879 —business hours.
WANTED. Books on Australian insects, especially beetles. Also Certonid and
Buprestid specimens. Can trade insects from Africa and S. America.
G. Lachaume, 61 Rue de Neuilly, Fontenay sous bois, 94120, France.
WANTED. A copy of A cluster of Bees by T. Rayment. Dr T. Houston, c/-
W.A. Museum, Francis Street, Perth, W.A. 6000.
AUSTRALASIAN BUTTERFLY COMPANY
P.O. Box 330, Lane Cove, N.S.W. 2066, Australia
Phone: Sydney (02) 428 2552
SUPPLIES OF BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS AND BEETLES
Please write for our catalogue of species available
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in duplicate.
All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper
considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than six printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Reprints: Authors may purchase reprints at the following rates per page: $9 for
50 copies, $11 for 100 copies and $14 for 200 copies. There are no free reprints. Papers
exceeding three printed pages in length will only be accepted if a minimum of 50 reprints
are purchased.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they
are to appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Colour plates are offered to authors at the following subsidized prices: first plate $160;
additional plates $95 each. Photographs are best submitted as colour transparencies
although paintings are also suitable. Plates using two or more photographs are more
expensive; thus where a number of set specimens are to be illustrated on a plate such
specimens are best photographed on a single slide.
Address papers to: The Editor,
Australian Entomological Magazine,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.
CONTENTS
EVANS, Howard E. Two new species of Australian Bembix. sand
wasps, with notes on other species of the genus (Hymenoptera, ~~
Sphecidae);-. 1 A Ee A ОМ UAR S iE rS. Nostre 7
SMITHERS, C. N. Aphyopsocus gen. nov., a remarkable new genus of
Caeciliidae (Psocoptera) from south-eastern New South Wales... 13
SMITHERS, C. N. and HOLLOWAY, G. A. Aggregation of adults in
two Australian species of Coccinellidae (Coleoptera) ......... 4
VALENTINE, P. S. and JOHNSON, S. J. New records of Lycaenidae
and Hesperiidae (Lepidoptera) from northern Queensland... . . . 1
BOOK REVIEW — Plecoptera. Handbuch der Zoologie Vol. IV, 2
Halfte Insecta 25е A У ERE odie 19
RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian
entomology. Compiled by M. S. Moulds................. 19
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES.................. inside back cover
NEW BOOK
AN INTRODUCTION TO THE MOTHS OF SOUTH EAST ASIA
Text by Н. S. Barlow. Plates by В. D’Abrera.
Contains more than 50 colour plates illustrating life size well over 500 species
of the commoner moths. The main text consists of notes on the salient features,
distribution and life histories where known including a number of previously
unpublished life histories. The text also includes a section covering classification,
the species concept, and an extensive chapter on moth pests and their control
dealing additionally with a small number of the more important pests among the
Microlepidoptera. A substantial taxonomic appendix, prepared by Dr J. D. Hollo-
way, includes descriptions of 65 new species many of which are illustrated.
Publication expected July 1982.
Anticipated price for pre-publication orders $65-70.
Australian Entomological Supplies
35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 4614
COUNTER SALES: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph.(Syd.) 43 3972
DATA LABELS — PRINTED ТО ORDER. |
$10,00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)
Labels must be ordered in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 labels.
Delivery 4-6 weeks. Payment with order please..
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia
2
ISSN 0311-1881 | ZEL
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
Aust. ent. Mag.
Edited by M. S. Moulds
VOLUME 9, PARTS 2,3
JULY, 1982
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand
and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional
entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.
SUBSCRIPTIONS
All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:
Australian Entomological Press,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,
Australia.
Individual Subscriptions
$10.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea
A$11.00 (US$14.00 or Stg.£6.00) per annum overseas
Institutional Subscriptions
A$13.00 (US$16.00 or Stg.£6.50) per annum
COVER
Illustrated by В. L. Brunet
The large and beautiful stag beetle, Phalacrognathus muelleri Macleay
(family Lucanidae), is one of Australia’s most spectacular beetles. The dom-
inant pigmentation is maroon and green with a brillant mirror-like sheen.
Large males can measure 60 mm or more in length. The species is found only
in rain forest in north-eastern Queensland where the larvae feed in decaying
logs. Adults fly at dusk and rarely venture beyond rain forest margins.
Published by
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,
N.S.W. 2065, Australia.
Phone: 43-3972
Printed by
Graphic Printing € Design Co., Ltd
379-381 King's Rd, North Point,
Hong Kong
Australian Entomological
Magazine «os m
Aust. ent. Mag. | 30 NOV
Volume 9, Parts 2,3 — — — quly; 1982
BUTTERFLIES OF THE UPPER JARDINE RIVER,
CAPE YORK PENINSULA
By M. S. Moulds and J. W. C. d'Apice
c/- Entomology Department, Australian Museum, 6-8 College St, Sydney, 2000
and
50 Margaret St, Sydney, 2000
Abstract
Forty species of butterflies are recorded from the Jardine River basin. Telicota
eurotas laconia Waterhouse has not previously been recorded north of the Claudie River
(Iron Range), and the known distributions of Toxidia inornata inornata (Butler) and
Philiris fulgens kurandae Waterhouse are marginally extended northwards. Rain forest
areas (semi-deciduous mesophyll closed forest) are mapped in detail for the first time
and facts concerning river navigation are presented for the benefit of those wishing to
enter this little known area.
Introduction
The Jardine River is situated in the far northern portion of Cape York
Peninsula (Fig. 1). Although Queensland's largest perennial river its upper
reaches have remained unexplored and very little is known of the zoology of
this remote area. The first botanical survey of the Jardine River catchment
has only recently been made (Lavarack and Stanton, 1977): vegetation types
were mapped on a broad scale and extensive areas of closed forest in the
upper Jardine basin recorded. Rain forest also occurs immediately to the
east and south-east of the Jardine basin in the vicinity of Shelburne Bay
(Pedley and Isbell, 1971). These recently discovered rain forests form an area
of special biological significance because of its location between the rather
different rain forest communities of Cape York and Iron Range. Monteith
and Hancock (1977) list the butterfly fauna from the rain forests near
22 Aust. ent, Mag. 9(2,3), July, 1982
Shelburne Bay. In this paper we list species from the rain forests of the
Jardine basin.
The vegetation along the river for much of its length is dominated by
Melaleuca leucadendron and Leptospermum longifolium. The stands of rain
forest (semi-deciduous mesophyll closed forest) are limited in extent and
occur only along the upper portions of the river. All are riverine in nature
with the largest stand covering no more than a few hectares. Almost without
exception these rain forest areas are associated with permanent creeks.
Predominant canopy trees are Beilschmiedia obtusifolia and Syzygium
rubiginosum. Palms are a prominent feature and many species were encount-
ered, the most conspicuous being Livistona benthamii which appeared to be
the most widespread species and the large and beautiful fan palm, Licuala
ramsayi, and the wait-a-while, Calamus australis. All notable stands of rain
forest encountered were mapped and are shown in Fig. 1.
For the benefit of others planning to visit this area we add the following
notes, Our investigations began at the point where the telegraph track crosses
the river, from which point we travelled upstream. Canoes were chosen as
the mode of transport, although prior to departure we were uncertain if such
craft could negotiate the river. The Jardine is a large river and flows with
quite a strong current. As no one had previously navigated its upper reaches
we had no idea what problems might be encountered. As it turned out
there were few real obstacles. The strong current caused the greatest hardship
and produced some very weary canoeists. The first day we covered only
5 km. Thereafter we averaged approximately 10 km per day. We travelled
constantly for eight days after which we reached a stand of “quality” rain
forest about 1 km before the junction of the McHenry River. Here we
established a base camp and later travelled upstream for another day to the
next major junction. Beyond this point it was impossible to go further by
canoe because many fallen trees completely spanned the stream. We had at
this point travelled more than 80 km from the telegraph track crossing.
One of the more remarkable features of the river is its almost constant
gradient. The river bed is white sand and the banks are sandy in nature. The
only exceptions are two sets of rapids, the first some 53 km from the
crossing and the second about 57 km. Both are formed principally from
sandstone-like rock and can be negotiated with care. We were travelling
during October (towards the end of the dry season) and the river level was
comparatively low. Water depth averaged a little over 1 m near the crossing
and about 0.3 m upstream. Extensive shallows were encountered and numerous
submerged tree limbs were a constant hazard. The water was crystal clear
but there was the occasional dark deep pool. One large crocodile (over 3 m
long) was seen in such a pool. Crocodile tracks were seen elsewhere. Large
catfish and the barrimundi, Sclerophages jardini were plentiful along the
entire length of the river almost as far as the McHenry junction, but especially
so below the rapids.
Aust, ent. Mag. 9(2,3), July, 1982 23
Bamaga P,
B f — srubv AREA
Iron Range
CAPE YORK PENINSULA
SHOWING STUDY AREA
not navigable by canoe
beyond this junction
5km
Distance from crossing marked
along river in 10 km intervals
rain forest
^" road or track
Fig. 1. Map of the upper Jardine River showing rain forest areas (numbered for reference
1- 9).
24
Aust, ent, Mag. 9(2,3), July, 1982
List of species
All records, October, 1978. Rain forest areas referred to below by numerals are those
shown in Fig. 1.
Species
ааты.
Comments
HESPERIIDAE
Tagiades japetus janetta Butler
Toxidia inornata inornata (Butler)
Telicota eurotas laconia Waterhouse
Telicota mesoptis mesoptis Lower
Sabera caesina albifascia (Miskin)
Sabera dobboe autoleon (Miskin)
PAPILIONIDAE
Papilio aegeus aegeus Donovan
Papilio ulysses joesa Butler
Pachliopta polydorus queenslandicus
(Rothschild)
PIERIDAE
Delias argenthona argenthona (Fabricius)
Delias mysis waterhousei Talbot
Delias aruna inferna Butler
NYMPHALIDAE
Danaus affinis affinis (Fabricius)
Danaus hamatus hamatus (W. S. Macleay)
Euploea sylvester sylvester (Fabricius)
Tellervo zoilus gelo Waterhouse and Lyell
Melanitis leda bankia (Fabricius)
Mycalesis terminus terminus (Fabricius)
My calesis perseus perseus (Fabricius)
Hypocysta irius (Fabricius)
Hypocysta adiante adiante (Hübner)
Xois arctoa arctoa (Fabricius)
Neptis praslini staudingereana Nicéville
Pantoporia venilia moorei (W. J. Macleay)
Pantoporia consimilis consimilis (Boisduval)
Doleschallia bisaltide australis C. & R. Felder
Hypolimnas bolina nerina (Fabricius)
Very common
One specimen only. Previously recorded as
far north as Shelburne Bay (Monteith and
Hancock, 1977).
Three specimens takenon the northern side
of the crossing amongst Gahnia. Two others
taken in a small Gahnia swamp on the
southern bank below rain forest area 1 at
142°33'Е, 11%10'S. Previously unknown
north of the Claudie River (Common and
Waterhouse, 1981).
Very scarce
Plentiful
Very scarce
A few seen
Several seen at various locations along the
upper portion of the river.
Scarce
Common
Common in most rain forest areas.
Common only in rain forest areas 6 and 7.
Two specimens sighted at area 1.
Uncommon
Uncommon
Very common but only at one location a
little below rain forest area 2.
Common only in rain forest area 7.
Uncommon
Uncommon
Uncommon
Uncommon
Uncommon
Uncommon
Uncommon
Uncommon
Uncommon
One specimen only
Very scarce
Aust, ent. Mag. 9(2,3), July, 1982
Species
25
Comments
Hypolimnas alimena lamina Fruhstorfer
Junonia hedonia zelima (Fabricius)
Junonia orithya albicincta Butler
Cupha prosope prosope (Fabricius)
LYCAENIDAE
Pseudodipsas eone iole Waterhouse & Lyell
Philiris fulgens kurandae Waterhouse
Philiris innotata evinculis Wind and Clench
Arhopala micale amytis (Hewitson)
Uncommon. One very melanic 9 amongst
material taken.
Very scarce
Very scarce
Uncommon
One specimen only
Uncommon. Found only at one location
above the uppermost rapids. Previously re-
corded as far north as Shelburne Bay (Mon-
teith and Hancock, 1977).
One specimen only
Locally common
Hypolycaena phorbas phorbas (Fabricius) | Uncommon
Deudorix epirus agimar Fruhstorfer One specimen taken in rain forest area 8.
Candalides helenita helenita (Semper) Common
Candalides geminus Edwards and Kerr Common
Praetaxila segecia punctaria (Fruhstorfer) Б ive fam from rain forest areas 2, 3,
and 7.
Discussion
Conditions at the time of our survey were rather dry which, no doubt,
reduced the number of butterflies on the wing. Few specimens were seen
outside of rain forest areas and consequently little was encountered along
the lower half of the river travelled. The notable exception was Telicota
eurotas taken in shaded situations at the telegraph crossing and a little
further upstream.
The number of Hesperiidae encountered was surprisingly low. Only
six species were taken and four of these only in small numbers. Despite
the numerous palms growing in the area no palm-feeding species was
taken.
In contrast, Pieridae were comparatively common. Delias mysis was
plentiful and occurred in most areas of rain forest. D. aruna was plentiful until
about 9 am each morning in rain forest area 6 (refer Fig. 1), where specimens
flew high in a small clearing. Later each day several adults could always be
found settled on leaf litter in rain forest area 7 at the junction of the
Jardine and McHenry Rivers. When disturbed these specimens would usually
fly a short distance and resettle. Both males and females adopted this
behaviour. D. argenthona was less common but widespread.
The behaviour of the lycaenid Praetaxila segecia is also worthy of
comment, Specimens were only found as isolated individuals settled amongst
leaf litter within deeply shaded rain forest (areas 2, 3, 6 and 7 in Fig. 1).
26 Aust, ent. Mag. 9(2,3), July, 1982
Despite a constant search for Ornithoptera priamus (L.) none were
sighted at any time during the three weeks we were in the area. This often
common species was also absent from the list of 98 species given by Monteith
and Hancock (1977) from the Shelburne Bay region which includes rain forest
areas immediately to the east and south of the Jardine River catchment. There
are no other known specimens from the region and the statement made by
Haugum and Low (1978, p. 142) that “Scattered populations exist in the
Jardine River valley forests . . ." is incorrect and based purely on assumption.
Lavarack and Stanton (1977) do not record Aristolochia, the only food plant
of O. priamus, from the region. Their paper, however, was not intended to be
detailed in its listings. We therefore made an extensive search for this vine
during our studies but it appeared to be entirely absent. These findings
suggest that O. priamus is either permanently absent from this region or
occurs only on rare occasions. If this is so the geographical isolation of
subspecies macalpinei Moulds is indeed real and the unique characters
displayed by the adult confirm its subspecific status despite doubts expressed
by D'Abrera (1976) and Haugum and Low (1978).
Our observations of the habitats encountered along the upper Jardine
leave us no doubt that the region must carry a rich insect fauna. A survey at а
more favourable time of year should prove most rewarding. It appears that the
butterfly fauna somewhat parallels that of the nearby Shelburne Bay region as
listed by Monteith and Hancock (1977). Only two species, Telicota eurotas
and Euploea sylvester, remain unlisted by them. They, however, remarked on
the apparent absence of Euploea during their survey (they took only E. core)
and it would not be unreasonable to assume that all five Euploea species
known to range widely on Cape York Peninsula occur both in the Shelburne
Bay region and along the upper Jardine River.
Acknowledgements
A. К. Irvine, Division of Forest Research, C.S.I.R.O., Atherton, accom-
panied us during the expedition and we are grateful to him for botanical
identifications.
References
Common, I. F. B., and Waterhouse, D. F.,1981. Butterflies of Australia. Revised edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 682 pp.
D'Abrera, B., 1975. Birdwing butterflies of the world. Lansdowne, Melbourne. 260 pp.
Haugum, J. and Low, A. M., 1978. A monograph of the birdwing butterflies. Vol. 1,
Part 2. Ornithoptera (Ornithoptera). Scandinavian Science Press, Klampenborg,
Denmark. Pp. 85-192.
Lavarack, P. S. and Stanton, J. P., 1977. Vegetation of the Jardine River catchment and
adjacent coastal areas. Proc, R. Soc. Qd 88: 39-48, pl. 10.
Monteith, G. B. and Hancock, D. L., 1977. Range extensions and notable records for
butterflies of Cape York Peninsula, Australia. Aust, ent; Mag. 4(2): 21-38.
Pedley, L. and Isbell, R. F., 1971. Plant communities of Cape York Peninsula, Proc, R.
Soc. Qd 82(5): 51-74.
Aust, ent. Mag. 9(2,3), July, 1982 27
DIRHINUS RUFRICORNIS (GIRAULT) (HYMENOPTERA: CHALCIDAE:
DIRHININAE), A PARASITE OF DIPTERA, TWO OF WHICH
ARE PRIMARY PARASITES OF ORTHOPTERA
By G. L. Baker*, С. R. Brown” and К. Pigottt
* Biological and Chemical Research Institute, P.M.B. 10, Rydalmere, N.S.W. 2116
New South Wales Department of Agriculture, Dubbo, N.S.W. 2830
Abstract
Dirhinus rufricornis (Girault) (Hymenoptera: Chalcididae) is recorded as a parasite
of Ceracia fergusoni (Malloch) (Diptera: Tachinidae) and Blaesoxipha pachytyli (Skuse)
(Diptera: Sarcophagidae), both of the latter being primary parasites of the Australian
plague locust, Chortoicetes terminifera (Walker) and other acridids.
The duration of life history stages of D. rufricornis in the laboratory with
Lucilia cuprina (Wiedemann) (Diptera: Calliphoridae) as host was: egg 3 days, larva 7
days, pupa 12 days. Females parasitised an average of 2.1 host pupae per day. The
longevity of females ranged from 17-32 days and males 13-91 days.
Introduction
Girault (1915) gave data on the distribution of Dirhinus rufricornis
(Girault) (as D. sarcophagae) in northern Australia. Froggatt (1919) records
the sarcophagid Parasarcophaga aurifrons (Macquart) as a host, while Wilson
(1960) records the sarcophagids Boettcherisca peregrina (Rob. Desvoidy)
(= Sarcophaga irrequieta Walker), Tricholioproctia (= Sarcophaga) impatiens
(Walker), and the calliphorids Calliphora villosa (= stygia) (Fabricius), Chryso-
mya rufifacies (Macquart), Chrysomya varipes (Macquart) and Lucilia sericata
(Meigen). In this study D. rufricornis was reared from the puparia of Blae-
soxipha pachytyli (Skuse) (Sarcophagidae) and Ceracia fergusoni (Malloch)
(Tachinidae) obtained from field collected adults of the Australian plague
locust, Chortoicetes terminifera (Walker). D. rufricornis were cultured in the
laboratory in Lucilia cuprina (Wiedemann) (Calliphoridae) puparia and some
biological data recorded. The study was limited due to the onset of haploid
reproduction a short time after the commencement of the laboratory culture.
Method
On 7 January, 1978, C. terminifera adults were collected with a sweep
net from a swarm at Yalgogrin in the eastern Riverina District, New South
Wales and retained in a sealed calico bag. Five days later (12 January, 1978)
the larvae of two species of dipterous parasites emerged from the C. termin-
ifera adults and were removed from the bag and placed in screw top jars to
pupate. From five C. fergusoni puparia thus obtained, one adult C. fergusoni
emerged on 22 January, 1978 and parasitic wasps of the species D. rufricornis
(1 d, 2 9) emerged from three others on 30 January, 1978 (23 days after
collection of the C. terminifera and 8 days after emergence of the adult
C. fergusoni), while the fifth puparium failed to develop. From 13 B.
pachytyli puparia also obtained from the C. terminifera, five adult B. pachy-
tyli emerged between 24-27 January, 1978 and two male D. rufricornis
emerged on 31 January, 1978 (24 days after collection, and 4-7 days after
the emergence of the adult B. pachytyli). Six puparia failed to develop.
28 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(2,3), July, 1982
The two female and one male D. rufricornis adults (from C. fergusoni
puparia) were placed with 40 L. cuprina puparia on 7 February, 1978. Only
two female D. rufricornis were bred (emerging on 27 February, 1978), the
remaining puparia giving rise to L. cuprina (4) or Alysia manducator (Panzer)
(Braconidae) (34), which had parasitised the L. cuprina puparia prior to
their placement with the D. rufricornis. Using these two unmated female
D. rufricornis a further generation was reared, all males.
During breeding, each D. rufricornis was held in a 200 x 40 mm
glass vial with brass gauze stopper. A 10% sugar solution soaked into cotton
wool pads was replenished every third day. Female D. rufricornis were
provided with 10-25 L. cuprina puparia each one to three days, depending
on the availability of L. cuprina puparia. These puparia, once replaced, were
retained in identical containers. A sample of three to five puparia was dissected
for each day after placement up to day 21 (in all 51 puparia) and the
incumbent life history stages of D. rufricornis measured and mounted on
slides using Hoyer's mounting medium. The laboratory rearing was conducted
at a mean temperature of 22.4°C (mean max. 25.7°C; mean min. 19.0°C).
Results
Oviposition: D. rufricornis oviposited in L. cuprina puparia of age six to
seven days (Fig. 1; 3.11.78) and one to two days (Fig. 1; 6.iii.78). The
pupal period of L. cuprina, under the experimental conditions, was eight
to ten days, indicating a wide range in age of puparia susceptible to parasitism.
Greathead (1959) found parasitism of Stomorhina lunata (F.) by Dirhinus
excavatus Dalman increased with time, indicating parasitism occurred
throughout the pupal stage.
Fecundity: The average number of host puparia parasitised per day was 2.1-7
for female 1 (37 in 17 days) and 2.03 for female 2 (65 in 32 days). No
puparia were parasitied in the first two days following emergence. The
number parasitised increased to a maximum of six at age eight days after
which there was a decline to approximately three per day (Fig. 2).
The number of host puparia provided was not a limiting factor in the
assessment of fecundity. Only 44.5% of puparia provided to female 1 were
parasitised and 25.3% of those provided to female 2 (83 and 256 respectively).
Only a single adult emerged from each parasitised puparium and during
dissection only one specimen was found in each puparium.
Longevity: The mean longevity of males provided with sucrose solution
replenished every third day was 38.35 days (range 13-91; n = 31); supplied
with water 10.0 days (range 7-11; n = 10); unfed 9.66 days (range 6-11;
n = 6). Two females lived for 17 and 32 days.
Description and duration of developmental stages
The duration of development from oviposition to adult emergence
ranged from 21-29 days (mean 22.78, n = 51). Development was independent
of the stage of development of the host when parasitised. As a result the
interval between emergence of adult hosts from unparasitised puparia and
Aust. ent, Mag. 9(2,3), July, 1982 29
L.cuprina D.rufricornis
pa
NUMBER
IFAS LSS 8 9 10 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324 25 26 27 23 29 30
Date of y
Бзр (у ер Ж
8.Ш.78
Q2
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 % 17 18 19 20
DAY
Fig. 1. Time of emergence after oviposition by D. rufricornis of L. cuprina adults from
unparasitised puparia and D. rufricornis adults from parasitised puparia.
О 5 10
15 20 25 30
AGE (d)
Fig. 2. The number of L. cuprina puparia parasitised per day by two D. rufricornis
females (number averaged over periods of 1-3 days depending on the interval at
which host puparia placed and removed). Female 1 died on day 17 and female 2
on day 32.
the emergence of the first D. rufricornis from parasitised puparia was
variable and ranged from 13-18 days (Fig. 1).
Egg (Fig. 3). 0.720-0.82 mm long, 0.15-0.27 mm in diameter; white; smooth;
elongate; slightly concave on one side; ends rounded, slightly narrowed
caudally. The period from oviposition to hatching is 3 days. All eggs were
found in the fluid filled cavity surrounding the developing host pupa.
30 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(2,3), July, 1982
Figs 3-6. Developmental stages of D. rufricornis: (3) egg (scale = 0.1 mm); (4) fully
developed larva feeding on host pupa (casing of puparium removed) (scale =
1.0 mm); (5) anterior view of head of final instar larva; (6) mesothoracic
spiracle of final instar larva.
Final instar larva (Figs 4-6). Head hemispherical, lightly sclerotised; antennae
a pair of low cones 13.4 ит in diameter; mandibles triangular with single,
heavily sclerotised, apical tooth, articulating with pleurostoma dorsally and
hypostoma ventrally; mouthparts in depression overhung by clypeus dorsally;
maxillae two lateral projections above the mandibles, poorly differentiated;
labium differentiated into long narrow prelabium and long narrow postlabium
expanded laterally; tentorium two dark rods, apically supporting base of
mandibles: thoracic segments (3), abdominal segments (10), without
conspicuous setae: spiracles on meso and meta thorax and first seven
abdominal segments, aperture round 34.5 ит in diameter surrounded by
—— SÉ
Aust. ent. Mag. 9(2,3), July, 1982 31
transparent ring 48 ит in diameter, above cup-shaped swelling and conical
tube constricted at base to 8.9 um beyond which it is expanded to 21 um
before connecting to closing apparatus and hence trachea. The larval
morphology of D. rufricornis compares well with previous descriptions of
Dirhinus (Greathead 1959). In D. excavatus the spiracle apertures are not
cup shaped above a constricted base as they are in D. rufricornis.
Larval development of males was complete in seven to eight days
(n = 17) after hatching (10 days after oviposition).
Pupa. White, becoming black with development of adult colouration;
morphology typical of Dirhininae; head pointed apically; hind femur
distinctly swollen.
The duration of the pupal stage is 12 days (n = 30) at a mean
temperature of 22.4°C. The eyes become pigmented 6 days after pupation.
After eight days the entire pupa is black and at 11 days the pupa is fully
developed with functional appendages. The fully developed adult emerges by
forcing open thé puparium along its line of weakness at the anterior end.
This mode of emergence is similar to that of adult hosts from unparasitised
puparia.
Discussion
D. rufricornis is not a hyperparasite because it attacks the primary
parasite after it has left its hosts and this makes the circumstances of the
initial record of D. rufricornis from primary parasites of C. terminifera
unusual. It must be assumed that a fertile D. rufricornis female was taken
on the wing at the time the C. terminifera collection was made and that
parasitism of C. fergusoni and B. pachytyli took place subsequent to their
emergence from C. terminifera. There is a possibility that the adult D.
rufricornis was phoretic on adult C. terminifera or otherwise associated with
the C. terminifera swarm. It would be extremely difficult to ascertain the
significance of D. rufricornis as a parasite of the primary parasites of
C. terminifera in the field. To obtain a sample of host puparia would involve
an inordinate amount of searching over a short time interval given densities
of less than one per 5 m? in areas occupied by swarms. The role of parasites
of biological control agents of acridids has only been assessed for those
which are hyperparasites or whose host is predacious on locust eggs enabling
sampling in a concentrated area, for example D. excavatus (Greathead 1959)
and Dirhinus anthracia Walker (Baker, unpublished data).
The only previous records of parasites of the biological control agents
of acridids in Australia involve hyperparasites (Blackith 1967, Allsopp 1978,
Baker and Pigott 1979). In other countries only two authors, Kelly (1914)
and Spencer (1958), have recorded parasites of Diptera parasitic on the
post-embryonic stages of acridids, though hyperparasites have been frequently
recorded (Greathead 1963). The greater number of records of hyperparasites
is not necessarily a reflection of their relative importance in the field.
Hyperparasites are readily obtained when primary parasites are reared from
field collected hosts (a common procedure) while parasites of parasitic Diptera
i Aust. ent. Mag. 9(2,3), July, 1982
are only obtained after retention of field collected host puparia (an uncommon
procedure).
D. rufricornis has a wide host range (Calliphoridae, Sarcophagidae,
| Tachinidae), including both non-parasitic Diptera (L. cuprina, P. aurifrons)
| and parasitic Diptera (С. fergusoni, В. pachytyli). A wide host range is
| characteristic of many species of chalcids and must limit their usefulness as
| biological control agents. There is a distinct danger that chalcids introduced
to control a dipterous pest may adapt to indigenous parasitic Diptera,
reducing the effectiveness of the latter. This is of particular concern in
| regions such as Australasia, North America and Africa where Diptera are the
| principal biological control agents of locusts (Baker 1979, Rees 1973,
Greathead 1963).
Acknowledgements
The authors would like to thank Z. Bouček, British Museum (Nat. Hist.), London,
for identifying D. rufricornis; P. Hughes, New South Wales Department of Agriculture,
Rydalmere, for providing L. cuprina puparia used in the laboratory culturing of D.
rufricornis and M. Hill, New South Wales Department of Agriculture, Rydalmere, for
photographing life history stages.
References
Allsopp, P. G., 1978. Seasonal history, hosts and natural enemies of Monistria discrep-
ans (Walker) (Orthoptera: Pyrgomorphidae) in south-west Queensland. J. Aust.
ent, Soc. 17: 65-73.
Baker, G. L., 1979. Regional differences in the parasite complex and plague dynamics
of the Australian plague locust [Chortoicestes terminifera (Walker)] . 3rd Aust.
appl. ent. Res. Conf., Lawes, Qd, June 1979, pt. 7: 1-4.
| Baker, С. L. and Pigott, R., 1979. Perilampus australis Girault (Нутепор{ега: Pteroma-
lidae: Perilampinae), a hyperparasite of the Australian plague locust Chortoic-
| etes terminifera (Walker) (Orthoptera: Acrididae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18:
| 109-110.
| Blackith, R. E., 1967. A tachinid parasite of Australian grasshoppers. Aust. J. Zool.
15: 745-758.
Froggatt, W. W., 1919. The digger chalcid parasite (Dirrhinus sarcophagae n.sp. on
Sarcophaga aurifrons). Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 30: 853-855,
Girault, A. A., 1915. Australian Hymenoptera, Chalcidoidea, XIV. Mem. Оа Mus.
4: 352-353.
Greathead, D. J., 1959. On Dirhinus excavatus Dalman (Hym., Chalcididae) and an
aleocharine larva (Col., Staphylinidae), parasites on the pupae of Stomorhina
| lunata (F.) (Dipt., Calliphoridae) in Eritrea. Ent. mon. Mag. 95: 105-108.
| Greathead, D. J., 1963. A review of the insect natural enemies of Acridoidea (Orthoptera).
| Trans, R. ent. Soc. Lond. 114: 437-517.
| Kelly, E. O. G., 1914. A new sarcophagid parasite of grasshoppers. J. agric. Res. 2:
435-436.
Rees, N. E., 1973. Arthropod and nematode parasites, parasitoids, and predators of
Acrididae in America north of Mexico. U.S. Dept. Agric. tech. Bull. 1460:
288 pp.
Spencer, G. J., 1958. The natural control complex affecting grasshoppers in the dry
belt of British Columbia. Proc. 10th Int. Congr. Ent., Montreal 1956 4:
497-502.
Wilson, F., 1960. A review of the biological control of insects and weeds in Australia
| and Australian New Guinea. Commonw. Inst. Biol. Control, Tech. Commun.
1: 102 pp.
Aust. ent. Mag. 9(2,3), July, 1982 33
A NEW SPECIES OF AMBLYSE/US BERLESE FROM THE NEW
HEBRIDES WITH NOTES ON CLOSELY RELATED SPECIES FROM
AUSTRALIA, JAPAN AND CHINA (ACARI: PHYTOSEIIDAE)
By E. Schicha
Biological and Chemical Research Institute, Department of Agriculture,
Rydalmere, N.S.W., 2116
Abstract
Amblyseius sigridae sp. n. from Artocarpus incisus L. (Moraceae) in the New
Hebrides is compared with 4. markwelli Schicha from Australia, А. okinawanus Ehara
from Japan, and specimens from China tentatively ascribed to 4. okinawanus.
Introduction
Three closely related species of Amblyseius Berlese from Australia and
the Orient are compared.
Depositories are abbreviated: BCRI Biological and Chemical Research
Institute, Rydalmere; ZIFS Zoological Institute, Faculty of Science, Hokkaido
University, Sapporo.
All measurements are in micrometres.
Genus Amblyseius Berlese
Amblyseius Berlese, 1914: 143. Type species by original designation: Zercon obtusus
Koch, 1839.
Amblyseius sigridae sp. п.
(Figs 1-8)
Types:- NEW HEBRIDES: Holotype 9, on Artocarpus incisus L. (Moraceae), Santo,
16.iv.1977, J. Gutierrez. (In BCRI).
FEMALE
Dorsum. Dorsal shield 291 long (D1-D6), 156 wide (L4-L4), reticulated
laterally, with 17 pairs of setae, siz dorsal, two median, four prolateral, five
postlateral: D1 15, D2 to D4 8, D5 12, D6 9, M1 8, M2 28, L1 8, L2 and
ІЗ 10, L4 13, LS 10, L6 and L7 12, L8 13, L9 65. M2 and 19 slightly
serrated, all other setae smooth. All setae shorter than distances between
their bases and bases of setae following next in series. Seven pairs of large
pores and six pairs of small pores. S1 12 on interscutal membrane, S2 7 on
interscutal membrane on one side and on dorsal shield on opposite side.
Peritremes extending forward beyond D1 (Fig. 1).
Venter. Sternal shield 51 long, 60 wide, with three pairs of setae and two
pairs of pores. Fourth pair of setae and third pair of pores on small metasternal
shields (Fig. 2). Pentagonal ventrianal shield 114 long, 90 wide, with three
pairs of short preanal setae and a pair of oval preanal pores 24 apart,
surrounded by three pairs of setae, three pairs of small shields, primary
metapodal shield 18 long, secondary metapodal shield 12, and one pair of
ventrocaudal setae 22 (Fig. 3).
34 Aust. ent. Mag. 912,3), July, 1982
Chelicera. Details difficult to see.
Spermatheca. Sack-like cervix 15-17 long; atrium occupying whole width of
cervix where cervix fuses with major duct (Fig. 4).
Legs. Eight macrosetae: small and blunt on femur I 7, knobbed on genu I 5
(Fig. 5), minute and blunt on genu II 5 (Fig. 6) and genu III 12, setaceous
on tibia III 14 (Fig. 7), blunt on genu IV 23, setaceous on tibia IV 18 and
basitarsus IV 39 (Fig. 8).
Amblyseius markwelli Schicha
(Figs 9-16)
Amblyseius markwelli Schicha, 1979: 46.
Material examined:— QUEENSLAND: Holotype Y and nine paratypes as designated in
Schicha (1979). NEW SOUTH WALES: Two 99 and two dd, on unidentified weeds,
Bellingen, 29.iv.1980, E. Schicha. (All in BCRI).
Figs 1-4. Amblyseius sigridae sp. п. female: (1) dorsum; (2) sternal shield; (3) ventrianal
shield; (4) spermatheca.
Aust. ent. Mag. 9(2,3), July, 1982 35
Figs5-12. Leg setation of Amblyseius sigridae sp. n. (5-8), compared with that of
Amblyseius markwelli (9-12). (5, 9) femur | — genu I; (6, 10) genu II; (7-11)
genu III — tibia 111; (8, 12) genu — basitarsus IV.
36 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(2,3), July, 1982
Add to original description:—
FEMALE
Dorsum. One pair of large pores near L4 and three pairs of small pores near
D2, LS and S2 (similar to A. sigridae, Fig. 1).
Cnelicera. Fixed digit with 8-10 teeth (8—one observation; 9—five observat-
ions; 10—one observation); movable digit with 2-3 teeth (2—three observations;
3—four observations).
Spermatheca. Variable in slide-mounted type material (Figs 13-16).
Legs. Eight macrosetae: knobbed (9 observations, no exceptions) on femur
I 9-12 long (9 measurements) and genu I 16-19 (Fig. 9), blunt on genu II
11-13 (Fig. 10), knobbed on genu III 14-20, setaceous on tibia III 14-17
(Fig. 11), knobbed on genu IV 24-28, setaceous on tibia IV 18-20, slightly
knobbed on basitarsus IV 44-48 (Fig. 12).
Figs 13-27. Variations in spermathecae: (13-16) Amblyseius markwelli; (17-22) three
paratype females of A. okinawanus; (23-27) three specimens from China
ascribed to A. okinawanus.
Aust. ent. Mag. 9(2,3), July, 1982 37
Amblyseius okinawanus Ehara
(Figs 28-32)
Amblyseius (Amblyseius ) okinawanus Ehara, 1967: 72; Ehara and Lee, 1971: 64.
Material examined:— JAPAN: Three 99 paratypes labelled “Verbena officinalis, Tomig-
usuku, Okinawa L, 22.iv.1966, Ehara et al.” (In ZIFS). CHINA: Three 99 labelled
“Amblyseius okinawanus Ehara” on citrus, Guangdong Province (other particulars in
Chinese). (In BCRI).
Add to description by Ehara (1967) and Ehara and Lee (1971):—
FEMALE
Dorsum. Dorsal shield 314 long (D1-D6), 173 wide (L4-L4). Seven pairs of
large pores and four pairs of small pores as figured (Fig. 28).
Venter. Sternal shield 57 long, 65 wide (Fig. 29). Pentagonal ventrianal
shield 115 long, 92 wide, with a pair of oval preanal pores 22 apart, surrounded
by eight pairs of small shields, primary metapodal shield 18 long, secondary
metapodal shield 10 (Fig. 30).
Figs 28-32. Amblyseius okinawanus, from three paratype females: (28) dorsum; (29)
sternal shield; (30) ventrianal shield; (31) spermatheca; (32) genu — basitarsus
IV.
38 Aust, ent. Mag. 9(2,3), July, 1982
Spermatheca. Cervix 8 long, atrium bulbous (Fig. 31). Variable in slide-
mounted specimens (Figs 17-22).
Legs. Seven macrosetae: knobbed on genu 1 19-20, genu II 15-16 and genu
Ш 21-23, setaceous on tibia Ш 18, knobbed on genu IV 31, setaceous on
tibia IV 25, slightly knobbed on basitarsus IV 55 (Fig. 32).
NOTES
A. markwelli is more closely related to A. okinawanus than to A. oguroi
Ehara, A. asiaticus (Evans), A. reptans Blommers or A. daturae Gupta, the
species with which it was compared in Schicha (1979) (see notes on
A. okinawanus below). It seems to prefer low herbaceous plants to shrubs
and has not been found on any crop plant in Australia.
The measurements of А. okinawanus made by Ehara (1967) are
confirmed. A. okinawanus differs from A. markwelli in (1) the slightly longer
setae L4 and all macrosetae on legs II to IV; (2) the much shorter metapodal
shields; (3) the shorter (x 0.5) cervix and differently shaped spermatheca
(Figs 17-22); and (4) the absence of a knobbed macroseta on femur I.
The females from China are very close to A. okinawanus and A.
markwelli in most of their qualitative and quantitative features and somewhat
intermediate between the two species in the size and shape of their
spermathecae (Figs 23-27). In the absence of further information the
specimens are ascribed to A. okinawanus.
A. sigridae is not obviously different from A. markwelli and A. okin-
awanus if only qualitative morphological characteristics of their dorsal and
ventral shields, spermathecae, and legs IV are compared (details of chelicerae
in A. sigridae difficult to see). However, A. sigridae is distinct from the above
in (1) the much smaller dorsal shield; (2) the shorter setae D1, M2, L2 to L9,
S1, S2 and macrosetae on genu III, tibia III, genu IV, tibia IV and basitarsus
IV; and (3) the much shorter setae L1, and macrosetae on femur I, genu I and
genu II.
Acknowledgements
I thank Dr J. Gutierrez, Office de la Recherche Scientifique et Technique
Outre-Mer, Noumea, for the new species; Prof. S. Ehara, Biological Institute,
Tottori University, for the loan of females of A. okinawanus; and Dr Wu
Wei-nan, Kwangtung Entomological Institute, Canton, for females labelled
A. okinawanus.
References
Berlese, A., 1914. Acari nouvi. Maniplus IX. Redia 10: 113-150.
Ehara, S., 1967. Phytoseiid mites from Okinawa Island (Acarina: Mesostigmata). Mushi
40: 67-82.
Ehara, S. and Lee, L. H. Y., 1971. Mites associated with plants in Hong Kong. J. Fac.
Ed. Tottori Univ., Nat. Sci. 22: 61-78.
Koch, C. L., 1839. Deutschlands Crustaceen, Myriapoden, und Arachniden. (Regensburg).
Schicha, E., 1979. Three new species of Amblyseius Berlese from New Caledonia and
Australia (Acari: Phytoseiidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 3: 41-48.
Aust. ent. Mag. 9(2,3), July, 1982 39
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by M. S. Moulds
BASHFORD, В.
1978. The biology of the tree lucerne moth Uresiphita omithopteralis (Guénee)
(Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) in southern Tasmania. Aust. ent. Mag. 5(4): 71-76,
tables 1-5, text-figs 1-8.
CARRUTHERS, G. and ROBERTS, B.
1980. Studies on the differentiation and growth of the pretarsus in Tricholioproctia
impatiens (Walker) (Diptera: Sarcophagidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(4): 305-
314, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-7.
HAMILTON, J. T.
1980. What's eating your cabbages? Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 91(2): 35-36, illustr.
Lepidoptera: Pieris rapae, Plutella xylostella, Brevicoryne brassicae, Heliothis
spp., Agrotis spp., Hellula hy dralis
JAMES, David G.
1979. Observations on two overwintering clusters of Danaus plexippus (L.) (Lepid-
optera: Nymphalidae) in the Sydney area during 1978. Aust. ent. Mag. 5(5):
81-85.
1981. Studies on a winter breeding population of Danaus plexippus (L.) (Lepidopt-
era: Nymphalidae) at Spencer, New South Wales. Gen. appl. Ent. 13: 47-53,
table 1, text-figs 1-5.
JOHNSON, S. J. and De BAAR, M.
1980. First record of Charaxes latona Butler (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) from
Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 6(5): 94-96, text-figs 1 & 2.
JULIEN, М. Н. and MATTHEWS, М. С.
1980. The biology of Rhinoncus australis Oke (Coleoptera: Curculionidae), a weevil
attacking the weed Emex australis Steinheil in eastern Australia. Aust. ent.
Mag. 6(5): 87-92, table 1, text-figs 1-4.
KAY, В. Н. and BULFIN, E. T.
1977. Modification of a livestock crush into a stable trap for mosquito collection.
J. med. Ent. 13(4-5): 515-516, table 1, text-fig. 1.
Diptera: lists species collected at Charleville, Old.
KAY, |. R.
1981. The effect of constant temperatures on the development time of eggs of
Heliothis armiger (Hubner) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 20(2):
155-156.
KUGLER, Charles
1980. The sting apparatus in the primitive ants Nothomyrmecia and Myrmecia. J.
Aust. ent. Soc. 19(4): 263-267, text-figs 1-15.
LAWRENCE, J. F.
1980. A new genus of Indo-Australian Gempylodini with notes on the constitution
of the Colydiidae (Coleoptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(4): 293-310, text-figs 1-16.
1981. The occurrence of Syndeseus cornutus (F.) in structural timber (Coleoptera:
Lucanidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 20(2): 171-172, text-fig. 1.
Le SOUÉF, J. C.
1979. A search for Ogyris in western Queensland. Victorian Ent. 9(2): 16-19.
Lepidoptera: several Ogyrís species, other butterfly species mentioned; also
the moths Pingasa erebusata and Antheria engaea
McDONALD, F. J. D. and GRIGG, Janice
1980. The life cycle of Cuspicona simplex and Monteithiella humeralis (Walker)
(Hemiptera: Pentatomidae). Gen. appl. Ent. 12: 61-71.
1981. Life cycle of Biprorulus bibax Breddin (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae). Gen. appl.
Ent. 13: 54-58, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-8.
40 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(2,3), July, 1982
MACKEY, A. P.
1981. A review of the New Guinean genera Parakanchia Bethune-Baker and Soreut-
oneura Collenette (Lepidoptera: Lymantriidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 20(1): 119-
126, text-figs 1-24.
MCLAREN, I. W. and RYE, W. J. |
1981. Occurrence of Trichogramma ivelae Pang and Chen (Hymenoptera: Trichogr-
ammatidae) and its use to control Heliothis punctiger Wallengren on tomatoes. |
J. Aust. ent. Soc. 20(2): 110.
MAHON, В. Ј., MIETHKE, P. M. and WHELAN, P. |.
1981. The medically important taxon Anopheles farauti Laveran (Diptera: Culicidae)
in Australia. Aust. J. Zool. 29(2): 225-232, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1 & 2.
MILLER, L. R.
1981. The nest of the termite Schedorhinotermes breinli (Hill) (Isoptera: Rhinoterm-
itidae), and a description of the primary queen. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 20(2): 130.
MILNE, Wendy M.
1981. Insecticidal versus natural control of white wax scale (Gascardia destructor)
at Kenthurst, N.S.W., during 1972-73. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 20(2): 167-170,
text-figs 1 & 2.
SANDS, D. P. A., De BAAR, M. and JOHNSON, S. J. :
1979. First record of Hypochrysops cleon Grose-Smith (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) |
from Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 6(2): 23-24, text-figs 1-4.
SANDS, D. P. A. and KERR, J. F. R.
1978. Allora major (Rothschild) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae): a butterfly recognised
in Australia for the first time. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(5): 95-96, text-figs 1-6.
SANKOWSKY, Garry
1978. Some new food plants for various Queensland butterflies. Aust. ent. Mag.
5(4): 77-79.
SCHICHA, E.
1977. Immature stages of three mite species (Acari: Phytoseiidae) from apple in |
Australia. Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W. 101(3): 149-161, text-figs 1-60.
1978. Typhlodromus nesbitti Womersley redescribed (Acari: Phytoseiidae). Aust.
ent. Mag. 5(1): 5-7, text-figs 1-7.
1979. Three new species of Amblyseius Berlese from New Caledonia and Australia
(Acari: Phytoseiidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 6(3): 41-48, text-figs 1-24.
1979. Three new species of Amblyseius Berlese (Acarina: Phytoseiidae) from Austr
alia. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 103(4): 217-226, text-figs 1-38.
1980. Two new species of phytoseiid mites from Australia and redescription of
six from New Zealand and Japan. Gen. appl. Ent, 12: 16-31, text-figs 1-62.
1981. Five known and five new species of phytoseiid mites from Australia and the
South Pacific. Gen. appl. Ent, 13: 29-46, text-figs 1-52.
1981. Two new species of Amblyseius Berlese from Queensland and New Caledonia
compared with A. largoensis (Мита) from the South Pacific and A. deleoni
Мита and Denmark from New South Wales (Acari: Phytoseiidae). J. Aust.
ent. Soc. 20(2): 101-109, text-figs 1-30.
SLATER, James A.
1981. Two new genera of Lygaeidae from northern Australia including the first
member of the Pamphantini from the Eastern Hemisphere (Hemiptera: Het-
eroptera). J, Aust, ent, Soc. 20(2): 111-118, text-figs 1-10.
SMITHERS, С. N. and THORNTON, I. W. B.
1977. A new genus and some species of Epipsocidae (Psocoptera) from the Melan-
esian arc. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 102(2): 60-75, text-figs 1-44.
Psocoptera: Epipsocopsis mouldsi
WAITE, G. K.
1980. The basking behaviour of Vezara viridula (L.) (Pentatomidae: Hemiptera) on
soybeans and its implication in control. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(2): 157-159,
1 table, text-figs 1 & 2.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices
need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be
sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.
EXCHANGE. Would like to trade U.S. moths and butterflies for represent-
ative species from Australia, any area. Dr John Hallahan, 1481 Briar
Lane, Media, Pa. 19063, U.S.A.
SELL. Comprehensive offering of world Coleoptera and Lepidoptera; top
quality specimens, unmounted with data. Write for price list. W. Bryce
Richfield, 170 Magnolia — No. 202, Goleta, Ca. 93117, U.S.A.
WANTED. A copy of A cluster of Bees by T. Rayment. Dr T. Houston, c/-
W.A. Museum, Francis Street, Perth, W.A. 6000.
WANTED. Australian Cetonid and Cicindelid beetles. W. Bryce Richfield,
170 Magnolia—No. 202, Goleta. CA 93117, U.S.A.
WANTED. Books on Australian insects, especially beetles. Also Certonid and
Buprestid specimens. Can trade insects from Africa and S. America.
G. Lachaume, 61 Rue de Neuilly, Fontenay sous bois, 94120, France.
WANTED. Copy of Australian moths by 1. F. В. Common (Jacaranda Press)
and The pictorial encyclopedia of insects by V. J. Stanek (Paul Hamlyn).
S. Underwood, P.O. Box 330, Lane Cove, N.S №. 2066. ph. (02)4282552.
AUSTRALASIAN BUTTERFLY COMPANY
P.O. Box 330, Lane Cove, N.S.W. 2066, Australia
Phone: Sydney (02) 428 2552
SUPPLIES OF BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS AND BEETLES
Please write for our catalogue of species available
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in duplicate.
All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper
considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than six printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Reprints: Authors may purchase reprints at the following rates per page: $9 for
50 copies, $11 for 100 copies and $14 for 200 copies. There are no free reprints. Papers
exceeding three printed pages in length will only be accepted if a minimum of 50 reprints
are purchased.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they
are to appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Colour plates are offered to authors at the following subsidized prices: first plate $160;
additional plates $95 each. Photographs are best submitted as colour transparencies
although paintings are also suitable. Plates using two or more photographs are more
expensive; thus where a number of set specimens are to be illustrated on a plate such
specimens are best photographed on a single slide.
Address papers to: The Editor,
Australian Entomological Magazine,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.
CONTENTS |
BAKER, G. L., BROWN, G. R. and PIGOTT, R. Dirhinus rufricornis
(Girault) (Hymenoptera: Chalcidae: Dirhininae), a parasite of
Diptera, two of which are primary parasites of Orthoptera ..... 27
MOULDS, M. S. and d'APICE, J. W. C. Butterflies of the upper Jardine
RiyerMapeavoridbeninsula ge 21
SCHICHA, E. A new species of Amblyseius Berlese from the New
Hebrides with notes on closely related species from Australia,
Japan and China (Acari: Phytoseiidae) ................. 33
BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA. Fascicle 4 (pp. 53-68):
Keys to principal families; Families Cupedidae, Rhysodidae and
Carabidael(parb)gs <an ANNAN А: centre liftout
RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian |
entomology. Compiled by M. S. Moulds ................. 39
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
NEW BOOK
АМ INTRODUCTION TO THE MOTHS OF SOUTH EAST ASIA
Text by Н. S. Barlow. Plates by В. D’Abrera.
Contains more than 50 colour plates illustrating life size well over 500 species
of the commoner moths. The main text consists of notes on the salient features,
distribution and life histories where known including a number of previously
unpublished life histories. The text also includes a section covering classification,
the species concept, and an extensive chapter on moth pests and their control
dealing additionally with a small number of the more important pests among the
Microlepidoptera. A substantial taxonomic appendix, prepared by Dr J. D. Hollo-
way, includes descriptions of 65 new species many of which are illustrated.
Publication expected July 1982.
Anticipated price for pre-publication orders $65-70.
Australian Entomological Supplies
35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 4614
COUNTER SALES: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph.(Syd.) 43 3972
DATA LABELS w~ PRINTED TO ORDER
$10.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)
Labels must be ordered in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 labels.
Delivery 4-6 weeks. Payment with order please.
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS s
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia
ISSN 0311-1881 : Ento ps 5
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
Aust. ent. Mag.
Edited by M. S. Moulds
VOLUME 9, PART 4
SEPTEMBER, 1982
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand
and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional
entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.
SUBSCRIPTIONS
All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:
Australian Entomological Press,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,
Australia.
Individual Subscriptions
$10.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea
A$11.00 (US$14.00 or Stg.£6.00) per annum overseas
Institutional Subscriptions
A$13.00 (US$16.00 or Stg.£6.50) per annum
COVER
Illustrated by В. L. Brunet
The large and beautiful stag beetle, Phalacrognathus muelleri Macleay
(family Lucanidae), is one of Australia’s most spectacular beetles. The dom-
inant pigmentation is maroon and green with a brillant mirror-like sheen.
Large males can measure 60 mm or more in length. The species is found only
in rain forest in north-eastern Queensland where the larvae feed in decaying
logs. Adults fly at dusk and rarely venture beyond rain forest margins.
Published by
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,
N.S.W. 2065, Australia.
Phone: 43-3972
Printed by
Graphic Printing & Design Co., Ltd
379-381 King’s Rd, North Point,
Hong Kong
Australian Entomological
Magazine
Aust. ent. Mag. `
Volume 9, Part 4 September, 1982
THREE RECENT RECORDS OF HYPOLIMNAS MISIPPUS (L.)
(LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE) FROM THE NORTH
COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES
J. and D. Brown
4 McDonell Avenue, Cundletown, N.S.W. 2430
Within Australia, Hypolimnas misippus is distributed from north-western
Australia, in an. easterly arc to New South Wales. However, it has only
occasionally been recorded from New South Wales (Common and Waterhouse
1981).
The female superficially resembles both Danaus genutia alexis (Water-
house and Lyell) and D. chrysippus petilia (Stoll) while the male is similar to
that of Hypolimnas bolina nerina (F.).
On 8th Aprit 1981 one male of Н. misippus was taken by us at a
roadside grassed area immediately south of Kempsey on the central coast of
New South Wales and a further male was later taken at Forster, over 130 km
to the south, on 8th May 1981 from a vacant black within a residential area.
A single female was collected at Cundletown, near Taree, on 2nd June 1981
from lantana blossom growing on a river bank.
Of possible significance was the occurrence of NE winds over periods
within which these specimens were taken. Individuals may have been trans-
ported southwards by airflow from areas in which this species is more
commonly encountered to the north.
Acknowledgement
We would like to thank Mr Geoff Williams for his assistance in drafting
this note.
Reference
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Revised edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
42 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(4), September, 1982
A SURVEY OF THE APHODIINAE, HYBOSORINAE AND SCARABAEINAE
(COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE) FROM SMALL WET FORESTS OF
COASTAL NEW SOUTH WALES. PART 1: NOWRA TO NEWCASTLE
By G. A. Williams and T. Williams
C/- Post Office, Lansdowne via Taree, N.S.W. 2435
Abstract
Records of Aphodiinae, Hybosorinae and Scarabaeinae taken at spatially-limited
wet forests between Nowra and Newcastle on the New South Wales coast are listed. Data
include dates of collection, numbers of individuals encountered, bait types or collection
method used, vegetation type, soil type and groundcover.
Introduction
This paper records results from a survey of small wet forest sites between
Nowra and Newcastle on the New South Wales central coast; and represents
part of a larger study of such habitats between Nowra and the Queensland
border.
Recent revisions of the Australian Scarabaeinae by Matthews (1972, 1974
and 1976) provide a reliable framework for the determination of native species.
The revisions also indicate a basic correlation of the fauna with vegetation
and soil types and provides a distributional *over-view" of the fauna from
surveys of major sclerophyll forests and rainforests of the eastern coast (Matt-
hews loc. cit.). In general, spatially-limited wet forests of the central and north-
ern New South Wales coast have been excluded from Matthew's distributions. ~
We were interested in establishing a faunal inventory of these sites to
provide some insight into their possible role as species refuges and corridors of
dispersal between more extensive areas of similar vegetation. Hybosorinae and
Aphodiinae were included as they form, with the Scarabaeinae, a group which
can be basically perceived as constituting complementary elements within the
decomposer fauna of wet forest systems. We confined our attention to gully
rainforest, small escarpment and summit stands of rainforest and wet sclero-
phyll forest and remnant tracts remaining after extensive land clearing. Larger
wet forest tracts were included where these did not appear to have been
recorded in Matthews (1972, 1974, 1976). The area under study contains a
considerable number of small wet forests, mostly with a southern or south-
eastern aspect, encompassed by drier sclerophyll forest as well as small patches |
of rainforest remaining after the clearing of the “Illawarra” and “Big Scrub”
rainforests in the latter part of the 19th century.
Baited pit traps (Williams 1979) were placed at each site; normally three
per visit. Not all members of the three subfamilies are attracted to excrement
baits and so at some locations light trapping, litter sifting and observation of
carrion and animal droppings, if present, were undertaken.
A map of study sites is given in Figure 1. Descriptions of site vegetation,
soil type, ground coverage (leaf litter, ferns etc.), and distances, in a straight
line, from Sydney are given in Table 1. A summary to species encountered is
given in Table 2.
Aust. ent. Mag. 9(4), September, 1982
Putty
Gosford
Lithgow 1)
G
F Wollongong
Moss Vale
M
Cessnock
Newcastle,
z
Scale: kilometres
43
Fig. 1. Map of study sites: (A) Fitzroy Falls; (B) summit of Barrengarry Mountain; (C) eastern
slope of Barrengarry Mountain; (D) upper Kangaroo Valley; (E) Macquarie Pass; (F)
summit of Mt. Keira; (G) junction of Mt. Keira and Mt, Ousley roads; (H) Royal National
Park; (I) Sassafras Gully; (J) Mt. Wilson; (K) Mt. Irvine; (L) Church Point, Ku-ring-gai
Chase National Park; (M) Terrys Ck, Putty Rd; (N) Watagan State Forest, Bangalow Rd.
TABLE 1
List of study sites and species taken at each. Dates of collection are followed by figures
in parenthesis indicating the number of specimens taken.
A. Fitzroy Falls, 110 km SW of Sydney between Nowra and Moss Vale. Gully restricted
rainforest surrounded by low sclerophyll forest, dark brown loam soil.
Aphodius sp. 1.—13.1.1977, (1), under bird droppings. Voucher specimen from study site
C in A.N.I.C.
B. Summit of Barrengarry Mountain, 115 km SW of Sydney between Nowra and Moss
Vale. Syncarpia dominated wet sclerophyll forest, open grass and shrub cover,
loam soil.
Aulacopris reichei White.—30.i.19 78, (1), at faeces, alight was also operating on this night.
Lepanus illawarrensis Matthews.—18.ii.19 78, (3), at faeces.
Onthophagus macrocephalus Kirby.—31.xii.1978, (1); 30.1.1978, (1), at faeces.
44 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(4), September, 1982
Onthophagus nurubuan Matthews?—18.ii.1978, (1), at faeces.
Onthophagus sydneyensis Blackburn.—31.xii.19 78, (2); 30.1.1978, (1), at faeces.
C. Eastern slope of Barrengarry Mountain, 115 km SW of Sydney. Escarpment rainforest,
open forest floor, heavy rock and leaf litter cover, shallow brown loam soil.
Aphodius tasmaniae Hope.—29.i.1977, (6), at light.
Aphodius sp. 1.—29.1.1977, (2), at faeces. Voucher specimen in A.N.I.C.
Liparochrus sculptilis Westwood?—29.i.19 77, (2); 31.xii.19 77, (1); 30.1.1978, (1), at faeces.
Amphistomus speculifer Matthews.—13.i.1977, (5); 30.1.1977, (2); 30.1.1978, (3), at
faeces and fresh chicken bones.
Aulacopris reichei White.—13.i.1977, (1), at faeces.
Lepanus bidentatus (Wilson).—13.i.19 77, (2), at faeces.
Lepanus illawarrensis Matthews.—13.i.1977, (5); 30.1.1977, (3);31.xii. 1977, (8); 30.1.1978,
(3); 27.1.1979, (5), at faeces.
Onthophagus longipes Paulian.—30.i.19 77, (1); 31.xii.1977, (1), at faeces.
Onthophagus pugnax Harold.—29.i.1977, (3); 31.xii.1977, (1); 27.1.1979, (2), at faeces.
Onthophagus sydneyensis Blackburn.—13.i.1977, (2); 30.1.1977, (6); 31.xii.1977, (5);
30.1.1978, (3); 18.1.1978, (3); 27.1.1979, (4), at faeces, mushrooms and fresh
chicken bones.
D. Upper Kangaroo Valley below Yeola, 110 km SW of Sydney. Gully rainforest within
dry sclerophyll forest, rocky loam soil.
Aphodius tasmaniae Hope.—6.i.1979, (37), at light, probably attracted mainly from
adjoining dry sclerophyll forest.
Amphistomus speculifer Matthews.—6.i.19 779, (3), at faeces.
Onthopahgus auritus Erichson.—6.i.1979, (2), at faeces, trap set very close to adjoining
sclerophyll forest.
E. Macquarie Pass, 90 km SW of Sydney between Robertson and Albion Park. Rain-
forest with Livistona palms dominating border, open fern floor coverage, loam soil.
Amphistomus speculifer Matthews.—30.ix.1979, (4), at faeces and fresh chicken bones.
F. Summit of Mount Keira via Wollongong, 70 km S of Sydney. Wet sclerophyll forest,
heavy plant and bark coverage of forest floor, loam soil.
Lepanus bidentatus (Wilson).—25.xi.1978, (5), at faeces.
Lepanus illawarrensis Matthews.—25.xi.1978, (3), at faeces.
Onthophagus bornemisszai Matthews.—24.xi.1978, (1), under horse droppings in forest
clearing.
Onthophagus hoplocerus Lea.—25.xi.1978, (6), at faeces.
Onthophagus sydneyensis Blackburn.—25.xi.1978, (3), at faeces.
G. Junction of Mount Keira and Mount Ousley roads via Wollongong, 65 km S of Sydney.
Rainforest disturbed by tree felling and pedestrian access, open forest floor, dark
brown loam soil.
Cephalodesmius armiger Westwood.—25.xi.1978, (7); 30.ix.1979, (9), at faeces.
Lepanus illawarrensis Matthews.—25.xi.1978, (3); 30.ix.1979, (6), at faeces.
Onthophagus hoplocerus Lea.—25.xi.1978, (6); 30.ix.1979, (3), at faeces.
Onthophagus sydneyensis Blackburn.—25.xi.19 78, (5); 30.ix.19 79, (3), at faeces.
Onthophagus waterhousei Boucomont & Gillet.—30.ix.1979, (2), at faeces.
H. Royal National Park (S section of Couranga Track), 35 km S of Sydney. Gully
rainforest within Eucalyptus and Syncarpia/Livistona dominated sclerophyll forest,
heavy leaf litter and sandy loam soil.
Liparochrus sculptilis Westwood?—16.xii. 1979, (1), at faeces.
Amphistomus speculifer Matthews.—27.x.1979, (2); 11.xi.1979, (2); 16.xii.1979, (3),
at faeces.
Cephalodesmius armiger Westwood.—25.xi.1978, (3); 27.x.1979, (2); 13.xi.1979, (3),
16.xii.19 79, (4), at faeces, at times entering adjoining Syncarpia/Livistona forest.
|
Aust. ent. Mag. 9(4), September, 1982 45
Lepanus bidentatus (Wilson).—27.x.1979, (1), at faeces.
Lepanus sp. near pisoniae (Lea).—25.xi.1978, (3); 30.ix.1979, (6); 27.x.1979, (1);
16.xii.1979, (5), at faeces. This is an undescribed species (Matthews pers. comm.).
Specimens deposited in A.N.I.C. А
Onthophagus bornemisszai Matthews.—12.xi.1979, (4), at faeces on border of rainforest
gully and adjoining Syncarpia/Livistona forest.
Onthophagus pugnax Harold.—13.xi.1979, (6); 16.xii.1979, (1), at faeces.
Onthophagus sydneyensis Blackburn.—13.xi.1979, (3); 16.xii.1979, (4), at faeces. Taken
also in adjoining dry forest on 27.x.1979, (1), but not in rainforest on that
occassion.
I. Sassafras Gully via Springwood, 60 km NW of Sydney. Very open gully rainforest
surrounded by severely burnt dry sclerophyll forest, sandy loam soil. Specimens
recorded only from trap set adjacent to creek, no specimens encountered at traps
placed away from creek (greater than 20 m) nor at trap set on rainforest/burnt
dry sclerophyll margin.
Liparochrus bimaculatus Westwood.—26.xii.1979, (3), at faeces.
Lepanus australis Matthews.—26.xii.1979, (6), at faeces.
Lepanus bidentatus (Wilson).—26.xii.19 79, (1), at faeces.
Lepanus sp. near pisoniae (Lea).—26.xii.1979, (7), at faeces. This species is that similarly
noted from Royal National Park. Voucher specimens in A.N.I.C.
J. Mt. Wilson, 85 km NW of Sydney (3 sites); (1) “Cathedral of Ferns”; summit rainforest
with heavy fern groundcover disturbed in sections by free-ranging stock, brown
sandy loam; (2) “Happy Valley”; escarpment rainforest adjoining wet sclerophyll
forest, open forest floor, dark loam soil; (3) "Zircon Creek"; gully rainforest,
light brown loam soil.
Aphodius tasmaniae Hope.—21.i.1978, (1), at faeces, though common at light in adjoining
open-floored sclerophyll forest.
Aphodius sp. 2.—5.i.1980, (26), only at faeces baited pit traps left in situ for five days.
Not taken during extensive ovérnight trapping. Voucher specimen in A.N.LC.
Liparochrus bimaculatus Westwood.—4.xii.1977, (4); 19.xi.1978, (3); 21.1.1978, (3);
26.xii.1979, (4); 5.1.1980, (1), at faeces and entering adjoining wet sclerophyll
forest.
Lepanus bidentatus (Wilson).—22.11978, (7); 30.xii.1979, (4); 5.1.1980, (2), at faeces.
Lepanus illawarrensis Matthews.—22.i.1978, (3), at faeces, nine traps were set on this
occasion. 19.xi.1978, (52); 26.xii.1979, (18); 27.xii.19 79, (16), at faeces on
rainforest/sclerophyll forest border (“Happy Valley" section.); 30.xii.1979, (11);
at faeces. Specimens deposited in A.N.I.C.
Onthophagus capella Kirby.—5.i.1980, (1), at faeces but common at light in adjoining
sclerophyll forest.
Onthophagus macrocephalus Kirby.—19.xi.1978, (1); 30.xii.1979 (1), at faeces.
Onthophagus sydneyensis Blackburn.—19.xi.1978, (11); 3.xii.1977, (6); 30.xii.1979, (5);
22.1.1978, (4); 5.1.1980, (6), at faeces, also entering adjoining wet sclerophyll forest.
K. Mt. Irvine, 80 km NW of Sydney (2 sites): (1) 0.6 km SE of “Irvineholme” (750 m
alt.), wet sclerophyll forest, heavy fern coverage, loam soil; (2) “Sassafras” (750 m
alt.), rainforest with conspicuous lianes, bare forest floor, loam soil. Rainforest at
this site noticeably distinct from that of Mt. Wilson.
1. Wet sclerophyll forest.
Liparochrus bimaculatus Westwood.—12.i.1980, (1), at faeces.
Amphistomus speculifer Matthews.—5.i.1980, (8); 12.1.1980, (15), at faeces.
Aptenocanthon rossi Matthews (det. Matthews & Weir).—5.1.1980, (1), at faeces, in a
section of the site distinguished by closely spaced trees of uniform narrow trunk
girth with a low canopy.
Lepanus australis Matthews.—5.i.1980, (2), at faeces.
46 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(4), September, 1982
Onthophagus capella Kirby.—12.i.1980, (5), at faeces.
Onthophagus macrocephalus Kirby.—12.i.1980, (2), at faeces.
Onthophagus sydneyensis Blackburn.—5.i.1980, (3); 12.1.1980, (7), at faeces.
2. Rainforest
Lepanus bidentatus (Wilson).—12.i.1980, (1), at faeces.
Onthophagus capella Kirby.—5 .1.1980, (2); 12.1.1980, (7), at faeces.
Onthophagus sydneyensis Blackburn.—S.i.1980, (2), at faeces.
L. Church Point, Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park, 25 km N of Sydney. Gully rainforest
adjoining residential areas, heavy Livistona palm-leaf litter, very rocky, sandy loam
soil.
Lepanus australis Matthews.—17.xi.1979, (1), at faeces.
Lepanus bidentatus (Wilson).—17.xi.1979, (1), at faeces.
Onthophagus sydneyensis Blackburn.—17.xi.1979, (1), at faeces.
M. Terrys Creek, Putty Road, 120 km NNW of Sydney. Extremely small section of gully
rainforest (c. 20 m x 70 m), restricted to the northern side of gully, within dry
sclerophyll forest, sandy loam soil, heavy leaf litter groundcover, heavy predestrian
disturbance.
Lepanus australis Matthews.—1.x.1978, (1), in leaf litter.
Onthophagus pugnax Harold.—1.x.1978, (2), at faeces.
N. Watagan State Forest (Bangalow Road), 100 km NNE of Sydney. Gully rainforest
within drier sclerophyll forest, light fern and leaf litter groundcover, dark brown-
grey clay loam soil.
Liparochrus bimaculatus Westwood?.—1.xii.1979, (1), at faeces.
Amphistomus speculifer Matthews.—1.xii.1979, (4), at faeces.
Cephalodesmius armiger Westwood.—1.xii.1979, (3), at faeces.
Onthophagus bornemisszai Matthews.—1.xii.1979, (8), at faeces.
Onthophagus pugnax Harold.—1.xii.1979, (1), at faeces.
Onthophagus rubicundulus Macleay.—1.xii.1979, (2), at faeces.
Onthophagus sydneyensis Blackburn.—1.xii.1979, (9), at faeces.
TABLE 2
Summary of species by subfamily (letters indicate sites)
Family SCARABAEIDAE
Subfamily APHODIINAE
Aphodius tasmaniae Hope.—C, D, J.
Aphodius sp. 1.—A, C.
Aphodius sp. 2.—J.
Subfamily HYBOSORINAE
Liparochrus bimaculatus Westwood.—I, J, K (1).
L. bimaculatus Westwood?.—N.
L. sculptilis Westwood?.—C, Н.
Subfamily SCARABAEINAE
Tribe ONTHOPHAGINI
Onthophagus capella Kirby.—J, K(1), K(2).
. pugnax Harold.—C, H, M, N.
„ macrocephalus Kirby.—B, 1, K(1).
. hoplocerus Lea.—F, С.
. nurubuan Matthews?.—B.
. auritus Erichson.—D.
„ longipes Paulian.—C.
. waterhousei Boucomont & Gillet.—G.
sydneyensis Blackburn.—B, C, F, G, H, J, K(1), KQ), L, N.
. rubicundulus Macleay.—N.
ооооооооо
Aust. ent. Mag. 9(4), September, 1982 47
O. bornemisszai Matthews.—F, H, N.
Tribe SCARABAEINI
Aulacopris reichei White.—B, С.
Cephalodesmius armiger Westwood.—G, H, N.
Amphistomus speculifer Matthews.—C, О, E, Н, K(1), N.
Aptenocanthon rossi Matthews.—K(1).
Lepanus bidentatus (Wilson).—C, F, Н, I, K(1), K(2), L.
L. australis Matthews.—K(1), M.
L. sp. near pisoniae (Lea).—H, I.
L. illawarrensis Matthews.—B, C, F, G, J.
Discussion
Several distribution records of interest arose from this study. Onthoph-
agus rubicundulus had previously been recorded by Williams (1979) at
Harrington over 100 km further north but the species is more commonly
known from the New South Wales-Queensland border (Matthews 1972).
Matthews (1974) records one specimen of Lepanus illawarrensis from
Mt. Tamborine, in Queensland, but otherwise states that the species is restricted
to the dense escarpment forest from Wollongong south to Clyde Mtn. Our
records of this species from Mt. Wilson represent a north-western extension to
its main range. To date, we have not collected L. illawarrensis from any of
our study sites north of Mt. Wilson.
Records of Lepanus australis lessen the gap between those of Matthews
(1974) from southern New South Wales (Macquarie Pass) and that of Williams
(1979) from the lower north coast of New South Wales (Harrington). We have
also encountered this species near Bouddi National Park (east of Gosford)
during March in sclerophyll forest growing on badly drained soil. This is one
of two Scarabaeini, the other being Amphistomus speculifer, from this study
area which do not appear to be restricted to wet sclerophyll or rainforests.
Our single record of Aptenocanthon rossi from Mt. Irvine was especially
interesting as the species was previously known only from the female holotype
collected from the “vicinity of Mt. Wilson”. Pit trapping by us over a number
of seasons at Mt. Wilson failed to locate additional examples.
It is interesting to note the high ratio of Scarabaeini to Onthophagini
encountered (Table 2), both in species numbers and numbers of individuals
present. Excluding any Hybosorinae or Aphodiinae that may have been
present, at no site did the Scarabaeini fall below 40% of the scarabaeine
species and individuals encountered and frequently constituted 60-70%. At
Sassafras Gully the Scarabaeini were the only scarabaeines present on the
single sampling made sharing the site only with one species of Hybosorinae.
This disproportionate representation is in marked contrast to the results of
surveys by Allsopp (1975, 1977) in rainforest at Ravensbourne, south-east
Queensland, where out of a total of eighteen species of dung beetles taken by
him thirteen were Onthophagini (genus Onthophagus) and one Coprini (genus
Notopedaria). The only Onthophagus ranging through most of our study sites
was O. sydneyensis which also entered drier sclerophyll habitats.
48 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(4), September, 1982
Our species records from Macquarie Pass, Barrengarry Mountain and Mt,
Keira are in accordance with those recorded by Matthews (1972, 1974)
except for Aulacopris reichei which Matthews (1974) considered a rare species
primarily associated with coastal Casuarina forest and sandy soil. Matthews
(1974) does record Lepanus politus (Carter) from Macquarie Pass and Royal
National Park, a species we have not encountered.
Our sampling experience has shown that spatially-limited wet forests
are essentially ““island-like” in regard to the dung beetle fauna found within
them. We have found that such forest areas exhibit not only marked differences
in the constitution of their faunas from adjoining habitats but also that
differences can be expressed between the fauna of closely situated, but
separated, wet forests. Of particular interest in this regard were our study
sites at Mt. Wilson and Mt. Irvine. Amphistomus speculifer is a major element
of the wet sclerophyll fauna at Mt. Irvine but was not encountered at Mt.
Wilson. Lepanus illawarrensis, in contrast, dominated the wetter forest types
at Mt. Wilson but was not trapped at Mt. Irvine.
We noted that low individual and species numbers in traps coincided
with dry soil conditions within wet forests but to date we have not undertaken
any definite measurements.
Although more extensive collecting may produce additional species
records the list above (Table 1) demonstrates the impoverished nature of the
region’s fauna compared with that found further north along the eastern
coast of Australia (c.f. Matthews 1972, 1974, 1976). However, the Scarabaeini
are near their southern limit around the central coast of New South Wales
and the Coprini have only one recorded representative, Thyregis kershawi
Blackburn, found south of Taree.
Acknowledgements
We wish to thank Dr E. G. Matthews of the South Australian Museum and Mr T.
Weir, C.S.I.R.O., Canberra for identifying a number of our specimens. The New South
Wales National Parks and Wildlife Service and the Forestry Commission of N.S.W. gave
permission to undertake studies in areas under their care. Mr M. S. Moulds kindly
gave assistance in preparing the manuscript.
References
Allsopp, P. G., 1975. Dung beetles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) collected in the Toowoom-
ba district, south-east Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(3): 47-49.
Allsopp, P. G., 1977. Further records of dung beetles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) from
the Toowoomba district. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6): 101-103.
Matthews, E. G., 1972. A revision of the Scarabaeine dung beetles of Australia. 1. Tribe
Onthophagini. Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. Ser. 9: 1-330.
Matthews, E. G., 1974. A revision of the Scarabaeine dung beetles of Australia. 2. Tribe
Scarabaeini. Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. Ser. 24: 1-221.
Matthews, E. G., 1976. A revision of the Scarabaeine dung beetles of Australia. 3. Tribe
Coprini. Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. Ser. 38: 1-52.
Williams, G. A., 1979. Scarabaeidae (Coleoptera) from the Harrington district of coastal
northern New South Wales, with special reference to a littoral rainforest
habitat. Aust. ent. Mag. 5(6): 103-108.
Aust. ent, Mag. 9(4), September, 1982 49
EGGS OF SOME TASMANIAN NOCTUIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA)
By L. Hill
27 Mary St, North Hobart, Tasmania 7000.
Abstract
Morphological and biological data are presented for the eggs and oviposition
behaviour of Rictonis atra (Guenée), R. cyanoloma (Lower), R. microspila (Lower),
R. ophiosema (Turner), R. tortisigna (Walker), several undetermined Rictonis species,
Diarsia intermixta (Guenée), Peripyra sanguinipuncta (Guenee), Neumichtis sepultrix
(Guenée), N. archephanes Turner, N. saliaris (Guenee) and Syntheta nigerrima (Guenee).
Introduction
Since the revisions of the Tasmanian Lepidoptera by Turner (1925,
1938) very little has been recorded of the Tasmanian Noctuidae. The eggs of
Rictonis Nye, Neumichtis archephanes Turner, N. saliaris (Guenée) and
several minor pest species are discussed below as part of an ongoing study of
the Tasmanian Noctuidae, particularly of the immature stages.
Rictonis is an objective replacement name for Nitocris Guenée (Nye,
1975) and is the largest noctuid genus in Tasmania. It is represented by
around 20 species though none are of economic importance. Original
descriptions of these species are inadequate and it is presently difficult to
identify many species found in Tasmania. The male genitalia possess elongate
tapering valvae bearing a single row of spines in the distal fifth and, with the
claspers and aedeagus, provide no simple characters for specific differentiation.
Exceptions are R. leucosticta (Turner) and R. sp. near flexirena (Walker) in
which valva spines are absent. The larvae provide some useful specific
characters including cuticle spicule size, head and body markings, and crochet
formulae (Hill, unpub. thesis).
Methods
275 female Noctuidae representing 45 species were collected at a blended MV
light and confined to glass jars covered with stretched muslin. Creased paper towel and
greaseproof paper were added to provide four potential oviposition substrates viz. paper
towel, greaseproof paper, glass walls and floor, and muslin. A potential fifth substrate in
each jar was a small plastic vial containing a 2% sugar solution and paper wick.
Females were maintained at 18-22°C in an optionally heated laboratory exposed
to natural light (February-March) plus an irregular amount of artificial light on many
nights. In the same room all eggs were maintained on moist filter paper in petri dishes.
Eggs were not surface sterilized and good hatching rates were obtained except for the
eggs of hadenine species.
Because precapture oviposition histories of females were not known, data for fecun-
dity and longevity of each species are presented as maxima observed as well as averages.
Eggs wete measured in 80% ethanol plus 5% glycerol using a dissecting microscope
and scaled eyepiece at x40. Diameters were measured and vertical ridges counted in dorsal
view at the equator while heights of domed eggs were measured in lateral view from the
micropyle to the circumference of the smooth base. Averages of vertical ridge numbers
have. been rounded to whole numbers. General observations of preserved eggs were made
at x80. Fragments of chorion from preserved eggs were mounted in lactophenol on slides
and measurements of aeropyle vestibules and ribbing made with a scaled eyepiece at
x400. Scanning electron micrographs were obtained from a JEOL JXA 50А microscope
using live eggs mounted to brass stubs and coated with a thin layer of gold over carbon in
a JEOL JEE 4B vacuum evaporator.
50 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(4), September, 1982
The terminology of Salkeld (1973, 1975) is applied to the chorionic architecture
but the term ribbing rather than reticulation is used to refer to well defined struts lying
on the chorion surface, often along ridges of the chorion.
Material examined
Eggs obtained from the following specimens were examined along with slide prep-
arations of chorion fragments from those asterisked. The numbers given are the author”s
unique specimen numbers attached to specimens. Unless otherwise stated specimens are
deposited in the Tasmanian Agriculture Department Entomology Branch collection.
Other depositories are ANIC Australian National Insect Collection and LH author's
collection. All specimens were collected in southern Tasmania in 1979 and 1980. Eggs
from specimens in bold type are deposited in ANIC. Rictonis atra (Guenee) 633* LH;R.
sp. near capularis (Guenee) 635* LH, 636 LH; R. sp. near cryphaea (Turner) 61*; R.
cyanoloma (Lower) 272, 273, 274*, 276; R. sp. near flexirena 36*, 650 LH, 651* LH;
R. microspila (Lower) 18, 22, 29, 30, 39*, 66, 231, 257, 258, 293; R. ophiosema
(Turner) 228, 229*, 305, 369, 429, 630 LH, 637 LH, 638 LH; R. tortisigna (Walker)
108, 259, 260, 308*; R. sp. 1 277*; R. sp. 3 168*, 171, 174, 175, 307, 311; А. sp. 7
278*; R. sp. 8 309*; R. sp.9 64*; Peripyra sanguinipuncta (Guenée) 20, 26, 27, 28, 50,
51*; Diarsia intermixta (Guenee) 23, 63, 163, 296, 299, 385, 510, 511*; Syntheta
nigerrima (Guenée) 4, 582* ANIC; Neumichtis sepultrix (Guenée) 295, 297*; №. saliaris
16*, 492* ANIC; N. archephanes 1, 2, 3, 5* ANIC, 6.
Adult specimens reared from eggs of some of the preceding moths are deposited in
the ANIC as follows: К. atra 1 9 ex 633; R. sp. near capularis 1 d ex 635, 1 dex 636;
R. sp. near cryphaea 19 ex 61; R. cyanoloma 1 d ex 272; R. microspila 1 9 ex 39,1 $
ex 258; К. ophiosema 1 d ex 305,1 9, 1 dex 369; R. tortisigna 1 dex 260; R. sp.31G
ex 175; М. sepultrix i д ex 297.
Results
Rictonis Nye (Figs 1-9)
Description of egg.— Domed; chorion with vertical ridges extending from
outer margins of tertiary cells to circumference of large smooth flat base;
vertical ridges bearing narrow longitudinal ribs 2-4 um wide; horizontal ribs
lying 20-30 um apart linking vertical ribs, usually narrower than latter, their
junctions with vertical ribs alternating along either side of latter; aeropyle
vestibules 2-4 um diameter, at junctions of vertical and horizontal ribs,
extending entire length of vertical ridges; vertical ridges widening or not at
aeropyle loci (e.g. К. microspila vertical ribs 2 um wide, aeropyle vestibules
4 um diameter, ribs widening conspicuously to 7 um around aeropyle loci;
R. tortisigna vertical ribs 2 um wide, aeropyle vestibules 2 um diameter,
ribs barely widening around aeropyle loci; R. cyanoloma vertical ribs 2 um
wide, aeropyle vestibules 1 um diameter, ribs not widening at aeropyle loci);
columnar cell chorion varying from smooth (R. microspila and R. tortisigna)
to gently reticulated (R. ophiosema) at x1000 in scanning electron micro-
graphs and appearing solid or very finely ringed in slide preparations at x400;
micropylar rosette above. level of secondary and tertiary cells, at same level
as dorsal ends (shoulders) of vertical ridges. R. sp. near flexirena differing
from the preceding as follows: columnar cell chorion granular; vertical ribs
5 um wide; aeropyle vestibules 3 um diameter; vertical ribs not widening at
aeropyle loci. Table 1 lists vertical ridge number, height, diameter and colour
sequence during incubation for eggs of 13 species.
Aust. ent, Mag. 9(4), September, 1982
Rictonis egg dimensions and colour sequence through incubation; N—number of females
TABLE 1
providing eggs, n—number of eggs measured (sample sizes for vertical ridge counts are
usually larger), c-cream, g—grey, r—red, p/c—pink dorsally and cream ventrally.
Vertical ridges
Species ave Sy
R. atra 37 (33-40)
R. nr. capularis 38 (34-40)
R. nr. cryphaea 36 (34-39)
R. cyanoloma 48 (45-54)
R. nr. flexirena 26 (23-33)
R. microspila 39 (33-43)
R. ophiosema 25 (21-29)
R. tortisigna 30 (26-33)
R. ѕр.1 34 (31-36)
R.sp. 3 31 (25-37)
R.sp.7 27 (24-29)
R. sp. 8 36 (35-38)
R. sp.9 34 (33-36)
Height mm
ave (range)
0.45 (0.43-0.47)
0.56 (0.54-0.57)
0.48 (0.45-0.50)
0.68 (0.63-0.76)
0.46 (0.39-0.50)
0.49 (0.42-0.59)
0.43 (0.38-0.49)
0.43 (0.41-0.48)
0.41 (0.39-0.42)
0.45 (0.41-0.50)
0.49 (0.46-0.50)
0.47 (0.43-0.49)
0.51 (0.45-0.55)
Diameter mm
ave (range)
0.66 (0.65-0.67)
0.66 (0.64-0.68)
0.63 (0.62-0.64)
0.87 (0.80-0.95)
0.68 (0.66-0.73)
0.63 (0.56-0.71)
0.63 (0.57-0.69)
0.59 (0.55-0.63)
0.56 (0.55-0.56)
0.64 (0.57-0.73)
0.72 (0.69-0.74)
0.63 (0.57-0.63)
0.62 (0.62-0.63)
Colour
sequence
68g
с, g
с, р
с, р
с, р/с, в
cg
C,ng
C, g
cg
C,T, g
?e,r,g
Cg
c,g
Longevity (days)
N
=
m
TABLE 2
Egg incubation durations and fecundity and longevity of females at 18-22°С.
н Incubation Number of eggs laid
Species (days) max. i ave
R. atra 12-14 = =
R. nr. capularis 12-19 - -
R. nr. cryphaea 8-18 375 -
R. cyanoloma 9-15 74 48
R. nr. flexirena 5-14 118 104
R. microspila 23-48 211 121
К. ophiosema 10-24 359 115
К. tortisigna 11-17 315 144
Rictonis sp. 1 14-21 106 -
Rictonis sp. 3 7-23 307 93
Rictonis sp. 7 9-18 343 -
Rictonis sp. 8 8-25 128 =
Rictonis sp. 9 9-11 40 -
D. intermixta 4-12 739 441
S. nigerrima 43 369 219
N. sepultrix 6-12 605 313
М. saliaris - 100 80
N. archephanes 7-10 304 221
P. sanguinipuncta 4-15 714 307
Р, ewingii 7-10 1304 400
Р. ewingii* ave 8 ? 500
max. ave
7 ~
8 7
16 11
31 15
21 9
8 6
12 -
12 7
8 ы
8 2
4 x
24 19
19 11
19 12
11 9
8 8
32 16
15 9
? 10
ې
© ۾‎ © чә № шә ә оо سر‎ m кә сою + - © ن‎ mn
2
1
кек н سر ي‎ ROR шо > м سر‎
* Data from Pickett (1979).
51
52 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(4), September, 1982
Oviposition.— All 13 species (Table 1) examined cemented eggs by the base
to a substrate and in 11 species eggs were placed singly or in occasional
groups of 2-5 eggs. These 11 species oviposited with greatest frequency on
the muslin jar covers. Chi squared tests based on substrate areas comparing
the deviations of observed oviposition frequencies on 5 substrates with those
expected from random oviposition were significant in the preceding cases.
The remaining 2 species, R. sp. near cryphaea and R. sp. 9, placed eggs in
single layered clusters of around 50 eggs on the glass jar walls. Fecundity
(see Table 2) was relatively low.
Incubation.— Incubation periods (see Table 2) of some species were moder-
ately long and, in R. microspila in particular, covered a wide range for eggs
from any one female.
Diarsia intermixta (Guenée) (Figs 13-16) |
Description of egg.— As for Rictonis but: vertical ribs 2.5 um wide; horizontal |
ribs 2.0 um wide; aeropyle vestibules 2.0 um diameter; horizontal ribs lying ca
25 um apart; vertical ribs barely widening at aeropyle loci; micropylar rosette ca
70 um diameter, with ca 9 cells; height 0.46 mm, range 0.39-0.50 mm, diameter
0.64 mm, range 0.59-0.70 mm, n = 77 eggs from 8 females; vertical ridges
35, range 28-38, n = 180 eggs from 8 females; colour cream when laid.
Oviposition and incubation.— D. intermixta placed eggs in single layered |
clusters of around 50 eggs, each egg being cemented by the base and with
space between it and neighbouring eggs. The incubation period was short
(Table 2).
Peripyra sanguinipuncta (Guenée)
Description of egg.— Subspherical; chorion with vertical ridges extending from
outer margins of tertiary cells to near ventral pole; no smooth base;
vertical ridges bearing straight longitudinal ribs, 8 um high, 3 um wide; |
faint horizontal ridges without ribs, lying ca 20 um apart, linking vertical |
ridges, their junctions with vertical ridges alternating along either side of
latter, chorion smoother than columnar cell chorion; aeropyle vestibules 2 um
diameter, on vertical ridges at junctions with horizontal ridges, extending
entire length of vertical ridges; vertical ridges not widening at aeropyle loci;
columnar cell chorion bearing numerous granules 1-2 um diameter; micropylar
rosette ca 60 um diameter, with ca 13 cells, at same level as dorsal shoulders |
of vertical ridges; height 0.60 mm, range 0.56-0.66 mm, diameter 0.62 mm,
range 0.56-0.66 mm, n = 56 eggs from 6 females; vertical ridges 26, range
22-29, n - 217 eggs from 6 females; colour cream when laid.
Oviposition and incubation.— P. sanguinipuncta did not cement its eggs to |
any substrate but scattered them loosely on the floor of the oviposition jar. |
Fecundity was moderately high and incubation duration was short (Table 2). |
Syntheta nigerrima (Guenée) (Figs 18, 20)
Description of egg.— Domed; chorion with vertical ridges extending from |
outer margins of tertiary cells to circumference of large smooth flat base; -
Aust, ent. Mag. 9(4), September, 1982 53
Figs 1-6. Scanning electron micrographs of Rictonis eggs: (1) cyanoloma; (2) species 1;
(3) tortisigna; (4) microspila; (5) species 7; (6) species 3.
vertical ridges without ribs; horizontal ridges similar but narrower, lying ca
35 pm apart, junctions with vertical ridges alternating along either side of
latter; aeropyle vestibules 5 um diameter, at junctions of vertical and
horizontal ridges, extending entire length of vertical ridges; vertical ridges
not widening at aeropyle loci; columnar cell chorion deeply pitted, appearing
54 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(4), September, 1982
densely pitted by holes ca 1 um diameter in slide preparations at x400;
chorion of vertical ridge-caps not deeply pitted, ca 9 um wide; chorion of
horizontal ridges not clearly differentiated from pitted columnar cell chorion;
micropylar rosette ca 55 pm diameter, with ca 9 cells, above level of
secondary and tertiary cells, at same level as dorsal shoulders of vertical
ridges; height 0.43 mm, range 0.36-0.48 mm, diameter 0.65 mm, range
0.60-0.70 mm, n = 20 eggs from 2 females; vertical ridges 20, range 18-21,
n = 50 eggs from 2 females; colour cream when laid.
Oviposition and incubation.— S. nigerrima placed eggs singly and occasionally
in small groups, each egg being cemented by the base to a substrate.
Incubation duration was short and fecundity relatively low (Table 2).
Neumichtis sepultrix (Guenée) (Fig. 12)
Description of egg.— As for S. nigerrima but; horizontal ridges ca 30 um
apart; aeropyle vestibules 3 pm diameter; micropylar rosette ca 60 um
diameter; height 0.43 mm, range 0.41-0.48 mm, diameter 0.71 mm, range
0.66-0.76 mm, n = 20 eggs from 2 females; vertical ridges 29, range 26-31,
n = 45 eggs from 2 females.
Oviposition and incubation.— Oviposition was as for S. nigerrima. Incubation
duration was short and fecundity moderately high.
М. saliaris (Guenée) (Figs 17, 19)
Description of egg.— As for S. nigerrima but; horizontal ridges ca 6 um wide,
ca 40 um apart; aeropyle vestibules 6 um diameter; chorion of horizontal
ridges distinctly smoother than pitted columnar cell chorion; micropylar
rosette ca 60 um diameter; height 0.46 mm, range 0.38-0.53 mm, diameter
0.68 mm, range 0.64-0.74 mm, n = 18 eggs from 2 females; vertical ridges
19, range 17-20, n = 28 eggs from 2 females.
Oviposition and incubation.— Oviposition was as for S. nigerrima. Incubation
duration is unknown and fecundity was relatively low.
N. archephanes Turner
Description of egg.— As for S. nigerrima but; horizontal ridges ca 6 um
wide, ca 30 um apart; aeropyle vestibules 3 um diameter; columnar cell
chorion deeply pitted near base, coarsely reticulated elsewhere; chorion of
horizontal ridges distinctly smoother than columnar cell chorion; micropylar
rosette ca 65 um diameter; height 0.55 mm, range 0.49-0.59 mm, diameter
0.90 mm, range 0.80-0.97 mm, n - 43 eggs from 5 females; vertical ridges
19, range 16-22, n = 81 eggs from 5 females.
Oviposition and incubation.— Oviposition was as for S. nigerrima. Incubation
duration was short and fecundity relatively low.
Comments
Egg form
Among the Tasmanian Noctuidae eggs of a domed and vertically
ridged form are most common. The genera Neumichtis, Euplexia, Rictonis
Aust, ent. Mag. 9(4), September, 1982 55
»
ADD 5
a Fen
NC ай
Pea QU
3 Ms
P5 ; Я ri
. я
е, D
‚л *
4
Figs 7-12. Scanning electron micrographs ot eggs: (7) А. ophiosema, micropylar area;
(8) R. ophiosema; (9) R. sp. near flexirena, micropylar area; (10) ?Euplexia
sp.; (11) ?Euplexia sp.; (12) N. sepultrix.
and the species D. intermixta, Agrotis porphyricollis (Guenée), Corrha
difficilis Walker and Praxis edwardsi Guenée have eggs of a domed form
with height equal to approximately three-quarters of the diameter, a large
smooth flat base and pronounced vertical ridges of variable form. Rhapsa
suscitalis Walker also possesses a domed egg but it is devoid of chorion
56, Aust. ent. Mag. 9(4), September, 1982
ridging and bears a fine and roughly hexagonal network of ribs with erect
tubes bearing aeropyles at the rib junctions. The second most common egg
form is the smooth subspherical to oval one found in 13 hadenine species
examined. These eggs are usually laid in large groups within a supporting
gel and often in crevices. Although bearing vertical ridges and ribs the egg of
P. sanguinipuncta is subspherical in form. As noted above, eggs of this species
are not cemented to any substrate but scattered loosely. They are also
not supported within a gel and the well developed ridges and ribs may
be associated with this lack of support.
Rictonis species
Rictonis sp. near flexirena differs from other species of the genus
examined in possessing a granular chorion surface (similar to that of P.
sanguinipuncta), lacking spines on the male valvae, adult seasonality (spring
flying rather than autumn flying), aspects of larval morphology and rate of
larval development (2 months larval duration versus 3-5 months). R. leucost-
icta also lacks spines on the male valvae and flies in spring. These two species
may form part of a species group distinct from the other Rictonis species
examined. Unfortunately the eggs and larvae of R. leucosticta could not be
studied for comparison with R. sp. near flexirena.
Intraspecific variation
The intraspecific ranges in vertical ridge number given here are much
larger than those reported by Peterson (1964) for many American Noctuidae.
A sample of 78 eggs from six Rictonis sp. 3 females revealed the largest
ranges in vertical ridge number and egg diameter encountered during study
of 13 species of this genus, viz. average ridge number 31, range 25-37,
average standard deviation per female 1.35, standard error 2.89 and average
diameter 0.64 mm, range 0:57-0.73 mm, average standard deviation per
female 0.02 mm, standard error 0.04 mm. Average vertical ridge number for
8 females of D. intermixta was placed strongly towards the upper end of the
range viz. average 35, range 28-38. To obtain a good measure of intraspecific
ranges in ridge number and egg size it is necessary to examine at least five eggs
from each of 5-10 females. These sample sizes are similar to those used by
Matheny and Heinrichs (1972) and larger than those of Salkeld (1975).
The standard deviation per female for egg height and diameter was
ca 0.02 mm for all species whose eggs are described above. Heights of live
eggs of Euplexia iorrhoa (Meyrick) were found to be as much as 15% greater
than those of ethanol preserved eggs. This reduction of height by preservation
probably applies to all other domed, vertically ridges eggs because these eggs
become more globular upon ethanol preservation such that the height is
reduced but the diameter is not greatly affected.
Ridging
Not all vertical ridges reach dorsally to the outer margins of the tertiary
cells because around one half finish before reaching this level. The fine
Aust. ent. Mag. 9(4), September, 1982 57
Figs 13-16.Scanning electron micrographs of D. intermixta eggs: (13) vertical rib and
horizontal ribs at 2 aeropyle loci; (14) micropylar area; (15) dorsal; (16) lateral.
structure of the chorion cannot be observed using a dissecting microscope at
x80 but the difference between vertical ridges bearing longitudinal ribs and
those without can be discerned. In dorsal view, of the egg the latter type of
ridge appears gently rounded and ill-defined while the former type appears
sharply defined. In ethanol preserved eggs whose embryos have contracted
ribs appear as white lines across the chorion.
In several undetermined species of %Euplexia, the vertical ridges bear
very wide (11-17 um) ribs with large (10-15 um diameter) aeropyle vestibules
(Figs 10, 11). The distance between neighbouring vestibules is less than their
diameter so that they appear as a series of contiguous rings along each
58 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(4), September, 1982
N. saliaris, dorsal; (20) S. nigerrima, vertical ridge.
vertical ridge in ethanol preserved eggs. Such rings cannot be discerned in the
species whose eggs are described here when using a dissecting microscope.
Differences in vertical ridge structure similar to those illustrated by
Dóring (1955) for moth eggs were found within Rictonis. The vertical ridges
of R. ophiosema appear to rise abruptly from a relatively flat columnar cell
area while those of R. microspila rise and fall continuously around the egg
equator viewed dorsally. These two types may correspond respectively to the
rechteckige and flackkegelige types of Dóring.
Primary cells
The micropylar rosette of primary cells is raised above the secondary
and tertiary cells and at the same level as the dorsal ends of the vertical
Aust, ent. Mag. 9(4), September, 1982 59
ridges in Rictonis, Peripyra, Neumichtis, E. iorrhoa, S. nigerrima and A.
porphyricollis. It is not raised above the secondary and tertiary cells in the
large (ca 1 mm diameter) dark eggs of P. edwardsi and C. difficilis. Also none
of the vertical ridges in these two species, whose eggs are very similar, extend
dorsally to the outer margins of the tertiary cells. In R. suscitalis the rosette
of primary cells is not raised. The elevation of the rosette can be observed
with a dissecting microscope.
Ecological comments
D. intermixta, S. nigerrima, N. sepultrix and P. sanguinipuncta have
been reported as occasional pest species in Tasmania (Hardy et al., 1978).
All have brief egg durations and the first three also are capable of rapid larval
development given warm conditions (ca two months at 16-2 1°С). Р. sanguini-
puncta larvae appear to be incapable of rapid development, requiring around
five months to pass from first instar to pupa at 16-21°С. Except for the
relatively low fecundity of S. nigerrima, the first three species appear to
possess opportunistic adaptations which probably contribute to their occas-
ional pest occurrences. The relatively high fecundity of P. sanguinipuncta
may counteract egg losses to be expected from its mode of oviposition and
allow it to become a pest in neglected pastures. The relatively low
fecundities, long larval durations and often long egg durations may restrain
Rictonis species from pest status. However host plant preferences could be
an important restraining factor in this large genus. N. archephanes is a
montane species, probably univoltine and little is known of its biology.
Acknowledgements
I thank Mr W. Jablonski of the Central Science Laboratory at the University of
Tasmania for obtaining the scanning electron micrographs, Mr E. D. Edwards for determ-
inations of some species, Dr J. L. Madden for advice and access to facilities, and Messers
D. Cowie, E. L. Martin and P. McQuillan for advice on various matters.
References
Doring, E., 1955. Zur morphologie der schmetterlingseier. Akademie-Verlag, Berlin.
Hardy, R. J., et al., 1978. Insect pest occurrences in Tasmania, 1976/77. Tasm. Dept.
Agric. Insect Pest Survey 10: i-iii, 1-26.
Matheny, E. L. and Heinrichs E. A., 1972. Chorion characteristics of sod webworm eggs.
Ann. ent. Soc. Am, 65: 238-246.
Nye, 1. W. B., 1975. The generic names of moths of the world. Vol. 1. British Museum
(Natural History).
Peterson, A., 1964. Egg types among moths of the Noctuidae (Lepidoptera). Fla. Ent.
47: 71-94.
Pickett, К. A., 1979. Rearing Р. ewingii (Noctuidae) on artificial diet. J. Aust. ent. Soc.
18: 19-20.
Salkeld, E. H., 1973. The chorionic architecture and shell structure of Amathes c-nigrum
(Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). Can. Ent. 105: 1-10.
Salkeld, E. H., 1975. Biosystematics of the genus Euxoa (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) IV.
Eggs of the subgenus Euxoa. Can. Ent. 107: 1137-1152.
Turner, A. J., 1925. A revision of the Lepidoptera of Tasmania. Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm.
1925: 118-151.
Turner, A. J., 1938. A second revision of the Lepidoptera of Tasmania. Pap. Proc. R. Soc.
Tasm. 1938: 57-115.
60 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(4), September, 1982
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOG Y
Compiled by M. S. Moulds
ALLSOPP, P. G.
1978. Defensive behaviour of adult Pterohelaeus darlingensis Carter (Coleoptera: `
Tenebrionidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 5(1): 1-4.
1978. Records of Scarabaeoidea (Coleoptera) from Charleville, Queensland. Aust. ent.
Mag. 5(2): 35-37.
1980. Determination of age and mated state of adult Pterohelaeus darlingensis Carter
(Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(3): 235-239, tables 1-4.
1980. Identification of false wireworms (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae) from southern
Queensland and northern New South Wales. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(3): 277-286,
1 table, text-figs 1-17. )
DANIELS, G.
1979. The butterflies of Mount Kaputar National Park, New South Wales. Aust. ent.
Mag. 6(3): 57-58.
De BAAR, Murdoch ,
1979. Some new food plants for Australian Lepidoptera with life history notes, Aust.
ent. Mag. 5(5): 87-89.
DISNEY, H. J. deS. А
1979. A migration of the Caper White butterfly Anaphaeis java teutonia (Fabricius)
(Lepidoptera: Pieridae). Aust, ent. Mag. 6(4): 77.
DOHERTY, R. L., CARLEY, J. G., FILIPPICH, Cheryl and KAY, B. H.
1976. Isolation of virus strains related to Kao Shuan virus from Argas robertsi in
Northern Territory, Australia. Search 7(11-12): 484-486, tables 1 & 2.
Arachnida: Acarina: Ixodoidea: Argas robertsi
FIELD, R. P.
1980. Integrated pest control in Victorian peach orchards: the role of Stethorus spp.
(Coleoptera: Coccinellidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(4): 315-322, tables 1 & 2,
text-figs 1-3.
McEVEY, Shane F.
1979. Butterflies of some Gippsland rain forests. Victorian Ent. 9(2): 12-13.
Lepidoptera: species listed and discussed
RAND, J. and SCHICHA, E. $
1981. The tea red spider mite, Oligonychus co ffeae (Nietner) (Acari: Tetranychidae)
as an avocado pest in Australia. Gen. appl. Ent. 13: 9-10.
SABROSKY, Curtis W. м
1980. Unexpected synonymy in Chloropidae, from the family Ephydridae (Diptera).
Aust. ent. Mag. 6(6): 101-102.
SANDS, D. P. A.
1980. The identity of Philiris nitens (Grose-Smith) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) with
description of a new subspecies from Papua New Guinea. Aust. ent. Mag.
6(5): 81-86, text-figs 1-10. :
1981. New species of Philiris Rober (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) from mainland New
Guinea. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 20(1): 89-96, text-figs 1-24.
SINCLAIR, E. R. and SINCLAIR, P.
1980. Trapping adult macadamia nut borer, Cryptophlebia ombrodelta (Lower)
(Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(3): 211-216, 1 table, text-fig. 1.
SMITHERS, С.М.
1977. The Psocoptera of Muogamarra Nature Reserve. Rec. Aust. Mus. 31(7): 251-
306, tables I and II, text-figs 1-98.
1979. An additional record and key to the Psocoptera (Insecta) of Lord Howe Island.
Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2): 21-22.
1981. Austrocaecilus, a new genus of Caeciliidae (Psocoptera) from Australia. Aust.
ent. Mag. 7(5): 68-70, text-figs 1-4.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices
need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be
sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.
WANTED to buy. Entomological cabinet either wooden or metal. Would
prefer a wooden cabinet, any condition. Michael Gibian, 22 Yarrabung
Road, St Ives, N.S.W. 2075.
WANTED to buy. Pairs of Ornithoptera, Troides and Trogonoptera.
Ian Robertson, 336 Mt Dandenong Tourist Rd, Sassafras Vic. 3787.
WANTED. Preserved specimens of scorpions (particularly Scorpionidae).
Required for cladistical study. Alexis Harrington, Dept. of Zoology,
University of the Witwatersrand, 2001 Johannesburg, South Africa.
SELL. World Coleoptera and Lepidoptera, with data. Write for price list.
W. Bryce Richfield, 170 Magnolia — No. 202, Goleta, Ca. 93117, U.S.A.
WANTED. Books on Australian insects, especially beetles. Also Certonid and
Buprestid specimens. Can trade insects from Africa and S. America.
G. Lachaume, 61 Rue de Neuilly, Fontenay sous bois, 94120, France.
WANTED. Copy of Australian moths by I. F. B. Common (Jacaranda Press)
and The pictorial encyclopedia of insects by V. J. Stanek (Paul Hamlyn).
S. Underwood, P.O. Box 330, Lane Cove, N.S W. 2066. ph. (02)4282552.
AUSTRALASIAN BUTTERFLY COMPANY
Р.О. Box 330, Lane Cove, N.S.W. 2066, Australia
Phone: Sydney (02) 428 2552
SUPPLIES OF BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS AND BEETLES
Please write for our catalogue of species available
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in duplicate.
All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper
considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than six printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Reprints: Authors may purchase reprints at the following rates per page: $9 for
50 copies, $11 for 100 copies and $14 for 200 copies. There are no free reprints. Papers
exceeding three printed pages in length will only be accepted if a minimum of 50 reprints
are purchased.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they
are to appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Colour plates are offered to authors at the following subsidized prices: first plate $160;
additional plates $95 each. Photographs are best submitted as colour transparencies
although paintings are also suitable. Plates using two or more photographs are more
expensive; thus where a number of set specimens are to be illustrated on a plate such
specimens are best photographed on a single slide.
Address papers to: The Editor,
Australian Entomological Magazine,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.
CONTENTS
BROWN, J. and BROWN, D. Three recent records of Hypolimnas
misippus (L.) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) from the North Coast
ORNEWISOUtHAW ales as eer wa AS e a tes 41
WILLIAMS, G. A. and WILLIAMS, T., A survey of the Aphodiinae,
Hybosorinae and Scarabaeinae (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) from
small wet forests of coastal New South Wales. Part 1: Nowra
to Newcastle aware: RIRs 42
RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian
entomology. Compiled by M. S. мош E 60
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES ................... inside back cover
COMPLETE SCIENTIFIC
P.O. Box 307
Round Lake, Illinois 60073 U.S.A.
BEETLES, BUTTERFLIES and INSECTS
from MALAYSIA, AFRICA, BRAZIL, etc.
2,000 species of butterflies, moths, beetles... worldwide. ^ Please send $1.00 for 64 page catalog.
Wanted: Small series of Papilio, Buprestidae, Lucanidae, Pamborus, Calosoma, Saturnidae & Ргіопілае,
A GUIDE TO AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS
by Densey Clyne
Now out of print.
Write to D. Clyne, 14 Taylors Road, Dural, N.S.W. 2158
DATA LABELS - PRINTED TO ORDER
$10.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)
Labels must be ordered in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 labels.
Delivery 4-6 weeks. Payment with order please.
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia
HILLCREST HOLIDAY LODGE
and 4WD HIRE
Hope St, Р.О. Box 136, Cooktown 4871
Ph. Cooktown 5.
Single, double and family accommodation at reasonable rates. Write for brochure.
We have a keen interest in insects and would be pleased to assist guests with a
similar interest. Soon we plan to establish organised field trips to various Cape
York Peninsular collecting localities—inquiries welcome.
ISSN 0311-1881
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
Aust. ent. Mag.
Edited by М. 5. Moulds
VOLUME 9, PART 5
JANUARY, 1983
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand
and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional
entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.
SUBSCRIPTIONS
All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:
Australian Entomological Press,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,
Australia.
Individual Subscriptions
$10.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea
A$11.00 (US$14.00 or Stg.£6.00) per annum overseas
Institutional Subscriptions
A$13.00 (US$16.00 or Stg.£6.50) per annum
COVER
Illustrated by B. L. Brunet
The large and beautiful stag beetle, Phalacrognathus muelleri Macleay
(family Lucanidae), is one of Australia’s most spectacular beetles, The dom-
inant pigmentation is maroon and green with a brillant mirror-like sheen.
Large males can measure 60 mm or more in length. The species is found only
in rain forest in north-eastern Queensland where the larvae feed in decaying
logs. Adults fly at dusk and rarely venture beyond rain forest margins.
Published by
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,
N.S.W. 2065, Australia.
Phone: 43-3972
Printed by
Graphic Associates
F10, Oi Man Commercial Complex,
Kowloon, Hong Kong
Australian Entomological
Magazine :
Aust. ent. Mag.
Volume 9, Part 5 January, 1983
TWO NEW MINOR PESTS OF RIPE COCOA PODS
IN PAPUA NEW GUINEA
By E. S. C. Smith and D. W. Kidd
Lowlands Agricultural Experiment Station, Keravat, East New Britain Province,
Papua New Guinea
Abstract
Cardiodactylus novaeguineae de Haan (Orthoptera: Gryllidae) and Parastasia
inconstans Fairmaire (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Rutelinae) are recorded as pests of
cocoa pods. Spectacular, though unimportant, damage to the husk. of ripe pods in three
widely separated areas of Papua New Guinea is briefly described. The damage has not
caused crop loss.
Introduction
Cocoa (Theobroma cacao L.) (Sterculiaceae) is a very attractive host
tree for pests and in Papua New Guinea over 300 insect species (Szent-Ivany
1961, 1963) and 47 fungi and algae (Shaw 1963) have been recorded on the
crop. Descriptions of damage and the control measures effective against the
relatively few. pest species which cause crop loss or tree damage have been
published recently (Smith 1979, Smith 1981). During 1980, two pests
which caused spectacular, though unimportant, damage to ripe cocoa pods
were observed and we give below brief notes on these minor pests which feed
extensively on the husk (pericarp) of pods. Since feeding damage by these
two pests has not penetrated beyond the pericarp it has not exposed the
beans to saprophytic or pathogenic fungi which would cause their rapid
degeneration. The resultant damage has therefore not produced pod losses.
Cardiodactylus novaeguineae de Haan (Orthoptera: Gryllidae)
Damage by adult crickets was noted at Solang (Lau Island) and
Derembat villages in Manus Province and at Naura village (near Alotau) and
Yui Yai Plantation (Normanby Island) in the Milne Bay Province. The insect
62 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(5), January, 1983
was observed to feed on the husk of ripe pods, forming roughly conical pits
up to 5 cm in diameter and 1-1.5 cm deep. Smaller, cup-shaped pits 1-2 cm
across and about 1 cm deep were also eaten into the husk on some pods.
Although feeding was at times quite extensive, no excavation had penetrated
beyond the husk to the inner cavity (endocarp) containing the beans, and so
the quality of beans was unaffected.
No previous record of this species attacking cocoa is known, although
the cricket is very widespread throughout Papua' New Guinea and has been
collected from a wide range of crops. C. novaeguineae was associated with
severe insect damage to robusta coffee (Coffea canephora Pierre) (Rubiaceae)
in the Morobe and Northern Provinces (Anonymous 1969).
Parastasía inconstans Fairmaire (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Rutelinae)
Adults of this species, in association with P. guttulata Fairmaire were
observed to tunnel into the husk of ripe pods on the clone K24-106 at Induna
Plantation, Lower Warangoi, East New Britain Province. The entrance holes
and initial tunnels were about 0.7 cm in diameter, slightly larger than that of
the adults. These tunnels were enlarged and extensive ramification occurred
below the husk surface forming feeding hollows up to 4 cm wide and about
0.7 cm deep. In some pods, hollowing of the husk was so extensive that the
excavations affected 25% of the surface area of the pod.
An adult beetle was also observed to tunnel in a similar manner into
developing jackfruit (Artocarpus heterophyllus Lam.) (Moraceae) and to
cause young fruits to abort.
Adults of at least five species of this genus have been collected from
cocoa (Szent-Ivany 1961, 1963) but only Р. guttulata and Р. simplicipes
Ohaus have previously been recorded to damage pods, while P. inconstans,
Р. marmorata Gestro and Р. montrouzieri Fairmaire were implicated as foliage
feeders. All of the above species, except P. montrouzieri which has been
recorded only in the Northern Province, are endemic to the East New Britain
Province and P. guttulata has also been collected from several localities on
the East Coast of New Ireland.
References
Anonymous, 1969. Insect pest survey for the year ending 30 June, 1967. Papua New
Guin. agric. J. 21(2): 49-75.
Shaw, D. E., 1963. Diseases of cacao in Papua New Guinea. Papua New Guin. agric. J.
15(3 + 4): 79-90.
Smith, E. S. C., 1979. Cocoa pests and their control. Harvest 5(3): 186-196.
Smith, E. S. C., 1981. Ап integrated control scheme for cocoa pests and diseases in
Papua New Guinea. Tropical Pest Management 27(3): 351-359.
Szent-Ivany, J. J. H., 1961. Insect pests of Theobroma cacao in the Territory of Papua
and New Guinea. Papua New Guin. agric. J. 13(4): 127-147.
Szent-Ivany, J. J. H., 1963. Further records of insect pests of Theobroma cacao in the
Territory of Papua and New Guinea. Papua New Guin. agric. J. 16(1): 37-43.
Aust, ent. Mag. 9(5), January, 1983 63
PHYLOGENY AND RELATIONSHIPS OF THE PAP/LIO FUSCUS
GROUP OF SWALLOWTAILS (LEPIDOPTERA: PAPILIONIDAE)
By D. L. Hancock
National Museum, P.O. Box 240, Bulawayo, Zimbabwe
Abstract
The Papilio fuscus group of Indo-Australian butterflies is considered to comprise
seven species, placed in two subgroups; viz: (1) P. hipponous C. & R. Felder; P. pitmani
Elwes & de Niceville; P. fuscus Goeze; P. canopus Westwood and (2) P. albinus Wallace;
P. hypsicles Hewitson, stat. rev.; P. woodfordi Godman & Salvin. Subgroup (1) is consid-
ered to be of Sundaland origin, whilst subgroup (2) is of Papuan origin. The fuscus group
is closely related to the aegeus and godeffroyi groups.
Introduction
Munroe (1961) defined the fuscus group as having the ‘adult tailed,
black with more or less well-defined white postmedial band, somewhat
expanded in costal half of hind wings’ and ‘larva smooth, green variegated
with brown, without tubercles or eye-spots; hosts Rutaceae.’ He placed fuscus
Goeze and canopus Westwood in this group and tentatively included diophan-
tus Grose-Smith, antonio Hewitson, noblei de Nicéville, albinus Wallace,
hipponous Felder, sakontala Hewitson, jordani Fruhstorfer and walkeri Janson.
Of Munroe’s tentatively included species, albinus and hipponous are
confirmed as members of the group: the remainder are excluded pending
further study, particularly of the male genitalia. Of these, diophantus, antonio
and noblei are provisionally associated with the helenus-nephelus assemblage
and jordani is provisionally included in the polytes group. The remaining
species, walkeri and sakontala, appear to be of hybrid origin, suggested by
their pattern, wing shape and abbreviated tails, plus their being known by
only one and two males respectively. One of the parent species is likely to be
polytes Linnaeus in both cases; the other parents cannot at present be
ascertained, as polytes is able to hybridize with many species (Ae, 1979).
Munroe (1961) defined the woodfordi group, which is here considered
to be an integral part of the fuscus group, as having ‘adult tailess, black and
white’ with ‘larva lacking saddle and metathoracic band, with band of first
abdominal segment narrow, oblique and raised, and with a pair of dorsal
tubercles on prothorax and another on 9th abdominal segment; hosts Rut-
aceae’. He placed woodfordi Godman & Salvin and ‘probably’ ptolychus
Godman & Salvin and erskinei Mathew in this group.
Racheli (1980) placed ptolychus as a subspecies of woodfordi and
showed erskinei to be a subspecies of bridgei Mathew, a member of the
aegeus group.
Munroe’s definition of the fuscus group is not quite accurate: the adult
is sometimes tailless and larval tubercles, although small, do exist dorsally on
the prothorax and 9th abdominal segment.
64 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(5), January, 1983
Although the pattern of woodfordi is distinctive, characters of the male
genitalia and immature stages show its close affinity with the fuscus group.
The fuscus group
The Papilio fuscus group can be re-defined as follows:—
Sexes similar, non-mimetic; pattern black or brown with or without a
cream or white band or subapical spots on fore wing, generally with well-
developed, often complete, broad or narrow cream or white postdiscal band
on hind wing; submarginal pale spots absent or secondarily derived from red
spots; hind wing with red and blue spots generally present; spatulate tail
present or absent; male fore wing without androconia; thorax and abdomen
generally with yellow lines, two lateral and one ventral lines on abdomen.
Male genitalia with clasper (= harpe) apically produced into a narrow or
broad, usually serrate, dorsal lobe. Mature larva solitary, variable in colour,
green or orange-brown; metathoracic band and eye-spots lacking; brown band
on 1st abdominal segment often present; pale patches often present on
abdominal segments 2-4 and 7-8; white or blue abdominal segmental spots
often present; tubercles present on prothorax and abdominal segment 9,
sometimes also on segment 8. Pupa smooth; usually green; curved; thoracic
protuberance a low hump. Larval food plants Rutaceae.
The seven species can be divided into two subgroups, based on the
shape of the apical dilation to the male clasper. In the fuscus subgroup this
dilation is a long, slender, serrate plate; in the albinus subgroup it is broad
and knob-like. So far as is known, the brown form of the larva occurs only in
species of the fuscus subgroup.
FUSCUS SUBGROUP
Papilio hipponous C. & К. Felder
Papilio hipponous С. & R. Felder, 1862, Wien. ent. Mon. 6: 283.
Type localities: Luzon; Mindanao (Philippines).
Fore wing generally with pale postdiscal band present above but often
faint, represented below by a pair of pale spots in spaces 1b and 2; hind wing
pale band relatively narrow, entire, usually slightly broader in spaces 4, 5 and
6; tail present; hind wing underside with a complete series of red submarginal
spots and with blue spots in a complete series, reduced or absent.
Male genitalia (Fig. 1) typical of the subgroup.
Distribution: Two subspecies are currently recognised:— P. h. hipponous
throughout the Philippines and Palawan; P. h. lunifer Rothschild on Sangir
Island.
Immature stages: Described by Ae (1977). Mature larva very similar to that
of fuscus and canopus, being either green or orange-brown with paler patches
and abdominal blue or white spots, but has tubercles only on prothorax and
ninth abdominal segment. Pupa green and smooth. Larval food plants
Rutaceae.
Aust, ent. Mag. 9(5), January, 1983 65
Р
m A
1 2
4
Figs 1-6. Male genitalia (with left valve removed) of: (1) Papilio hipponous; (2) P. fuscus;
(3) P. canopus; (4) P. albinus; (b) P. hypsicles; (6) P. woodfordi.
Papilio pitmani Elwes & de Nicéville
Papilio (Laertias) pitmani Elwes & de Niceville, 1886, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal 54: 434.
Papilio pitmanni Rothschild, 1894, Novit. Zool. 1: 685.
Type locality: Tavoy (Tenasserim, S. Burma).
Fore wing without pale postdiscal band above, present below as a pair
of pale spots in spaces 1b and 2, as in hipponous; hind wing pale band broad
to very broad in spaces 4, 5 and 6, narrow or reduced in spaces 1b, 2 and 3,
better developed below; tail present; hind wing underside with a complete
series of red submarginal spots but blue spots absent.
Male genitalia not studied.
Distribution: Two subspecies are recognizeable:— P. p. pitmani has a relatively
narrow hind wing pale band and is known from S. Burma and Thailand;P. p.
duboisi Salvaza, comb. n. has the hind wing pale band broadened anteriorly
and reduced posteriorly and is known only from Vietnam [Tao, Vinh
province, N. Vietnam (type locality vide Dubois & Salvaza, 1921); Trang
Bom Forest, NE of Saigon, S. Vietnam (A. Bedford Russell, pers. comm.)] .
This subspecies probably also occurs in adjacent areas of Laos.
Immature stages: Unrecorded.
Comments: This species is sometimes regarded as a subspecies of P. hipponous
and the two are certainly closely related. In view of the morphological
66 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(5), January, 1983
differences between pitmani and hipponous, and their distribution patterns
(c.f. antonio and noblei), they are here maintained as separate species.
Identity of the Trang Bom Forest specimen has been confirmed by
examination of photographs.
Papilio fuscus Goeze
Papilio Eques Achivus fuscus Goeze, 1779, Ent. Beytr. 3(1): 87.
Papilio Eques Achivus cinereomaculatus Goeze, 1779, l.c.: 88.
Papilio Eques Trojanus severus Cramer, 1782, Pap. Exot. 3: 153.
Achillades severus (Cramer); Hubner, 1816, Verz. bek. Schm.: 85.
Papilio severus Cramer. Godart, 1819, Enc. Meth. 9: 68.
Papilio castaneus var. cinereomaculatus Goeze; Kirby, 1877, Cat. Diurn. Lep.: 810.
Papilio cinereomaculatus Goeze; Ribbe, 1890, Iris 2: 208.
Type locality: S. Moluccas (? Amboina).
Fore wing with or without pale postdiscal band, when present generally
reduced; hind wing pale band broad in spaces 4, 5 and 6, often reduced or
absent in spaces 1b, 2 and 3; tail present; hind wing underside with red and
blue spots generally present, often reduced.
Male genitalia (Fig. 2) typical of subgroup.
Distribution: This species has the widest distribution of the group, occurring
from the Andaman Islands and Malaya to the Solomons and north-eastern
Australia. Numerous subspecies have been described; their precise limits are
currently under investigation by others (J. Haugum, pers. comm.).
Immature stages: Described by Straatman (1963) and Common and Water-
house (1981). Mature larva green or orange-brown with paler patches and
abdominal blue or white spots often present; tubercles present on prothorax
and abdominal segments 8 and 9. Pupa green and smooth, with prominent
anterior processes. Larval food plants Rutaceae.
Papilio canopus Westwood
Papilio canopus Westwood, 1842, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 9: 38.
Type locality: Melville Island (N. Australia).
Fore wing with pale postdiscal band well-marked or reduced; hind wing
pale band relatively narrow becoming broader in c. tenimberensis Rothschild,
generally entire; tail present or absent; hind wing underside with red and
blue spots generally present, often reduced.
Male genitalia (Fig. 3) typical of the subgroup.
Distribution: This species occurs in the Lesser Sunda Islands and north-
western Australia. Eight subspecies are currently recognised:—canopus (north-
western Australia and Northern Territory); tenimberensis Rothschild (Tenim-
ber & Baber); vollenhovii Felder (Timor); croton Fruhstorfer (Damar);
canopinus Rothschild (Romang and Leti Is.); hypsiclides Rothschild (Wetar);
alorensis Rothschild (Alor) and umbrosus Rothschild (Sumbawa).
Aust, ent. Mag. 9(5), January, 1983 67
Immature stages: Described by Common and Waterhouse (1981); mature
larva and pupa as for fuscus. Larval food plants Rutaceae.
Comments: This species is very closely related to the allopatric fuscus and the
two may be conspecific.
ALBINUS SUBGROUP
Papilio albinus Wallace
Papilio albinus Wallace, 1865, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 25: 49.
Papilio severus var. albinus Wallace; Kirsch, 1877, Mitt. Mus, Dresden 1: 112.
Papilio albinus var. sekarensis Honrath, 1885, Berl. ent. 7. 29: 275.
Type locality: New Guinea (? Humboldt Bay).
Fore wing with pale band reduced to a series of subapical spots or
absent; hind wing pale band very broad, narrowing towards tornus, present
or absent in space 1b; tail present; hind wing underside with red spots often
reduced, blue spots absent.
Male genitalia (Fig. 4) with apical plate of clasper broad and knob-like,
not serrate.
Distribution: Two subspecies are recognised:—P. a. albinus lacks any pale fore
wing markings and occurs in West Irian and north-west New Guinea; P. a.
lesches Godman and Salvin has subapical fore wing pale spots present and
occurs in southern Papua and adjacent areas of New Guinea.
Immature stages: Mature larva green with ventro-lateral longitudinal stripes
and small tubercles on 9th abdominal segment; pupa smooth, green with broad
ventro-lateral pinkish stripes (Straatman, pers. comm.). Larval food plants
Rutaceae (D’Abrera, 1978).
Papilio hypsicles Hewitson, stat. rev.
Papilio hypsicles Hewitson, 1868, Exot. Butt. 4: t. 9. f. 29.
Papilio canopus hypsicles Hewitson; Rothschild, 1895, Novit. zool. 2: 341.
Type locality: New Hebrides.
Fore wing with pale band present (rarely absent); hind wing pale band
narrow, entire; tail present; hind wing underside with red spots present, often
not in a complete series, and blue spots present, normally in a complete series.
Male genitalia (Fig. 5) with apical plate of clasper broad and distally
serrate.
Distribution: Restricted to the New Hebrides.
Immature stages: Not described.
Comments: This species has nothing to do with canopus, with which it is
generally associated, nor with fuscus. In male genitalic characters it is closest,
surprisingly, to woodfordi, a relationship which makes sense in the light of
distribution patterns of the two species. Although superficially similar to
canopus, the wings are narrower, due to shorter discoidal veins, and the pale
bands are further from the wing margin; this is especially noticeable in the
68 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(5), January, 1983
fore wing, where the pale band is almost vertical for most of its length in
hypsicles and distinctly curved in canopus.
Papilio woodfordi Godman & Salvin
Papilio woodfordi Godman & Salvin, 1888, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (6)1: 100.
Type localities: Alu and Fauro Is. (Solomon Islands).
Fore wing pale band entire or reduced; hind wing pale band relatively
broad, entire; tail reduced to a tooth; hind wing underside with red and blue
spots generally present, red spots usually a complete series.
Male genitalia (Fig. 6) with apical plate of clasper broad and distally
serrate.
Distribution: Restricted to the Solomon Islands. Five subspecies are currently
recognised: —woodfordi (Bougainville and Shortland Is.); choiseuli Rothschild
(Choiseul); ariel Grose-Smith (Santa Isabel); laarchus Godman and Salvin
(New Georgia group) and ptolychus Godman and Salvin (Guadalcanal and
Florida Is.). Racheli (1980) also records the species from Malaita,
Immature stages: Mature larva green, with very short tubercles on prothorax
and 9th abdominal segment and some faint markings; pupa smooth, dark grey
to black (Straatman, pers. comm.). Larval food plants Rutaceae.
Comments: Despite its distinctive appearance, the affinities of this species are
clearly with albinus and hypsicles, particularly with regard to the male
genitalia.
P. ponceleti Le Moult, a possible hybrid between woodfordi and fuscus,
was discussed by Racheli (1980).
Phylogeny and Biogeography
Members of the fuscus group show pattern characteristics typical of
several groups of south-east Asian swallowtails, i.e. a basic black and yellow
(or white) pattern which may or may not become modified by mimicry. The
species contained within this overall grouping correspond to Munroe’s (1961)
Series 1 of his Subsection A, Section II, minus the machaon, xuthus and
demoleus groups and subgroup (b) of his demolion group. The remaining
species form a monophyletic section within the subgenus Princeps Hübner
(Hancock, 1978, 1979).
The fuscus group itself is most closely related to the aegeus/godeffroyi
assemblage, the mature larva of these three groups lacking both the
metathoracic dark band and eye-spots as well as the “typical” smooth, green
with brown bands pattern characteristic of the section. The fuscus group
differs from the other two in having a smooth pupa and in possessing few
tubercles in the mature larva. The aegeus and godeffroyi groups have a rough
pupa and further development of tubercles in the mature larva. The additional
tubercles in these two groups are undoubtedly secondary; they are perhaps
Aust, ent. Mag. 9(5), January, 1983 69
hipponous pitmani fuscus canopus albinus hypsicles woodfordi
с
fuscus subgroup albinus subgroup
ا
fuscus group
gegeus/godeffroyi groups
Fig. 7. Proposed phylogenetic relationships of the species of the Papilio fuscus group.
homologous to the abdominal pale spots of the fuscus group. The aegeus and
godeffroyi groups are further united by the structure of the male genitalia, in
that the clasper, whilst being similar to that of the fuscus group, has an
additional, median, serrate lobe or prominent tooth. The godeffroyi group
represents a Pacific offshoot of the Papuan aegeus group.
The fuscus group thus appears to have arisen as the sister-group to the
aegeus/godeffroyi assemblage, the former most likely in Sundaland, the latter
in New Guinea, following dispersal of an ancestral species from south-east
Asia. In the Papilionidae, dispersal between south-east Asia and New Guinea
appears to have been unidirectional, from west to east, no examples of
Papuan-centred species or groups having extended westwards beyond the
Moluccas, whereas several waves of dispersal appear to have brought western-
centred groups into the Papuan region (Hancock, 1978).
A suggested initial scenario has the fuscus group differentiated in
Sundaland and the aegeus/godeffroyi assemblage in the Papuan region. The
sister-lineage of these three groups, comprising most of the remaining species
in this section (the demolion group probably diverged earlier), and represented
initially by the helenus-nephelus assemblage, differentiated in south-east Asia,
outside Sundaland.
From Sundaland there was a further dispersal to New Guinea of many
groups of Papilionidae, including the fuscus group, which became established
there as the albinus subgroup, leaving the fuscus subgroup in Sundaland.
From New Guinea (albinus) the group dispersed to the Solomons and New
Hebrides, differentiating as woodfordi and hypsicles respectively. It appears
likely that hypsicles reached the New Hebrides via the Solomons whereas
other Pacific species [e.g. godeffroyi group, Graphium gelon (Boisduval),
P. montrouzieri Boisduval] appear to have dispersed from south-east Papua to
New Caledonia and beyond, avoiding the New Hebrides. A further example of
70 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(5), January, 1983
Solomons to New Hebrides dispersal is seen in Graphium sarpedon (Linnaeus),
in recent times (Gross, 1975).
The Sundaland population, meanwhile, spread to Indo-China as pitmani
and from there to the Philippines as hipponous (or vice versa), leaving fuscus,
which subsequently reached the Lesser Sundas as canopus. The species of
each subgroup are allopatric; only fuscus, a highly dispersive species that has
extended throughout New Guinea to the Solomons and north-east Australia,
occurs sympatrically with species of the albinus subgroup. From the Lesser
Sundas, canopus reached north-western Australia.
The suggested phylogenetic relationships of the species are shown in
Fig. 7.
Acknowledgements
This paper is a continuation of studies begun in the Department of
Entomology, University of Queensland, and I thank Dr Т. E. Woodward for
his advice and guidance during the course of these initial studies. I thank Dr
1. F. В. Common (A.N.I.C., Canberra), Mr E. С. Dahms and Dr С. В. Monteith
(Queensland Museum) for the loan of specimens in their care, Dr S. A. Ae
(Japan) for providing material of P. hipponous, Major A. Bedford Russell
(U.K.) for supplying photographs and data of P. pitmani from Vietnam, Mr T.
G. Howarth, formerly of British Museum (Natural History), for access to
material in his care, and Mr R. Straatman (Australia) for information on life
histories.
References
Ae, S. A., 1977. Immature stage and genetics of Papilio hipponous (Lepidoptera: Papil-
ionidae). Trans. lepid. Soc. Japan 28(4): 147-150.
Ae, S. A., 1979. The phylogeny of some Papilio species based on interspecific hybridiz-
ation data. Syst. Ent, 4: 1-16.
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. 2nd edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 682 pp.
D'Abrera, B., 1978. Butterflies of the Australian region. 2nd edition. Lansdowne,
Melbourne. 415 pp.
Dubois, E. and Salvaza, R. V. de, 1921. Contribution a la faune entomologique de
Pindochine francaise; familles Papilionidae, Pieridae et Danaidae. Faune ent.
Indo-Chine fr. 3: 1-26.
Gross, G. F., 1975. The land invertebrates of the New Hebrides and their relationships.
Phil. Trans. R. Soc. (B) 272: 391-421.
Hancock, D. L., 1978. Phylogeny and biogeography of Papilionidae (Lepidoptera).
Unpubl. M.Sc. thesis, Univ. of Queensland, Brisbane.
Hancock, D. L., 1979. The systematic position of Papilio anactus Macleay (Lepidoptera:
Papilionidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 6(3): 49-53.
Munroe, E., 1961. The classification of the Papilionidae (Lepidoptera). Can. Ent. Suppl.
17: 1-51.
Racheli, T., 1980. A list of the Papilionidae (Lepidoptera) of the Solomon Islands, with
notes on their geographical distribution. Aust. ent. Mag. 7(4): 45-59.
Straatman, R., 1963. A hybrid between Papilio aegeus aegeus and Papilio fuscus capan-
eus, with a note on larval food plants. J. Lepid. Soc. 16: 161-174.
а
i
Aust, ent. Mag. 9(5), January, 1983 71
A REAPPRAISAL OF CLEMATOSTIGMA ENDERLEIN WITH
NOTES ON RELATED GENERA (PSOCOPTERA: PSOCIDAE)
By C. N. Smithers
The Australian Museum, 6-8 College Street, Sydney, N.S.W. 2000
Abstract
Clematostigma Enderlein is redefined and compared with other genera of the
Copostigma-Clematostigma-Ptycta-Maheella complex. Each is defined as far as available data
allow and species for each listed where feasible in an attempt to reduce some of the
confusion surrounding these genera. A neotype is designated for Copostigma maculiceps
Enderlein, the type species of Clematostigma. Tanystigma gen. nov. and Tiliapsocus gen.
nov. are proposed as genera to hold species which cannot be retained as being congeneric
with the type species of Clematostigma.
Introduction
Enderlein (1903) erected the genus Copostigma to hold those species of
Psocinae in which there is a spurvein arising from the posterior angle of the
pterostigma. He designated C. dorsopunctatum Enderlein, from New Guinea,
as type species, and included C. fumatum Enderlein, from New Guinea, C.
maculiceps Enderlein, from Australia, C. indicum Enderlein, from India, C.
brevistylus Enderlein, from New Guinea and Psocus palliatus Hagen, from Ceylon.
Later (Enderlein 1906) he erected Clematostigma, with C. maculiceps
as type species and included, amongst others, all the species previously in
Copostigma except C. dorsopunctatum and C. palliatum. The latter was not
mentioned but is, in fact, a species of Caeciliidae. Copostigma was thus reduced
to a monotypic genus. He distinguished the two genera, both of which have a
pterostigmal spurvein, by the fusion of Rs and M in the fore wing in Clematostigma
and by these veins being joined by a crossvein in Copostigma.
Subsequently (Enderlein 1925) he erected the genus Ptycta, with Psocus
haleakalae Perkins, from Hawaii, as type species and distinguished it from
Clematostigma by its having the first section of Cu,a shorter than the second;
he pointed out that in Ptycta the pterostigmal spurvein was not always clearly
developed. His definition of Ptycta implies that in Clematostigma the first
section of Cu,4 is longer than the second and it is shown so in his earlier
illustration (Enderlein 1906, Pl. 23, fig. 3).
In the same paper (1925) he also erected the monotypic genus Mecampsis,
with М. cinctifemur from Chile, as type species. He distinguished Mecampsis
from Copostigma by the first and second sections.of Cuy, being in a straight
line or almost so. His comparison implies that in Mecampsis Rs and М аге not
fused for a length and that in Copostigma the two sections of Cu; are at an
angle to each other. The latter is confirmed by his figure of C. dorsopunctatum
(Enderlein 1903, Pl. IV, fig. 15).
To the above four genera he added Maheella (Enderlein 1931) from the
Seychelles, with M. laevidorsum as type species. Maheella cannot be distinguished
from Ptycta on the basis of his definitions and is now generally regarded as
72 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(5), January, 1983
being theoretically synonymous with it although it may be distinguishable in
practice. Study of the type of Maheella is necessary before the matter can be
settled.
With venational characters defining these genera and given the variation
sometimes found in the development of the pterostigmal spurvein and the
relationships between Rs and M there has inevitably been, in the absence of
information on other features such as genitalia, uncertainty regarding the placing
of many species. Badonnel (1967) has referred to this group of genera as the
Copostigma-Clematostigma-Ptycta-Maheella complex.
To this complex of genera should be added Indiopsocus Mockford, with
the North American Psocus texanus Aaron as type species (Mockford 1974).
This genus was erected to hold a group of North American and Cuban species.
It is clearly very closely related to Ptycta.
The problem of generic definition has been aggravated by several factors.
Species recently placed in Ptycta have included some with and some without
a pterostigmal spurvein and some with various Rs-M relationships ranging from
those in which Rs and M are fused through those in which these veins meet in
a point to those in which a distinct crossvein is present. The types of C.
dorsopunctatum and C. maculiceps deposited in the Hungarian Natural History
Museum have been destroyed by fire. Roesler (1944), in a key to the genera,
placed Clematostigma and Mecampsis as subgenera of Copostigma. He also
introduced the unreliable character of presence or absence of marginal wing
setae as differentiating Prycta from the other genera. This was not used by
Enderlein in his original diagnosis.
Material at present being studied and papers by several authors (e.g.
Badonnel 1967, New 1974, Smithers 1977) indicate that there are many species
involved in this complex. If they continue to be placed in ill-defined genera or
in a “holding” genus, such as Psocidus Pearman, their value as data in group
relationship or zoogeographic studies is reduced. It is, therefore, important that
an attempt be made to clarify the matter as much as possible without waiting
for a complete revision of the family.
Material of Psocidae now available includes some which is undoubtedly
referable to С. maculiceps. It was collected at the type locality, Sydney. A
redescription of Copostigma maculiceps Enderlein [= Clematostigma maculiceps
(Enderlein)] and designation of a neotype of Copostigma maculiceps is given
here and provides a base from which the problems of this complex may be
approached.
Redescription of Copostigma maculiceps Enderlein
igs 1-8
MALE die )
Coloration (in alcohol). Head yellowish brown with dark brown markings
(cf. Enderlein 1903, Pl. IV, fig. 12). Median epicranial suture very dark,
anterior arms evanescent but a broad brown line occurs in their position.
Irregular confluent spotting on either side of median epicranial suture, across
——R————— «y,
_ y -———————————À»—, аны
Aust. ent. Mag. 9(5), January, 1983 73
back of head and adjacent to inner margin of compound eyes. A brown mark
between lateral ocellus and nearest mark of those adjacent to compound eye.
Ocellar tubercle brown. Brown patch with pale centre between ocellar triangle
and epistomial suture. Postclypeus with twelve parallel brown lines, the two
middle ones closer together than others. Anteclypeus pale anteriorly, dark
brown posteriorly. Labrum dark brown with paler anterior band, the band
interrupted by two dark spots, one on either side of midline. Genae not marked.
Scape and pedicel brown, as is basal part of first flagellar segment; remainder of
antenna darker. Eyes black. Maxillary palp pale, third segment brown, fourth
segment darker, almost black. Mesothoracic antedorsum shining dark brown;
parapsidal sutures pale so that the mesothoracic notum is marked with a pale V;
dorsal lobes dark brown with pale line posterolaterally. Mesoscutellum brown,
the mesonotum laterad of scutellum very dark brown. Fore coxae pale, others
dark brown. Femora pale brown with narrow dark apical band; tibiae and tarsi
dark brown. Fore wings (Fig. 1) hyaline with dark brown pterostigma which
is a little paler towards wing base and with dark brown postpterostigmal mark
ending abruptly at spurvein. Veins brown. Hind wings hyaline, veins brown.
Abdomen pale with irregular darker annulations; terminal structure dark brown.
Morphology. Length of body: 3.0 mm. Median epicranial suture very
distinct, anterior arms evanescent (but position marked by brown band). Epi-
stomial suture transverse in middle, curving forwards laterally to antennal
sockets. Length of flagellar segments: fı: 0.92 mm; fz: 0.84 mm. Setae on
antennae up to three times flagellum width. Eyes fairly large but not reaching
level of vertex. IO/D (Badonnel): 1.9; PO: 0.9. Ocelli large, anterior ocellus a
little smaller than lateral ocelli. Measurements of hind leg: F: 0.76 mm; T:
1.64 mm; tı: 0.44 mm; 6: 0.16 mm; rt: 2.8: 1; ct: 20, 4. Hind tibiae long
and slender; first tarsal segment slightly curved. Fore wing length: 3.7 mm;
width: 1.4 mm. In fore wing Sc ends free in costal cell. Pterostigma concave
before hind angle. Spur vein present at hind angle, poststigmal mark ends at
spurvein. Rs and M fused for a length. Discoidal cell distally slightly concave,
sides of cell not parallel. First and second sections of Cu;4 at an angle to each
other, not in the same straight line, second section obviously shorter than
first. Hind wing length: 2.6 mm; width: 1.0 mm. Rs and M fused for a fairly
long length. A few minute marginal setae between arms of radial fork. Ninth
tergite unusual, extended back at sides and medially between the paraprocts;
lateral extensions with irregularly serrate inner margin; median backward
extension bears the epiproct. Epiproct (Fig. 3) reduced, bilobed posteriorly,
lightly sclerotized except for two longitudinal sclerotized bars and bearing a
pair of large, lightly sclerotized, erect lobes; apex with two setae. Paraprocts
(Fig. 3) elongate, well sclerotized with large, circular trichobothrial field and
with a terminal upturned lobe. Hypandrium (Fig. 6, postero-ventral view)
bowl shaped, upturned behind; the upturned section broadly bilobed; basal
part with a short, strongly sclerotized curved marginal bar on each side.
Phallosome (Fig. 2) closed posteriorly with very large, outwardly curved, apically
split outer parameres.
74 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(5), January, 1983
FEMALE
Coloration (in alcohol). Head as in male but markings paler, brown rather
than dark brown. Antennae paler than in male. Maxillary palps with only fourth
segment dark. Legs as in male but tibiae dark only at distal end, otherwise pale
brown. Fore wing (Fig. 7, cf. also Enderlein 1906, PI. 23, fig. 3) hyaline marked
in shades of brown.
Morphology. Length of body: 3.6 mm. Epicrainal suture as in male. Length
of first flagellar segment: f;: 1.0 mm. Eyes smaller than in male, the top of
the eyes well below vertex. IO/D (Badonnel): 2.5; PO: 0.9. Anterior ocellus
much smaller than lateral ocelli. Measurements of hind leg: F: 0.88 mm; T:
1.88 mm; t,: 0.44 mm; t,: 0.20 mm; rt: 22: 1; ct: 19, 4. Fore wing
length: 4.3 mm; width: 1.5 mm. Fore wing (Fig. 7) venation similar to that of
male; second section of Cu;4 much longer relative to first section than in male.
Hind wing length: 3.2 mm; width: 1.1 mm. Venation and setae as in male. Epi-
proct lightly sclerotized, about as long as basal width but narrowing a little
posteriorly; lateral margins in basal half strengthened by a sclerotized bar on
each side, the ends of which are connected across the middle of the epiproct
by a slightly narrower but similar bar; scattered, long, fine setae occur mainly
distad of the transverse bar. Paraprocts broadly triangular, sclerotized, with
large, round trichobothrial field. Subgenital plate (Fig. 4) with long posterior
lobe and Y-shaped pigmented area, the stem of the Y extending into posterior
lobe as a double band; arms of Y broadened anteriorly and stem widened a little
near origin of arms of Y, Gonapophyses (Fig. 8) with very long ventral and
dorsal lobes, both pointed. External valve narrowly transverse with a tapering
posterior lobe. Sclerification of ninth sternite (Fig. 5) ring like with a small
anterior rugose area.
MATERIAL EXAMINED. NEW SOUTH WALES: 1 б (neotype), Ryde, 2.ix.1972,
J. V. Peters; 1 d, 8 9, same data as neotype; 1 9, College St., Sydney, 3.iii.1975,
С. N. Smithers; 5 9, Lindfield, 19.xi.1970, J. O'Regan; 1 d, Woronora River,
Engadine, 20.x.1973, С. A. Holloway; 3 9, Lindfield, 28.x.1971, A. S. Smithers;
1 d, 3 9, 14 nymphs, Ryde, 5.iv.1974, J. V. Peters; 1 d, 1 2, Lindfield,
10.xi.1970, A. S. Smithers; 2 9, Ryde, 30.iii.1974, J. V. Peters (AM); 11 3, 12.9,
Lindfield, 19.xi.1970, C. Trickett (HM). Neotype and other material is in the
Australian Museum (AM) and the Hungarian Natural History Museum (HM).
Discussion and conclusions
This material reveals that Clematostigma has several unusual features not
apparent from earlier descriptions and that some of the features used earlier
are sufficiently stable to warrant their use in comparing species in several genera.
Of particular note are the following.
The pterostigma has a distinct hind angle, that is the pterostigma is
concave basad of the point at which the pterostigmal spurvein arises. The
spurvein is always present but variable in degree of development. Rs and M are
fused in the fore wing. The first section of Cu, а is longer than the second,
somewhat sinuous in the male and at an angle to second. The male fore wing
Aust, ent, Mag. 9(5), January, 1983 75
epiproct, paraproct, ninth tergite; (4) 9 subgenital plate; (5) 9 spermathecal
|
|]
|
|
|
|
| Figs 1-8. Clematostigma maculiceps (Enderlein). (1) d fore wing; (2) d phallosome; (3) д
| entrance; (6) д hypandrium; (7) 9 fore wing; (8) 9 gonapophyses.
|]
Í
76 Aust, ent. Mag. 9(5), January, 1983
is hyaline except for the pterostigma and the postpterostigmal mark whereas
the female has in addition a variably developed nodal mark (cf. Enderlein 1906,
Pl. 23, fig. 3). The male has a pair of erect, setose lobes near the base of the
epiproct. The paraprocts do not have a basal lobe. The hypandrium is
symmetrical, not adorned with teeth, apophyses nor other projections and does
not have a median, upcurved, straplike posterior extension. The phallosome is
` closed behind by the arch-like inner parameres and has two very large, outwardly
curved external parameres. The female subgenital plate has a long posterior lobe
with Y-shaped sclerotization, the stem of the Y being divided to the end of the
lobe by a more lightly sclerotized area. The ventral and dorsal valves of the
gonapophyses are very long and the external valves narrow and transverse with
a clearly developed, narrow based, tapering lobe arising from the dorsal side.
The above features in combination can be considered to characterize
Clematostigma. Of special significance is the form of the male phallosome which
is closed with large external parameres, unusual for the Psocidae. Most species
either lack obvious external parameres and have the phallosome in the form of
a closed ring or they have a posteriorly open phallosome with posteriorly
directed external parameres. In the extreme form (e.g. Amphigerontiinea) the
phallosome is- reduced: to two separate sclerites, each possibly representing the
external paramere of one side. In the female the elongate gonapophyses and the
form of the external valve lobe are characteristic.
The peculiarities of the features described above warrant retention of
Clematostigma at generic rank.
There are at present sixteen described species in Clematostigma, five in
Copostigma, one in Mecampsis, seventeen in Indiospocus and fifty seven in
Ptycta.
i: Of the sixteen species in Clematostigma the morphology of only eight is
reasonably well known and seven of these differ from C. maculiceps in some
important features. None of the known males has a closed phallosome. The
subgenital plates and dorsal and ventral valves of the gonapophyses are not long
and the lobe on the external valve does not present the unusual form found in
C. maculiceps. On the basis of these differences they cannot be retained as
congeneric with C. maculiceps. The species involved are C. dubium New, C.
edwardsi New, C. inglewoodense New, C. latimentula Smithers, C. paulum
Smithers, C. tardipes Edwards and C. morio (Latreille). The position of the
remaining eight species [C. brevistylus (Enderlein), C. fumatum (Enderlein),
C. hyalinum (Okamoto), C.indicum (Enderlein), C. paraguayense Enderlein,
C. subcostalis (Okamoto), C. tunesicum Enderlein and C. vinctum (Enderlein)]
cannot be discussed without further studies and for the present they must
remain in Clematostigma. Clematostigma is, therefore, regarded here as a genus
in which only one species has been well characterized with the eight additional
Species listed above as being attached to it pending further study.
Amongst the seven reasonably well known species listed above which
require removal from Clematostigma two groups can be distinguished each of
which should be given generic rank.
Aust. ent. Mag. 9(5), January, 1983 77
Clematostigma morio, a parthenogenetic species, stands apart from the
others in having a subgenital plate which has a short, rounded posterior lobe;
the dorsal valve is fairly short and broad. The pterostigma is concave basad of
the distinct hind angle. For this species the name Tiliapsocus gen. nov. is
proposed with Psocus morio Latreille as type species.
The remaining species have a relatively shallow pterostigma; the known
males have a posteriorly open phallosome and a symmetrical hypandrium
without teeth or apophyses. For this group I propose the name Tanystigma gen.
noy., with Copostigma (Clematostigma) paulum Smithers as type species. Other
species to be included are C. dubium, C. edwardsi, C. inglewoodense, C.
latimentula and C. tardipes.
Clematostigma and Tanystigma both differ from the species in the
Indiopsocus and Ptycta complex in the form of the male phallosome which is
closed in the /ndiopsocus-Ptycta complex but without external parameres.
Comments on Copostigma and Mecampsis
Copostigma was defined on venational features. After removal to Tany-
stigma of the species described by me in Copostigma (Clematostigma) [in the
sense of Roesler (1944)] (Smithers 1977) there remain only C. dorsopunctatum,
C. insolitum Banks, C. laconia Banks, C. pindapaiense Williner and C. trimaculata
(Hagen), the last named having been transferred to Copostigma by Banks (1938).
Of these only C. dorsopunctatum and possibly C. trimaculata agree with the
generic definition; C. insolitum, C. laconia and C. pindapaiense appear to agree,
according to the illustrations provided with the descriptions, with the definition
of Mecampsis in that the first and second sections of Cuy, are ina straight line
and the first section is longer than the second. It may be of significance that
these three species are New World species, as is M. cinctifemur, whereas C.
dorsopunctatum is from New Guinea and С. trimaculata from Ceylon.
Unfortunately, there is at present no material for study of additional
morphological features. It is clear, however from the illustration of С. dorsopun-
ctatum that the first and second sections of Cu;, are at an angle, with the first
shorter than the second.
Summary of generic definitions and species lists
The information available from the study of new material of Clematost-
igma maculiceps provides an opportunity to present a summary of the known
features of the genera involved in the difficult Copostigma-Clematostigma-
Maheella-Ptycta complex. I have attempted below to summarize the features of
these genera from this new material and as presented in and by inference from
the literature and to give a species list for the genera other than Ptycta. Ptycta is
at present being studied by Professor I. W. B. Thornton and it would be
premature to attempt to list species until his work is completed.
Rearrangements and redefinitions may well be required when additional
material of type species of some of the genera becomes available.
78 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(5), January, 1983
Copostigma Enderlein 1903
Rs and M joined by a crossvein. Pterostigmal spurvein present. Pterostigma broad,
concave. First section of Cua shorter than second at an angle to it. Genitalia not known.
Type species: С. dorsopunctatum Enderlein 1903. Ann. hist.-nat. Mus. hung. 1:
30, pl. IV.
Species included: C. dorsopunctatum and probably C. trimaculatus (Hagen).
Clematostigma Enderlein 1906
Rs and M fused for a length. Spurvein present. Pterostigma broad, concave. First
section of Сиа longer than second, at an angle to it. Subgenital plate lobe long. Gonapo-
physes long, external valve with peculiar lobe. Hypandrium symmetrical, without teeth or
apophyses. Phallosome closed and with external parameres.
Type species: C. maculiceps Enderlein 1903. Ann. hist.-nat. Mus. Hung. 1:231, pl. IV.
Species included: C. maculiceps and possibly the following: C. brevistylus (Enderlein),
C. fumatum (Enderlein), C. hyalinum (Okam.), C. indicum (Enderlein), C. paraguayense
Enderlein, C. subcostalis (Okam.), C. tunesicum Enderlein, C. vinctum (Enderlein).
Mecampsis Enderlein 1925
Rs and M joined by a crossvein. Spurvein present. Pterostigma concave, broad. First
section of Сита longer than second, in straight line with it. Genitalia not known.
Type species: M. cinctifemur Enderlein 1925. Konowia 4: 104.
Species included: M. cinctifemur Enderlein, M. insolitum (Banks) comb. nov., M.
pindapaiense (Williner) comb. nov., M. laconia (Banks) comb. nov.
Indiopsocus Mockford 1974
Rs and M fused for a length. Spurvein present or absent. Pterostigma concave, broad.
First section of Сиа shorter than second, at an angle to it. Subgenital plate variable, usually
not especially long. Gonapophyses not long, external valve lobe not of form as in Clemato-
stigma. Hypandrium asymmetrical, usually with teeth or apophyses. Phallosome closed;
without external parameres.
Type species: P. texanus Aaron 1886. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Philad. 38: 16.
Species included: Г. affinis Mock., I. alticola Mock., I. bisignatus (Banks), I. camaguay-
ensis Mock., I. ceterus Mock., I. cubanus (Banks), I. dentatus Mock., I. infumatus (Banks), I.
insulans (Chapman), I. jamaicensis Turner, I. microvariegatus Mock., I. palisadensis Turner,
I. pallidus Mock., I. pulchra Turner, I. texanus (Aaron), I. ubiquitus Mock., I. variegatus Mock.
Ptycta Enderlein 1925
Characters as for Indiopsocus except some species have Rs and M joined by 4
crossvein and the phallosome is usually narrower anteriorly than in Indiopsocus.
Type species: P. haleakalae Perkins 1899. Fauna Hawaii 2: 77.
Species included are not listed here as the genus is currently being studied by Professor
I. W. B. Thornton and such a list may be misleading at this time.
Tanystigma gen. nov.
Rs and M fused for a length. Spurvein present. Pterostigma elongate, relatively
narrow, concave or convex basad of spurvein. First section of Cuy, longer than second
and at an angle to it. Subgenital plate lobe short. Gonapophyses short, external valve lobe
not of form as in Clematostigma. Hypandrium symmetrical, with teeth or apophyses.
Phallosome open posteriorly, with external parameres.
Type species: C. paulum Smithers 1977. Rec. Aust. Mus. 31(7): 283, figs 75-85.
Species included: T. dubium (New) comb. nov., T. edwardsi (New) comb. nov.,
T. inglewoodense (New) comb. nov., T. latimentula (Smithers) comb. nov., Т. paulum
(Smithers) comb. nov., 7. tardipes (Edwards) comb. nov.
Aust. ent. Mag. 9(5), January, 1983 79
Tiliapsocus gen. nov.
Rs and M fused for a length. Spurvein present. Pterostigma concave, broad. First
section of Cu,4 shorter than round. Gonapophyses short, external valve lobe not conspicuous.
Parthenogenetic.
Type species: P. morio Latreille 1794. Bull. Soc. philom. Paris 1: 85.
Only one species: T. morio (Latreille) comb. nov.
Key to genera of Psocinae with a spurvein on pterostigma
The following key should be used as an aid to identification only; the full
generic definitions should always be consulted as there is considerable variation
in Ptycta, which is only dubiously separable from Indiopsocus.
1. Pterostigma elongate, narrow; hind margin concave or convex basad of
PUN Е РОГ 94 p 6 Tanystigma
— Pterostigma broad, concave basad of spurvein
2. Rs and M joined by a crossvein
PR апа М пей йота епо gees. eens A 4
3. First section of Си, shorter than second and at an angle to it
mere зз А asc rd a д кутод, Copostigma
— First section of Cu,, longer than second and іп a straight line with
A See od ЖЕ БУЛ Www Eno MUST Cae E Mecampsis
4. First section of Си; з longer than second . . . Clematostigma (some Ptycta)
— First section of Cu,, shorter than second .................... 5
5. Subgenital plate with short, rounded, posterior lobe ...... Tiliapsocus
— Subgenital plate with posterior lobe of various forms but not as in
Miliapsocus e МЕК с ыты ЛТ ee Ptycta and Indiopsocus
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank the collectors of the material described in this paper for their
assistance in the field and Professor I. W. B. Thornton for information on Ptycta.
3 References
Badonnel, A., 1967. Insectes Psocopteres. Faune de Madagascar. 23: 1-238, figs 1-496.
Banks, N., 1938. Further Neuropteroid insects from Malaya. J. F. M. S. Mus. 18: 220-235,
2 pls.
Enderlein, G., 1903. Die Copeognathen des indo-australischen Faunengebietes. Ann. hist.
-nat. Mus. hung. 1: 179-344, 12 figs., pls iii-xiv.
Enderlein, G., 1906. Die australische Copeognathen. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 401-412, pl. 23.
Enderlein, G., 1925. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Copeognathen IX. Konowia 4: 97-108, 1 fig.
Enderlein, G., 1931. The Percy Sladen Trust Expedition to the Indian Ocean in 1905 under
the leadership of Mr. Stanley Gardiner, MA. VIII. Die Copeognathen fauna der
Seychellen. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. (Zool.) (2) 19: 207-240, 52 figs., pls 14-16.
Mockford, E. L., 1974. Records and descriptions of Cuban Psocoptera. Ent. Amer. 48(2):
103-215, 230 figs.
New, T. R., 1974. Psocidae (Psocoptera) from southern Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 13:
285-304, 64 figs.
Roesler, R., 1944. Die Gattungen der Copeognathen. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 117-166.
Smithers, C. N., 1977. The Psocoptera of Muogamarra Nature Reserve. Rec. Aust. Mus.
31(7): 251-306; 98 figs.
80 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(5), January, 1983
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by М. S. Moulds
ALLSOPP, P. G., ADAMS, G. D. and BUTLER, D. G.
1980. Response of larvae of Pterohelaeus darlingensis Carter (Coleoptera: Tenebrion-
idae) to moisture, temperature and gravity. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(4): 281-285,
text-figs 1-5.
BAILEY, Winston J.
1979. A review of Australian Copiphorini (Orthoptera: Tettigoniidae: Conocephal-
inae). Aust. J. Zool. 27(6): 1015-1049, text-figs 1-63.
BURNS, Joy and BURNS, Gordon
1979. An unusual spring. Victorian Ent. 9(6): 64-67, 1 map.
Coleoptera: Buprestidae: several species mentioned
EDWARDS, E. D. and COMMON, I. F. B.
1978. A new species of Paralucia Waterhouse and Turner from New South Wales
(Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Aust, ent. Mag. 5(4): 65-70, text-figs 1-14.
FORSTER, R. R. and GRAY, M. В.
1979. Progradungula, a new cribellate genus of the spider family Gradungulidae
(Araneae). Aust. J. Zool, 27(6): 1051-1071, text-figs 1-65.
GOODE, John
1980. Insects of Australia, Angus and Robertson, Sydney and Melbourne. x, 260 pp.,
illustr.
The illustrations are from R. J. Tillyard (1926), The insects of Australia and
New Zealand,
In both paperback and cased editions,
SYMMONS, P.
1979. Flight after sunset by small swarms of Locusta migratoria L. J. Aust. ent. Soc.
18(2): 191.
SYMMONS, Р. М. and NGUYEN, М.Т.
1980. The collection of insecticide by low flying locusts. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(3):
175-179, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1а-1с.
TIMMS, B. V. and WATTS, С.Н. S.
1981. Beetles of dune lakes and ponds in northeastern New South Wales. J. Aust.
ent, Soc, 20(1): 77-82, tables 1 & 2, text-fig. 1.
WALTERS, P. J. and FORRESTER, N.
1979. Resistant lucerne aphids at Tamworth. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 90(5): 7, illustr.
WATSON, J. A. L.
1979. Drepanoxenus bos, a new termitophilous aleocharine from north-western Aust-
тайа (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(1): 53-56, 1 text-fig.
1980. Apocordulia macrops, a new crepuscular gomphomacromiine dragonfly from
south-eastern Australia (Odonata: Corduliidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(4): 287-
292, text-figs 1-11.
WATSON, J. A. L. and GAY, F. J.
1980. The identities of Termes australis Walker and Termes fumipennis Walker
(Isoptera). J, Aust. ent, Soc, 19(1): 19-25, 2 tables, text-figs 1-10.
WATTS, C. Н. S.
1978. A revision of the Australian Dytiscidae (Coleoptera). Aust. J. Zool., Suppl.
Ser, 57: 1-166, table 1, text-figs 1-260.
WELLS, A.
1979. The Australian species of Orthotrichia Eaton (Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae).
Aust. J. Zool, 27(4): 585-622, text-figs 1-77.
WHEELER, George C., WHEELER, Jeanette and TAYLOR, Robert W.
1980. The larval and egg stages of the primitive ant Nothomyrmecia macrops Clark
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(2): 131-137, text-figs 1-26.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices
need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be
sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.
WANTED to buy. Entomological cabinet either wooden or metal. Would
prefer a wooden cabinet, any condition. Michael Gibian, 22 Yarrabung
Road, St Ives, N.S.W. 2075.
DONATIONS of any reprints, books or journals concerning insects would
be gratefully received by the Librarian, Office of the Commissioner for
Agriculture, P.O. Box 2, Entebbe, UGANDA. Their library was destroy-
ed and no funds are available to purchase literature.
WANTED. Old and out of print books on butterflies. I am a lepidopterist
starting a book collection on this topic and will pay good prices for
such books. E. Pike, 3 Albert St, Forest Lodge, N.S.W. 2037. Phone
(02) 660 3496.
WANTED. Distribution records of Australian bark-beetles, Tenebrionidae.
V. К. Bejsak, 1C/1 Fowler Rd, Merrylands, N.S.W. 2160.
WANTED. Copy of Australian moths by I. F. B. Common (Jacaranda Press)
and The pictorial encyclopedia of insects by У. 1. Stanek (Paul Hamlyn).
S. Underwood, Р.О. Box 330, Lane Cove, N.S №. 2066. ph. (02)4282552.
AUSTRALASIAN BUTTERFLY COMPANY
P.O. Box 330, Lane Cove, N.S.W. 2066, Australia
Phone: Sydney (02) 428 2552
SUPPLIES OF BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS AND BEETLES
Please write for our catalogue of species available
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in duplicate.
All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper
considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than six printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Reprints: Authors may purchase reprints at the following rates per page: $9 for
50 copies, $11 for 100 copies and $14 for 200 copies. There are no free reprints. Papers
exceeding three printed pages in length will only be accepted if a minimum of 50 reprints
are purchased.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they
are to appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Colour plates are offered to authors at the following subsidized prices: first plate $160;
additional plates $95 each. Photographs are best submitted as colour transparencies
although paintings are also suitable. Plates using two or more photographs are more
expensive; thus where a number of set specimens are to be illustrated on a plate such
specimens are best photographed on a single slide.
Address papers to: The Editor,
Australian Entomological Magazine,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.
CONTENTS
HANCOCK, D. L. Phylogeny and relationships of the Papilio Juscus
group of swallowtails (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae) .......... 63
SMITH, E. S. C. and KIDD, D. W. Two new minor pests of ripe cocoa
podstinibapualNevwaGuirnco M 61
SMITHERS, C. N. A reappraisal of Clematostigma Enderlein with
notes on related genera (Psocoptera: Psocidae) ............ 71
RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian
entomology. Compiled by M.S.Moulds................. 80
ENTOMOLOGICATANOTIGES A A inside back cover
BOOKS & EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT AND BOOK CATALOGUES
ARE AVAILABLE FREE ON REQUEST
MAIL ORDERS ARE A SPECIALTY
Australian Entomological Supplies
35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 4614
BRANCH: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43 3972
DATA LABELS — PRINTED TO ORDER
$10.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)
Labels must be ordered in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 labels.
Delivery 4-6 weeks. Payment with order please.
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia
Coleoptera
“Tradewing ¥ Worldwide Lepidoptera &
82 Balaclava Rd, Cairns, N.QId, 4870
Phone: (070) 54 3643 Write for Catalogue
HILLCREST HOLIDAY LODGE
and 4WD HIRE
Hope St, P.O. Box 136, Cooktown 4871
Ph. Cooktown 5,
Single, double and family accommodation at reasonable rates. Write for brochure.
We have a keen interest in insects and would be pleased to assist guests with a
similar interest. Soon we plan to establish organised field trips to various Cape
York Peninsular collecting localities—inquiries welcome.
ISSN 0311-1881
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
ONAL MUNN
| MAGAZINE owa
Aust. ent. Mag. OF VICTOR"
Edited by M. S. Moulds
VOLUME 9, PART 6
APRIL, 1983
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand
and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional
entomologists‘ and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.
SUBSCRIPTIONS
All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:
Australian Entomological Press,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,
Australia.
Individual Subscriptions
$12.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea
A$13.00 (US$ 12.00 or Stg.£7.50) per annum overseas
Institutional Subscriptions
$16.00 (US$14.50 or Stg.£9.00) per annum
COVER
Illustrated by B. L. Brunet
The large and beautiful stag beetle, Phalacrognathus muelleri Macleay
(family Lucanidae), is one of Australia’s most spectacular beetles. The dom-
inant pigmentation is maroon and green with a brillant mirror-like sheen.
Large males can measure 60 mm or more in length. The species is found only
in rain forest in north-eastern Queensland where the larvae feed in decaying
logs. Adults fly at dusk and rarely venture beyond rain forest margins.
Published by
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,
N.S.W. 2065, Australia.
Phone: 43-3972
Printed by
Drawing Office Printers Pty. Ltd.
253 Condamine St, Balgowlah,
N.S.W. 2093
Magazine
Aust. ent. Mag.
< A
2 0 MAY 1983
OF vjAprit; 1983
Volume 9, Part 6
A LIST OF THE BUPRESTIDAE (COLEOPTERA) OF THE SYDNEY BASIN,
NEW SOUTH WALES, WITH ADULT FOOD PLANT RECORDS AND’
BIOLOGICAL NOTES ON FOOD PLANT ASSOCIATIONS
By G. A. Williams and T. Williams
C/- Post Office, Lansdowne via Taree, N.S.W. 2435
Abstract
180 species of Buprestidae are listed as having been recorded from the Sydney Basin
since settlement. 143 species have been taken by the authors since 1970 representing 80%
of the total. 61 species of adult food plants have been recorded by various authors and 45
of these were encountered during our study. Data on frequency status, seasonal occurrence,
adult food plants, distribution and habits are given. Stigmodera species are viewed as
significant pollinators of Myrtaceae dominated communities within the Sydney Basin and
pollinator-food plant associations postulated from observations.
Introduction
Until recently little attempt had been made to survey Australian inverte-
brate communities with little attention given to those areas impinged upon by
urban development. Of the insects, apart from the relatively well studied
Lepidoptera, few orders have drawn attention and this has largely been of a
taxonomic nature with distribution and frequency data derived only as an
incidental adjunct. This study surveys the Buprestidae or “jewel” beetles of the
Sydney Basin.
The Sydney Basin is some 36,000 sq km in extent and forms a wedge-
shaped area on the eastern seaboard of New South Wales approximately
delimited by Lithgow, Newcastle and Batemans Bay (Fig. 1). The study was
confined to the Central and Western Areas of the Sydney Basin as figured in
Branagan, Herbert and Langford-Smith (1979: 5). Altitude increases from
sea-level to 1100 m at Mt. Victoria in the Blue Mountains.
Dominant rock types of the basin weather to a particularly poor soil (Gold
and Prineas 1978) but nevertheless support a rich and diverse flora. Beadle, Evans
and Carolin (1972) list some 2,000 species of native plants from the Sydney
region; the 180 species of Buprestidae recorded here can be viewed as areflection
of that floristic richness.
82 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(6), April, 1983
Three authors have surveyed the buprestid fauna in areas within the Sydney
Basin; Williams (1977) and Hawkeswood (1978) provide data on the species
occurring at East Minto and Glenbrook respectively and Nikitin (1979) lists
species encountered within the County of Cumberland. A considerable amount of
data по doubt exist in collections, both institutional and private, but no effort
has been made to intergrate such data. The efforts of early collectors, however, in
amassing collections of species were not matched by an equal attention to labell-
ing. As a consequence there is a paucity of information on the early buprestid
fauna. Representations of species within collections are often inversely proport-
ional to their natural frequency; the more common species usually being ignored
in the field and those less frequently encountered consistently procurred. Thus,
old museum data may offer scant insight into the faunal diversity and frequency
in the area.
Observations and collection of buprestids has been undertaken by the
present authors for some years, especially since 1976. Our collection sites (Fig. 1)
are arranged in geographical clusterings approximating the three major geologic
regions (based on topography and dominating bedrocks) within the study area.
Adult food plants are listed in Table 1. Table 2 lists those buprestid species
encountered primarily by the authors. The frequency status given in this table
follows that of Williams (1977) and Hawkeswood (1978) where “rare” indicates
fewer than three specimens, “few” means three to ten and “common” greater
than ten specimens encountered over the period of study. We recognize the
failings of such an arbitary assessment but it provides a useful comparative
standard. It must be emphasized, however, that the local status of a species in
both space and time is often highly variable; the biology of most buprestids is
totally unknown and the triggering mechanisms (rainfall, temperature etc.) that
initiate emergence poorly understood. Thus a reappraisal in some instances may
be required in the future.
Table 3 lists those buprestid species that have not been observed by us but
are represented primarily in the collection of the Australian Museum (Sydney),
and to a lesser extent, in the Henry Schrader Collection (recently sold to a
number of individual collectors: the majority of the Australian Stigmodera now
being in the collection of Mr Allen Sundholm). Primarily we have based our
considerations on species personally encountered; only where species were not
thus observed is recourse made to the records of other authors and museum data.
Data from a previous! study by one of us (Williams 1977) are repeated here for
those species not encountered again since that study and for those species
infrequently recorded.
In addition to those species listed in Tables 2 and 3 Hawkeswood (1978)
lists from the lower Blue Mountains Melobasis costata Macleay, Cisseis atroviolacea
Thomson, C. maculata Laporte and Gory, C. pygmaea Blackburn, C. ruseocuprea
Hope and C. vicina Kerremans. Nikitin (1979) lists Stigmodera jospilota Laporte
and Gory and provides a coastal record for Stigmodera victoriensis Blackburn.
His most interesting records are for Stigmodera goryi Laporte and Gory, “one
Aust. ent. Mag. 9(6), April, 1983 83
living specimen was collected on a eucalypt trunk at Cabramatta on 19 Dec.
1959, and one dead specimen was excavated from a tunnel in the trunk of
Eucalyptus sp. in Fairfield Park on 13 Aug. 1959”. These represent the most
recent records of this species within the Sydney Basin.
We have also seen, in the collection of Mr D.P. Carne of Sydney, specimens
of what appear to be Stigmodera mustelamajor Thomson taken by him in the
vicinity of Maroota on Eucalyptus blossom.
TABLE 1
List of adult food plants. Plants are listed systematically. Capital letters relate to collection
sites in Fig. 1; months indicate dates of observations. Duplicates of the food plants were
submitted to the National Herbarium, Sydney, for identification and a representative series
lodged with N.P.W.S., Taree.
Family Proteaceae
1. Isopogon anemonifolius (Salisb.) Knight.—B, Dec.
2. Banksia sp. (unidentified).—C, Dec.; U.
3. Hakea teretifolia (Salisb.) J. Britt.—N, Dec.; І, Jan.
Family Mimosaceae
4. Acacia decurrens (Wendl.) Willd.—O, Oct., Nov., Dec.; I, V, Nov.; С, Н, B, Dec.
5. Acacia falcata Willd.—O, Dec.
6. Acacia longifolia (Andrews) Willd.—C, M, K, Oct.; C, I, Nov.; I, C, Y, Z, Dec.; O, Y, Jan.
7. Acacia obtusifolia A. Cunn.—X, Dec.; Z, Dec.
8. Acacia parramattensis Tindale.—H, Dec.
9. Acacia sp. (unidentified)
Family Fabaceae
10. Daviesia latifolia К. Br.—X, Oct.
11. Dillwynia floribunda Sm.—L, Oct.
12. Dillwynia retorta (Wendl.) Druce.—X, Nov.
13. Dillwynia sericea A. Cunn.—U, Nov.
14. Jacksonia scoparia R. Br.—O, Oct.
15. Phyllota grandiflora (Sieb. ex DC.) Benth.—N, Oct.
16. Phyllota phylicoides (Sieb. ex DC.) Benth.—C1, Sep.
17. Pultenaea brunioides (Meisn.) J. Thompson.—R, Nov.
18. Pultenaea ferruginea var. deanei (R. T. Baker) Williamson.—O, Oct.
19. Pultenaea elliptica Sm.—L, N, C, B, Dec.
20. Viminaria juncea (Schrad.) Hoffmgg.—C, Dec.; К, Nov.
Family Myrtaceae
21. Backhousia myrtifolia Hook. f. et Harv.—C, Dec.
22. Angophora hispida (Sm.) D. Blaxell.—A, B; C, I, J, K, L, N, Nov., Dec.; rarely Oct. and
Jan.
23. Eucalyptus ?luehmanniana F. Muell.—C, Dec.
24. Eucalyptus obtusiflora DC.—C, Dec.
25. Eucalyptus ?racemosa Cav.—I, Dec.
26. Eucalyptus sieberi L. Johnson.—C, Oct.
27. Eucalyptus sp. (unidentified)
28. Leptospermum attenuatum Sm.—C1, L, Oct.; I, J, О, Nov.; B, X, Dec.
29. Leptospermum flavescens Sm.—B, C, C1, D, E, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, Oct., Nov., Dec.; О,
R, U, V, W, X, Y, Z, Dec., Jan.
30. Leptospermum juniperinum Sm.—A, B, Dec.; Y, Z, Jan.
31. Leptospermum parvifolium Sm.—C1, L, Sep., Oct.; R, Nov.
84 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(6), April, 1983
32. Leptospermum squarrosum Sol. ex Gaertn.—C, Dec. |
33. Leptospermum sp. (an apparently undescribed sp.).—X, Dec., Jan.
34. Leptospermum sp. (unidentified)
35. Kunzea ambigua (Sm.) Druce.—B, C, C1, E, J, L, N, O, О, R, S, Oct., Nov., Dec.
36. Melaleuca armillaris (Soland. ex Gaertn.) Sm.—D, Nov.
37. Baeckea densifolia Sm.—B, Dec.
38. Baeckea imbricata (Gaertn.) Druce.—A, C, Dec.
39. Calytrix tetragona Labill.—C1, Sep.
Family Casuarinaceae
40. Casuarina distyla Vent.—A, B, Y, Dec.
41. Casuarina cunninghamiana Miq.—D, Oct., Nov.
42. Casuarina littoralis Salisb.—A, С, O, Dec., Jan.
43. Casuarina sp. (unidentified).—C, Z, Dec., Jan.
Family Santalaceae
44. Leptomeria acida R. Br.—X, Dec.
Family Rutaceae
45. Eriostemon australasius Pers.—C1, Sep.
Family Apiaceae
46. Actinotus helianthi Labill.—S, Nov.
Family Epacridaceae
47. Epacris microphylla R. Br.—Q, Oct.
48. Epacris obtusifolia Sm.—C, Oct.
Family Asteraceae
49. Cassinia aculeata (Labill.) К. Br.—V, Dec.
50. Cassinia aureonitens N. A. Wakefield.—C, Nov.
51. Cassinia sp. (unidentified)
52. Helichrysum diosmifolium (Vent.) Sweet.—C, Nov.
Family Xanthorrhoeaceae
53. Xanthorrhoea sp. (unidentified).—J, N, Dec.
Family Cunoniaceae
54. Ceratopetalum gummiferum Sm.—C, Nov.
TABLE 2
List of Buprestidae encountered. Species are listed systematically. Months indicate first and
last dates of sightings; capital letters relate to collection sites in Fig. 1; numerals relate to
adult food plants listed in Table 1. Asterisks (*) indicate records from flowers only; other
species were principally recorded from foliage only. Voucher specimens have been lodged
in the Australian Museum, Sydney, and a larger series retained by us.
Subfamily Buprestinae
Agrilus australasiae Laporte & Gory.—22 Oct.-31 Dec., common. B, C, H, 1,0, V, 4,8, 9.
* Ethon affine Laporte & Gory.—1 Oct.-17 Nov., common. K, N, O, T, 11, 14, 15, 18.
* Ethon sp. near affine Laporte & Gory.—30 Sep.-6 Oct., few. C, N, 15,
*Ethon corpulentum Boheman.—30 Sep.-18 Nov., common. C, K, X, 10.
* Ethon fissiceps (Kirby).—30 Sep.-14 Oct., common. C, K, L, №, 11.
ж Ethon leai Carter.—6-18 Nov., few. Q, О, X, 12, 13.
Ethon sp. near leai Carter.—6 Nov., rare. Q.
* Ethon bicolor Laporte & Gory.—30 Dec.-4 Jan., rare. Z, 29.
Cisseis acuducta (Kirby).—30 Sep.-8 Dec., common. C1, K, L, N, O, Q, T, V, X, 7,11, 129
14,15, 16, 20.
Cisseis aurocyanea Carter.—30 Dec.-4 Jan., few. Y, 6.
Aust. ent. Mag. 9(6), April, 1983 85
$
Bell
1
.
Y N
x
w
У
u
R P
Parramatta
б
Hawkesbury River
СІ
Appine A 25 kilometres
ا
L
Fig. 1. List of collecting sites with description of the site vegetation. The vegetation of study sites is
not necessarily typical of the immediate surrounding district.
Coastal Plain
A. Woronora Dam: dry sclerophyll forest merging to woodland.
B. Waterfall: dry sclerophyll forest merging to low open woodland.
C. Royal National Park: gully restricted rain forest, dry sclerophyll forest and woodland intermixed with
heath. Sites, in the main, restricted to central, eastern and north-eastern sections of the Park.
Cl. Heathcote Road; between Liverpool and Heathcote: dry sclerophyll forest merging to open woodland.
Military reserve adjoins southern side of road.
D. Glenfield: lightly timbered pasture with some areas planted to native gardens.
E. East Minto: dry sclerophyll forest intermixed with woodland.
F. Cabramatta: medium density residential suburb with residual areas, mainly creek restricted, of native flora.
G. Penrith: light to medium density residential suburb at foot of Blue Mountains: scattered individual and
small tree clusterings.
H. Middle Dural: dry sclerophyll forest.
I. Maroota: dry sclerophyll forest.
J. Peats Ridge: tall to low woodland.
K. Calga: dry sclerophyll forest.
L. Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park: West Head Section. woodland.
M. Ingleside: dry sclerophyll forest.
М. Mona Vale Road between St. Ives and French's Forest turnoff: woodland.
Lower Blue Mountains
O. Lapstone Hill: dry sclerophyll forest.
Р. Springwood: dry sclerophyll forest.
О. Woodford: dry sclerophyll forest.
R. Katoomba: low woodland merging to exposed heath above cliff face.
S. Mountain Lagoon: dry sclerophyll forest.
Т. Colo Heights: dry sclerophyll forest.
Western Blue Mountains
U. Blackheath: woodland interspersed with low wind-exposed heathland.
V. Mt. Boyce: “mallee” dominated woodland on ridge top.
W. Mt. Victoria: dry sclerophyll forest verging to woodland.
X. Mt. York: dry sclerophyll forest.
Y. Bell's Line of Road between Bell and Mt. Wilson turnoff; Blue Mountains National Park: dry sclerophyll
forest merging to woodland.
Z. Mt. Wilson: dry sclerophyll forest with interspersed escarpment rain forest.
86 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(6), April, 1983
Cisseis cupripennis Guerin.—13 Nov.-10 Jan., common. A, C, I, X, Y, Z, 4, 6, 7, 29.
Cisseis duodecimmaculata Fabricius.—10 Dec.-29 Jan., commen. J, N, P, Y, 40, 53.
Cisseis heroni Carter.—18 Nov.-26 Dec., few. I, O, 4, 5, 10.
Cisseis leucosticta (Kirby).—26 Dec.-28 Jan., common. I, P, X, Y, 6, 7, 9.
Cisseis marmorata Laporte & Gory.—25 Nov.-26 Dec., rare. I, P, 4.
* Cisseis nitidiventris Carter.—21 Nov.-13 Jan., common. C, L, О, W, X, 29, 34.
ж Cisseis notulata Germar.—21 Nov.-4 Jan., common. A,B,C,C1,H,I,J,1I.N, V,X, Y, 3,
22, 28, 29, 38.
* Cisseis obscura Blackburn.—31 Dec., rare. A, 38.
Cisseis scabrosula Kerremans.—6 Oct.-5 Jan., common. C, I, K, M, О, Y,Z, 4,6, 7,9, 29,
43.
Cisseis sp. near vicina Kerremans.—24 Nov.-4 Jan., common. A, C, H, L, M, V, W, 29, 44.
Cisseis sp. No. 1.—7 Dec.-20 Jan., common. B, C, H, L, №, 1, 3,8, 29, 32, 34. Small species
3-5 mm in length, dorsal surface bronze.
Cisseis sp. No.2.—21 Nov.-5 Jan., few. C, O, 5, 6. Similar in size and colour to preceding sp.
but with distinguishing areas of pubescence on dorsal surface.
Cisseis sp. No. 3.—25 Nov.-7 Dec., few. Н, I, 4, 8. Small species 5-6 mm in length, pronot-
um nitid green, elytra black with, in fresh specimens, white dots:of pubescence on the
apical third.
Cisseis sp. No. 4.—30 Dec. Y, 6. Length 8 mm, pronotum bronze, elytra almost cuneate,
black with an obscured pubescence.
Paracephala cyaneipennis Blackburn.—9-19 Dec., common. A, C, L, N, О, 29, 40, 41.
Paracephala murina Thomson.—16-30 Dec., common. A, B, C, 40.
Germarica lilliputana (Thomson).—9-20 Dec., common. A, B, C, L, N, O, 40,42.
* Merimna atrata Hope.— 15 Dec., rare. C, 22.
Astraeus crassus Van de Poll.—11 Oct.-28 Nov., common. D, 41.
Astraeus dilutipes Van de Poll.—15 Dec.-5 Jan., few. A, O, X, 42, 43.
Astraeus pygmaeus Van de Poll.—15 Dec.-5 Jan., few. A, O, 42.
Nascio vetusta Boisduval.—28 Nov., rare. C. Outside of study area we have seen this species
on trunks of Eucalyptus sp.
Melobasis cupriceps (Kirby).—14-16 Dec., common. C, 20.
Melobasis cuprifera Laporte & Gory.—30 Sep.-30 Dec., common. C, CI, L, N, O, R, T, U,
X, 10, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 19, 34.
Melobasis fulgurans Thomson.—15 Dec., rare X, 7.
Melobasis gloriosa (Thomson).—30 Oct., rare. P, 9.
Melobasis nitidiventris Kerremans.—6-14 Oct., rare. K, L, 9.
Melobasis purpurescens Fabricius.—29 Nov.-31 Dec., few. A, F, G, X, 6, 29.
Melobasis sp. near semisuturalis Blackburn.—27 Nov., rare. К, 27.
* Melobasis sp.—22 Oct., rare. О, 14. Dorsal surface glabrous, elytra costate.
* Torresita cuprifera (Kirby).—27 Oct.-11 Jan., common. C, J, X, Z, 22, 26, 29.
ж Anilara ?obscura Macleay.—8 Dec., rare. О, 29.
Anilara sulcipennis Kerremans.—15 Dec.-5 Jan., common. O, 42.
* Neocuris anthaxioides Fairmaire.—25 Nov., few. I, 29.
x Neocuris sp. near coerulans Fairmaire.—16-29 Dec., few. C, О, 29.
* Neocuris cuprilatera Fairmaire.— 7-14 Dec., rare. C, H, 29.
x Neocuris gracilis Macleay.—21 Nov.-11 Jan., common. C, C1, H, I, J,U, V, X, Z, 21,28,
29, 30, 35, 46.
* Neocuris sp. near gracilis Macleay.—6 Dec.-4 Jan., few. C, Z, 21, 29.
* Neocuris guerini Hope.—25 Nov.-17 Dec., few. C, E, I, 29, 35.
* Neocuris ?crassa Obenberger.—21 Nov.-19 Dec., few. A, C, C1, 29.
* Pseudoanilara cupripes (Macleay).—25 Nov., rare. C, 54.
Pseudoanilara purpureicollis Macleay .—17 Dec., rare. D, 41.
* Curis aurifera Laporte & Gory.—7 Nov.-13 Jan., rare. D, X, 33, 36.
* Curis caloptera Boisduval.—2-29 Dec., few. A, C, E, Z, 22, 29.
x Stigmodera jacquinoti Boisduval.— 13-16 Dec., rare. СІ, J, 22.
ж Stigmodera macularia (Donovan).—13 №у.-4 Jan., common. C, E, J, О, Z, Y, 22, 29, 34.
Aust, ent. Mag. 9(6), April, 1983 87
x Stigmodera affinis Saunders.—27 Dec., rare. C1, 22.
x Stigmodera grandis (Donovan).—16-31 Dec., rare. C1, I, 22.
x Stigmodera limbata (Donovan).—16 Dec.-13 Jan., rare. C, C1, U, 225297
x Stigmodera sp. near mitchelli Hope.—15 Dec., rare. X, 28.
x Stigmodera suturalis (Donovan).—16-29 Dec., common. C, C1, 22.
* Stigmodera thoracica Saunders.—28 Nov., rare. Е (dead on ground).
x Stigmodera variabilis (Donovan).—4 Dec.-28 Jan., common. C, С1,1, О, V, W, X, 22,29,
33, 34.
ж Stigmodera alternecosta Thomson.— 7-26 Dec., rare. Н, X, 29, 33.
* Stigmodera amplipennis Saunders.—22-30 Dec., rare. C1, X, 22,29.
x Stigmodera andersoni Laporte & Gory.—6 Dec.-22 Jan., common. A, B, C, CL, E, I, J, Q,
Y, 22, 29, 34.
* Stigmodera armata Thomson.—22 Dec., rare. C1, 22.
x Stigmodera assimilis Hope.—27 Oct.-14 Dec., common. C, C1, 22, 23, 29, 35.
* Stigmodera australasiae Laporte & Gory.—27 Oct.-11 Jan., common. СИСТЕ Mh, Ab ТИОТ
Q, V, X, Z, 22, 27, 28, 29, 33, 34, 35, 37:
ж Stigmodera balteata Saunders.—26 Nov.-12 Dec., few. E, 29.
x Stigmodera bella Saunders.—13 Nov.-29 Јап.; common. В, C, E, J, P, V, X,Z, 22, 23, 24,
29, 33, 34, 35.
x Stigmodera bifasciata (Hope).—27 Oct.-4 Jan., common. GIGIMESIASQAS2X28Y2177822 0175
29, 30, 34, 35.
x Stigmodera bremei (Hope).—29 Dec.-13 Jan., few. U, W, X, Z, 29, 33, 34.
x Stigmodera brutella Thomson.—30 Dec.-20 Jan., rare. U, X, 29.
x Stigmodera burchelli Laporte & Gory.—15 Dec., rare. C, 294.
x Stigmodera commixta Carter.—29 Dec.-28 Jan., few. U, Z, 29, 34.
* Stigmodera costata Saunders.—13 Nov.-16 Dec., common. C, D, 22, 23, 29, 34, 35.
x Stigmodera costipennis Saunders.— 14-22 Dec., rare. C1, X, 29, 34.
x Stigmodera crenata (Donovan).—27 Oct.-31 Dec., common. A, C, C1, 22,29, 35.
x Stigmodera cruenta Laporte & Gory.—24 Nov.-22 Jan., common. C, СІ, E, J, Q, 22,29.
x Stigmodera cruentata (Kirby).—27 Oct.-14 Dec., common. C, C1, J, E, 22, 21, 29,.34, 35.
x Stigmodera cupricollis Saunders.—26 Dec.-28 Jan., few. U, V, W, X, 29, 33, 34.
x Stigmodera decemmaculata (Kirby).—6 Oct.-6 Nov., common. C1, K, L, Q, 28, 31, 34.
* Stigmodera delectabilis Hope.—30 Dec., rare. X, 29.
x Stigmodera dimidiata Carter.—27 Oct., rare. C, 48.
x Stigmodera discoidea Carter.—30 Dec., rare. Y, 29.
d NRE (Boisduval).—27 Oct.-30 Dec., common. C, C1, I, J, X, Z, 22,25,
* Stigmodera flavopurpurea Carter.—18 Dec.-4 Jan., few. О, W, Y, 29, 34.
x Stigmodera flavopicta (Boisduval).—22 Oct.-29 Dec., few. C, О, Z, 29, 50, 52.
* Stigmodera gentilis Kerremans.—21 Nov.-26 Dec., rare. C, Z, 29.
+ Stigmodera grata Saunders.—8-29 Dec., few. Cl, V, X, 29.
x Stigmodera hilaris Hope.—26 Dec., rare. X, 33.
x Stigmodera hoffmanseggi Hope.—26 Dec., rare. V, 29.
ж Stigmodera ignota Saunders.—26 Dec.-21 Jan., rare. U, W, X, 29.
x Stigmodera imitator Carter.—13 Nov.-13 Jan., common. C, V, X, Z, 29, 34, 35.
* Stigmodera indistincta Saunders.—25-29 Dec., few. J, Z, 22, 29.
* Stigmodera kerremansi Blackburn.—13 Nov.-28 Jan., common. B, C, C1, V, X, Z, 22, 23,
27, 29, 33, 34.
x Stigmodera kershawi Carter.—29 Dec.-13 Jan., rare. V, W, Y, 29, 34.
x Stigmodera kirbyi (Guerin).—6 Oct.-18 Nov., common. C, L, Q, R, U, 17, 22, 28, 31, 47.
* Stigmodera klugi Laporte & Gory.—24 Nov.-13 Jan., few. C, C1, X, 22, 29, 35.
* Stigmodera luteipennis Gory.—2-17 Dec., rare. C1, E, 22, 29.
x Stigmodera nasuta Saunders.—22-30 Dec., rare. О, W, 29, 34.
* Stigmodera neglecta Carter.—30 Dec., rare. Y, 29.
poe octomaculata Saunders.—21 Nov.-30 Dec., common. C, C1, V, W, X, Z, 22, 29,
33, 34.
88 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(6), April, 1983
* Stigmodera octospilota Laporte & Gory.—27 Oct.-11 Jan., common. C, CI, H, I, J, L, N,
Q, U, W, X, Z, 22, 28, 29, 30, 34, 35.
* Stigmodera parallela White.—15 Sep.-25 Nov., common. C, C1, I, K, L, M, N, 22, 28, 29,
31, 34, 35, 39, 45.
* Stigmodera pertyi Laporte & Gory.—4 Nov., rare. C1, 34.
* Stigmodera piliventris Saunders.—24 Nov.-26 Dec., few. C, X, 22, 29.
* Stigmodera praetermissa Carter.—30 Dec.-4 Jan., few. X, 29, 33.
x Stigmodera pulchripes Blackburn.—30 Dec., rare. Y,.29.
* Stigmodera quadrifoveolata Obenberger.—27 Oct.-29 Dec., few. C, Cl, X, Z, 22, 29,135.
x Stigmodera rectifasciata Saunders.—17 Nov.-11 Jan., common. L, X, Y, 29, 33.
x Stigmodera rotundata Saunders.—13 Nov.-4 Dec., common. C, 22, 29.
* Stigmodera rufipennis (Kirby).—27 Oct.-30 Dec., common. C, C1, J, V, Y, Z, 22, 26, 29,
34,35.
* Stigmodera scalaris (Boisduval).—27 Oct.-29 Jan., common. А, C, Cl, К, L, M, P, U, V,
X, Z, 3, 22, 28, 29, 34, 35.
* Stigmodera semicincta Laporte & Gory.—14 Jan., rare. U, 34.
ж Stigmodera sexguttata Macleay.—13 Nov.-16 Dec., common. C, J, 22, 23, 29, 34.
* Stigmodera sexplagiata Gory.—6 Oct.-13 Jan., common. B, C, CI, I; L, M, N,O, V, ү, X,
7243300 8D ТОВ ОВОЗТ 8595717
* Stigmodera skusei Blackburn.—6 Dec.-28 Jan., few. B, C, О, V, X, 2, 24, 28, 29, 30, 33,
34; 49.
* Stigmodera spilota Laporte & Согу. 6 Dec.-22 Jan., few. C, C1, О, 22, 29.
* Stigmodera spinolae Gory.—27 Nov.-29 Dec., rare. E, Z, 29.
* Stigmodera subgrata Blackburn.—4 Dec., rare. Y, 29.
* Stigmodera subpura Blackburn.—27 Oct.-16 Dec., common. C1, E, 22, 28, 29, 35.
* Stigmodera terminalis Kerremans.—31 Dec.-22 Jan., rare. I, О, 22, 29.
x Stigmodera thomsoni Saunders.—30 Dec.-13 Jan., few. W, X, 29, 34.
x Stigmodera tricolor (Kirby).—17 Nov.-23 Feb., common. I, L, M,N, 3, 22, 27, 28, 29, 35.
* Stigmodera undulata (Donovan).—13 Nov.-31 Dec., common. A, B, C, Z, 22, 29, 34.
* Stigmodera variopicta Thomson.—30 Dec.-13 Jan., few. U, X, 29, 33, 34.
x Stigmodera vicina Saunders.—27 Oct.-21 Jan., few. C, C1, X, 22, 28, 34.
* Stigmodera victoriensis Blackburn.—30 Dec., rare. Z, 29.
* Stigmodera sp. No. 1.—8 Dec., rare. X, 34. Similar in colour to S. sexplagiata but with ely-
tra strongly accuminate and possibly an aberation of that species.
* Stigmodera sp. No. 2.—30 Dec., rare. Y, 29. Similar toS. sexplagiata but is readily distingu-
ished by its highly polished bronze pronotum and bronze ventral surface.
x Stigmodera sp. No. 3.—30 Dec., rare. X, 33. Close to S. kershawi and a possible aberation
of that species.
Subfamily Chalcophorinae
Cyria imperialis (Fabricius).—11 Dec.-21 Jan., few. C, U, X, 2, 34.
Iridotaenia albivittis Hope.—30 Dec.-12 Jan., rare. X, 27.
TABLE 3
Summary of data derived from The Australian Museum and Henry Schrader Collections.
[Species not encountered by the present authors or appearing in Hawkeswood (1978) or
Nikitin (1979)] .
Subfamily Buprestinae
Alcinous nodosus Kerremans.—National Park, 27 Jan. 1934; Otford, 31 Dec. 1962.
Ethon latipennis (Macleay).—Sydney.
Cisseis rubicunda Kerremans.—Blue Mountains.
Cisseis viridiceps Kerremans.—Northbridge, Nth. Sydney, Dec. 1914; Enfield, 27 Nov. 1910;
Abbotsfield.
Aust. ent. Mag. 9(6), April, 1983 89
Paracephala thoracica Kerremans.—Pt. Hacking, 3 Jan. 1926.
Prosopheres aurantiopictus Laporte & Gory.—Sydney, 17 Mar. 1941; Mt. Irvine, 14 Mar.
1941.
X yroscelis crocata Laporte & Gory.—Woy Woy.
Astraeus jansoni Van de Poll.—Blue Mountains (noted in Carter 1933 but probably confus-
ed with A. dilutipes).
Nascioides carissima Waterhouse.—Cooks River, 11 Oct. 1913, Oct. 1913 and Oct. 1914 .on
Acacia longifolia.
Nascioides costata Carter.—Mt. Wilson, 10 Jan. 1963.
Nascio xanthura Laporte & Gory.—Asquith.
Melobasis semisuturalis miranda Kerremans.—Sydney, Sep. 1931.
Melobasis splendida splendida (Donovan).—Sydney.
Anilara deplanta Thery.—Sydney.
Anilara pagana Obenberger.—Kurrajong, 25 Jan. 1913 on leaves of dying Eucalyptus;Sydney.
Notographus sp. Thomson.—Sydney; Blue Mountains.
Stigmodera goryi Laporte & Gory.— Lakemba, Feb. 1923; Enfield, 18 Jan. 1910; Glebe,
10 Oct. 1931; Cnatsworth.
Stigmodera praeterita Carter.—Wahroonga; Ku-ring-ai, 1923; Mona Vale, 2 Dec. 1923.
Stigmodera sexmaculata Saunders.—Upper Colo River, 10 Dec. 1936.
Stigmodera vitticollis Macleay.—Kingswood, Mar. 1964.
Stigmodera abdominalis Saunders.— Como.
Stigmodera coeruleipes Saunders.—Wahroonga; Blue Mountains.
Stigmodera cupida Kerremans.—Parramatta.
Stigmodera cydista Rainbow.—Sydney, 5 Oct. 1919; Pt. Hacking.
Stigmodera delta Thomson.—Waterfall.
Stigmodera erythromelas (Boisduval).—Parramatta.
Stigmodera inconspicua Saunders.—Dobroyd Pt, 14 Dec. 1923; Waterloo Swamps, Sydney,
1889.
Stigmodera insignis Blackburn.—La Perouse.
Stigmodera luteocincta Saunders.—Parramatta.
Stigmodera maculifer Kerremans.—Ryde, Dec. 1929.
Stigmodera maculipennis Saunders.—Comara, 1 Nov. 1924.
Stigmodera producta Saunders. —Dobroyd Pt. 14 Dec. 1923. Sydney, 1 Dec. 1928; Chelten-
ham, 7 Dec. 1975 on Angophora hispida.
Stigmodera punctatissima Saunders.—Sydney, Oct. 1913; Enfield, 14 Nov, 1903.
Stigmodera rubriventris Blackburn.—Penrith. Sydney.
Stigmodera septemguttata Waterhouse.—Sydney, Dec. 1911.
Stigmodera simulata Laporte & Gory.—Maroubra; Ropes Creek.
Subfamily Chalcophorinae
Diadoxus erythrurus White.—Wentworth Falls, Dec. 1940; George Street, Sydney, 30 Oct.
1940.
Discussion
A minimum of 180 species of Buprestidae are therefore known from the
central and western areas of the Sydney Basin and of these, 143 species (or
80%) are here listed as recent records dated over the last decade.
The considerable alienation of the Cumberland Plain since settlement
would be expected to have had a marked quantitative effect on species numbers
but any attempt to elucidate any qualitative change fails in the absence of early
recorded data. Carter (1933) recounts the destruction of collecting habitats in
the inner Sydney area once frequented by him but gives little indication of the
90 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(6), April, 1983
species reduction. He mentions (Carter 1933: 21) that more than 100 species
are to be found within the Sydney postal district (which would have excluded
the adjoining Blue Mountains). This number, allowing for synonyms, is not too
removed from our own total.
Regardless of their status prior to settlement, a number of species are
presently considered rare within the Sydney Basin. The more noteworthy
are Stigmodera armata, S. neglecta, S. cydista, S. affinis and S. goryi. Some
evidently are quite local (e.g. S. balteata) and a number rarely encountered may,
in some seasons, be more commonly found (e.g. S. limbata, S. grandis). At least
one species may be locally extinct; Nascioides carissima was recorded from the.
Cook's River on Acacia longifolia but despite an intensive search has not been
found in recent years. Some possibly important refuge areas for buprestids
within the near Sydney area, not visited are Lane Cove River Park, Sydney
Harbour National Park and several council reserves.
Forty five adult food plant species are recorded by us (Table 1). In
addition Hawkeswood (1978) lists a further thirteen species; Casuarina torulosa
Ait., C. nana Sieb. ex Spreng., Themeda australis (R.Br.) Stapf., Acacia linifolia
(Vent) Willd., Leptospermum phylicoides (A.Cunn. ex Schau.) Cheel, Angophora
floribunda (Sm.) Sweet, A. bakeri C. Hall, Eucalyptus piperita Sm., Bursaria
spinosa (Cav.) Druce, Cassinia compacta F. Muell., C. incata A. Cunn. ex DC.,
Banksia spinulosa Sm., and Dodonaea triquetra Wendl. Nikitin (1979) lists
Banksia serrata L.f. and Melaleuca styphelloides Sm. and Froggatt (1892),
Pultenaea stipularis Sm.
The Gymnosperms are poorly represented; the most interesting association
with these being Carter's record of Xyroscelis crocata from Macrozamia sp.
(Carter 1933). This buprestid is apparently rare as Mr C. E. Chadwick (pers.
comm.), in a lengthy study of insect/Macrozamia associations has not yet
encountered this beetle. Carter (1933) also refers to Diadoxus erythrurus occurr-
ing on introduced pines but we did not take this species. It is apparently a species
found inland on native Callitris pines.
Our observations have shown that very few adult buprestids are specific at
the plant species level. At the family level Ethon appears restricted primarily
to the Fabaceae as well as some species of Melobasis and Cisseis. With the onset
of summer, however, Cisseis occur readily on a number of plant families,
particularly the Myrtaceae (Leptospermums) and the Mimosaceae (Acacias).
Melobasis may readily be found on Acacia but, with our experience, more often
outside of the study area.
The Myrtaceae unquestionably dominate the food plants recorded, both
in actual plant species numbers and the biomass of buprestids encountered upon
them. Stigmodera occur periodically in very high numbers and may play a signif-
icant pollinator role within this plant family as we have seen large amounts of
pollen adhering to many of the beetles examined. Fossil evidence suggests that
beetles have played an important role in the pollination of plants (Matthews
1976) and our study indicates that this role is continued within the Myrtaceae
Aust. ent, Mag. 9(6), April, 1983 91
by Stigmodera. The Stigmodera would appear, from their preference for species
of the Myrtaceae, to be oligolectic at the family level. A similar situation is
apparent in Australian bees where they are generalistic feeders within the
Myrtaceae but where the occurrence of a narrower oligolectry has not been
verified (Michener 1970).
One aspect of plant morphology in particular would appear to further
support the pollinator role of flower-frequenting Stigmodera. Most Myrtaceae
have dish-like, shallow flowers. The flower-frequenting buprestids are not
structurally equipped to efficiently exploit flower species with tubular blossoms
(Matthews 1976) and this would probably explain the relative paucity or absence
of Stigmodera on many plant species with this type of floral morphology.
Armstrong (1979) lists a minimum of 28 Coleoptera and 44 Diptera families as
containing anthophilous species and notes that the Australian bee fauna is
exclusively flower-frequenting. Although a diverse invertebrate pollinator array
frequently can be observed in Myrtaceae communities of the Sydney region, their
aggregate biomass often is exceeded by that of Stigmodera alone. Ants, which
at times can be numerous on blossoms, are viewed by us as “nectar-thieves” (as
defined in Heinrich and Raven 1972) for our observations would suggest that the
ants tend to restrict their visits to individual flowers and therefore may reduce
the outcrossing success of that plant (though their visits to single flowers may
actually facilitate pollination in “self-compatible” plants). Where buprestids and
bees would alight on a plant and actively clamber from flower to flower and
eventually fly to adjoining plants ants were observed to feed primarily from a
single flower and then return with this energy reward to their nest.
A further energy enticement may be operative within some of the genera
of Myrtaceae encountered. The relatively large, dish-like, flowers of Leptosperm-
um, Angophora and Eucalyptus species may act as small solar reflectors creating
a microhabitat sympathetic to a minimum energy expenditure by the buprestid
pollinator while it is feeding. Such a situation occurs in the northern hemisphere
where flowers of the family Rosaceae are an energy source to pollinators and
provide a microclimate that should reduce the energy expenditure for endogenous
heat production in the pollinators (Heinrich and Raven 1972). Pollinators may
seek to optimize such a regime by basking and though many Stigmodera exhibited,
at times, little movement (which could be interpreted as basking) this motionless
state, alternatively, may have been a reaction by the beetle to our presence. Thus,
while feeding or moving across blossoms, and coupled to the high nectar
production rate of these three plant genera, a high energy incentive may be
offered to the beetles. The high numbers of beetle pollinators that seasonally
can be observed could at least be explained in direct response to the caloric
reward from the standing food crop and the staggered emergence times of
Stigmodera species (Table 2 and our unpublished data) could, in part, be viewed
as a means of lessening the competition for that energy resource.
A noticeable successional flowering by representatives of four plant genera,
Kunzea ambigua, Leptospermum flavescens, Angophora hispida and several
92 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(6), April, 1983
Eucalyptus species, was observed at the Heathcote Road and Royal National
Park study sites (Kunzea ambigua flowering by late October, Leptospermum
flavescens by mid November, Angophora hispida by late November and Eucalypt-
us species by mid December). There is, however, a variable degree of overlap,
at times quite lengthy. Buprestidae noticeably progress from species to species
as the season advances. This staggering of flowering is probably explained as a
strategy by which the various species compete for the pollinator array available
at any one time. Pollination success, within this Myrtaceae assemblage, would Бе:
increased and the need for pollinator competition by the plants reduced if the
different species in the potential energy crop staggered their flowering times
(Heinrich and Raven 1972, Matthews 1976). Failure by a member of such a
flowering sequence to produce adequate blossoms could result in pollinator
mortality and loss of fecundity. The resulting reduction in pollinator numbers
would have a consequential effect on the reproductive potential of those plants
flowering later in the sequence (Waser and Real 1979).
Large numbers of flower-frequenting buprestids occurring on one or a
small number of plants of the same species, but not on surrounding individuals
of that same plant species, may be due to intra-specific staggering of flowering
by individual plants. This is often most evident in stands of Angophora hispida
where individual plants progressively appear “well-trodden”. The resulting clines
in energy reward are evidently acted upon by beetles in the pollinator array. A
pheromone response initiated by female buprestids and acted upon by their
conspecific males may be partly responsible for these beetle clusterings but a
random count of all species present at Heathcote Road and Mt. York revealed
that females were never outnumbered by males.
Angophora hispida and Leptospermum flavescens respond to periodic
habitat disturbance (such as the rough grading of roadside nature strips) and
readily re-establish to form almost monospecific stands. These are maintained
for some years, but gradually break up under increasing pressure from incoming
colonizers slowly establishing themselves. These monospecific or species poor
stands are seasonally frequented by large buprestid assemblages both high in
numbers of individuals and species. The energy resources concentrated by plants
in such stands may allow clustering of buprestids of low population numbers.
Where plants occur as widely scattered individuals encounter frequency in such
buprestid species would be low.
From the results of random foliage sweeps some habitat displacement was
evident between three of the genera associated with Casuarina spp.((viz: Germarica,
Astraeus and Paracephala). Astraeus seemed to prefer tall woodland to sclerophyll
forest; Paracephala was consistantly found in low open woodland and only on
one Occasion was a specimen taken in conjunction with Astraeus. Species of
Astraeus were found to coexist as were species of Paracephala. Germarica was
displaced to varying degrees by Paracephala at some sites but could be taken
commonly in association with Astraeus. Germarica attained greatest abundance
|
|
|
T
Aust, ent. Mag. 9(6), April, 1983 93
in sclerophyll forest dominated by Casuarina or where Casuarina occurred as
pure stands. Only at Lapstone were four Casuarina-associated genera taken
together; Astraeus (2 spp.), Anilara (1 sp.), Germarica (1 sp.) and Paracephala
(1 specimen only). Studies of niche partitioning would be interesting.
With the encircling national parks, water catchment areas and Common-
wealth military reserves forming an almost continuous belt about Sydney's
perimeter, the region's Buprestidae would presently appear reasonably protected.
However, reserves are small in the western half of the Cumberland plain and
the survival of many species in that area is not ensured. Fires which consistently
ravage these reserves pose a perceptable threat. It is worth noting that since
1977 many of the sites most rich in buprestid species have been severely burnt.
Australian sclerophyll communities are generally believed to have evolved in
association with, and as a consequence of, fire but there is no evidence to
suggest that these fires were anything more than infrequently occurring events.
Acknowledgements
The authors express their gratitude to several individuals for their generous assistance.
Mr Allen Sundholm kindly allowed us access to records of Stigmodera within his private
collection. Dr C. N. Smithers of the Australian Museum permitted the usage of museum
label data and Dr S. Barker, Zoology Department, University of Adelaide and Mr T. Weir,
C.S.LR.O., Division of Entomology, Canberra, assisted with the identification of buprestid
species The New South Wales National Parks and Wildlife Service for permission to undertake
work in Service areas and officers and staff of the National Herbarium, Sydney, who
unstintingly provided identifications on the food plants. In addition, we owe a special debt
to the referees and others who offered advice and criticisms on the manuscript.
References
Armstrong, J. A., 1979. Biotic pollination mechanisms in the Australian flora—a review.
N.Z. J. Bot. 17: 467-508.
Beadle, N. C. W., Evans, O. D. and Carolin, К. C., 1972. Flora of the Sydney region. А.Н.
and A. W. Reed, Sydney. 724 pp.
Branagau, D., Herbert, C. and Langford-Smith, T., 1979. An outline of the geology and
geomorphology of the Sydney Basin. Science Press, Marrickville, 60 pp.
Carter, H. J., 1933. Gulliver in the bush. Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 234 pp.
Froggatt, W. W., 1892. Gall-making buprestids. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 7: 323-326.
Gold, H. and Prineas, P., 1978. Colo wilderness. Kalianna Press, Sydney. 112 pp.
Hawkeswood, T. J., 1978. Observations on some Buprestidae (Coleoptera) from the Blue
Mountains, New South Wales. Aust. Zool. 19(3): 257-2775.
Heinrich, B. and. Raven, P. H., 1972. Energetics and pollination ecology. Science, N. Y.
176: 597-602.
Matthews, E. G., 1976. Insect ecology. University of Qld Press, St. Lucia. 226 pp.
Michener, C. D., 1970. Apoidea. Chapter 37, in:The insects of Australia. Melb. Uni. Press,
Carlton, Victoria. 1029 pp.
Nikitin, M. L, 1979. Buprestidae collected in the County of Cumberland 1957-1960. Circ.
ent. Sect. R. Zool. Soc. N.S.W. 3: 5-6.
Waser, N. M. and Real, L. A., 1979. Effective mutualism between sequentially flowering
plant species. Nature, Lond. 281: 670-672.
Williams, G. A., 1977. A list of the Buprestidae (Coleoptera) collected from Leptospermum
flavescens Sm. at East Minto, New South Wales. Aust. ent. Mag. 3: 81-82.
94 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(6), April, 1983
NEW DISTRIBUTION RECORDS FOR SOME
QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLIES
By K. L. Dunn
16 Grace Ave, Dandenong, Victoria, 3175
Abstract
Ocybadistes flavovittatus flavovittatus (Latreille), Suniana sunias nola (Water-
house), and Prosotas felderi (Murray) are recorded from the Maryborough district,
Queensland. This locality forms an important extension to the known distribution of
each species.
Introduction
The butterfly species listed below were taken in the Maryborough
district, south-eastern Queensland, during November and December 1981.
These records form important extensions to the known distribution of the
species concerned. All specimens are in the author's collection.
Hesperiidae
Ocybadistes flavovittatus flavovittatus (Latreille)
This southern subspecies has been recorded as far north as the Nambour
district, south-eastern Queensland, while the northern subspecies, O. £ ceres
Waterhouse is known to occur as far south as Yeppoon (Common and
Waterhouse, 1981). On several occasions O. f. flavovittatus adults were taken
flying in grassy areas in Maryborough township. Near Aramara, about 40 km
west of Maryborough, males were found flying abundantly with Taractrocera
ina (Waterhouse), amongst grass in a scrubby habitat. A single male and a
comparatively worn female were also taken near the foreshore at Urangan
on 7 December 1981. Urangan is now the northern known locality for the
nominal subspecies, extending its known range by approximately 150 km.
Suniana sunias nola (Waterhouse)
At Rainbow Beach, near Gympie, a freshly emerged male was taken as
it rested on a native grass growing in coastal rain forest. Noosa was previously
recorded as the most northern locality for this subspecies (Common and
Waterhouse, 1981).
Lycaenidae
Prosotas felderi (Murray)
A single male was taken flying in rain forest along the Mary River at
Maryborough. Gympie was the former most northern known locality (Common
and Waterhouse, 1981).
Acknowledgements
I wish. to thank Dr I. F. В. Common for allowing me access to the
Australian National Insect Collection and Mr A. F. Atkins for assistance in
identification of Hesperiidae.
Reference
Common, I. F. В. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Second edition
Angus and Robertson, Melbourne. 682 pp.
Aust. ent. Mag. 9(6), April, 1983 95
THE OCCURRENCE OF OGYR/S (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)
IN EMPTY SATURNIID COCOONS
By Chris E. Hagan
Department of Entomology, University of Queensland, St. Lucia, Qld 4067:
Abstract
Ogyris ianthis Waterhouse and O. olane ocela Waterhouse were recovered from
empty cocoons of the moth Antheraea loranthi Lucas (fam. Saturniidae) near Leyburn,
south-eastern Queensland. Two other species of Ogyris, O. barnardi Miskin and O. amaryllis
Hewitson have previously been recorded sheltering in empty saturniid cocoons.
Ogyris ianthis Waterhouse is one of the several Ogyris species inhabiting the dry
sclerophyll forest areas around Ley burn, south-eastern Queensland. In spring 1979, Stephen
Johnson pointed out a Eucalyptus from which he had recovered O. ianthis pupae from
beneath bands placed on the trunk of the tree. The eucalypt was heavily infested with
mistletoe and the ant which attends О. ianthis larvae, Froggattella kirbyi (Lowne), was
present in large numbers.
The tree was revisited in late January, 1980. While searching high in the tree,
approximately six metres from the ground, many F. kirbyi were noticed around a ‘clump’
of empty satumiid cocoons. The cocoons were situated at the base of the mistletoe
Amyema miquelii (Lehm. ex Miq.) Tiegh and the ants were entering the emergence holes
left by the adult moths.
The cocoons were formed by larvae of Antheraea loran thi Lucas (fam. Saturniidae)
which feed on mistletoe and become gregarious when spinning their cocoons. The clump
of cocoons was removed from the base of the mistletoe and taken to Brisbane. Partial
examination revealed the presence of a fourth instar О. fanthis larva (Fig. 1), so the
cocoons were placed in a plastic bag with mistletoe obtained from the host tree.
Fig. 1. Fourth instar larva of Ogyris ianthis found shletering in empty saturniid cocoons
at Leyburn, January, 1980.
96 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(6), April, 1983
From January 28th to February 12th, four males and five females of O. ianthis
emerged from the cocoons as well as a female of O, olane ocela Waterhouse. Although
there were approximately 14 empty saturniid cocoons in the clump, inspection revealed
that most of the Ogyris pupae were located in only four. These few cocoons had their
openings near the point of attachment to the mistletoe base and this position would have
allowed easy access to the food plant. Inspection also revealed the presence of three
O. ianthis larvae parasitised by braconid wasps.
Two other Ogyris species are known to shelter in empty saturniid cocoons. Le
Souef (1977) found the larvae and pupae of O. barnardi barnardi Miskin, O. amaryllis
amaryllis Hewitson and O. a. meridionalis Bethune-Baker sheltering in the cocoons of
Antheraea engaea Turner, another moth that feeds on mistletoe.
Acknowledgements
I wish to thank Mr S. J. Johnson and Dr J. A. Graff for their assistance, and L.
Jessop and Dr H. T. Clifford, Department of Botany, University of Queensland, for
identification of the mistletoe.
Reference
Le Souef, J. C., 1977. A ladder is a help for Ogyris. Victorian Ent. 7(6): 74-75.
A FOOD GATHERING STRATEGY OF THE BLACK JUMPER ANT
MYRMECIA PILOSULA (SMITH) (HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE)
By N. H. Morrison
14 Tarraleah Cres., Lyons, A.C.T. 2606
The black jumper ant, Myrmecia pilosula (Smith) is an active aggresive
ant which is abundant in the Australian high country.
In December 1981, at Sawpit Creek in Kosciusko National Park, a
worker of this species was observed sitting motionless on the petals of a
Brachycome daisy. This was so unusual that it was decided to try to
Photograph it. While still observing the ant through the viewfinder a small
flowerfly landed on the yellow centre of the flower. The ant instantly jumped
at the fly and simultaneously arched its body to sting it. The ant proceeded
to carry the fly over the side of the flower, pausing once to sting the still
feebly struggling fly before moving under the petals to the stem.
There was little doubt that the ant had been lying in wait for prey and,
having been alerted to this behaviour, a watch was kept on other plants
during the rest of the walk. Many ants were seen but only one other was
observed waiting on a flower. Thus, it appears that an ambush technique is a
food gathering strategy which is occasionally used by this species.
Acknowledgement
I would like to acknowledge the assistance of Dr R. W. Taylor,
C.S.LR.O., Division of Entomology, Canberra, who confirmed the identific-
ation of the species.
Aust ent. Mag. 9(6), April, 1983 97
NEW FOOD PLANTS, LIFE HISTORY NOTES, AND DISTRIBUTION
RECORDS FOR SOME AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA
By Murdoch De Baar
25 Irwin Terrace, Oxley, Queensland, 4075
This paper records food plants, life history notes and distribution
records on butterflies and moths, in addition to those given by Common
(1963), Common (1970) and Common and Waterhouse (1981).
PYRALIDAE: PYRAUSTINAE
Pyrausta incoloralis (Guente)
Asclepias fruticosa L., Secamone elliptica R. Br., Ischnostemma (Cynanchum) carnosum
(R. Br.) Merr. & Rolfe (Asclepiadaceae). Larvae were reared during February, March and
April 1981 in the Brisbane area, Queensland.
HESPERIIDAE
Ocybadistes walkeri sothis Waterhouse
Panicum maximum Jacq. (Poaceae). A larva fed on this grass during July 1981 at
Brisbane, Queensland.
Arrhenes dschilus iris (Waterhouse)
An adult was collected on 8 October 1981, 10 km south of Sarina, Queensland. This
species has not previously been recorded south of Mackay, Queensland (Common and
Waterhouse, 1981).
Pelopidas agna dingo Evans
Ischaemum australe R. Br. (Poaceae). Eggs and larvae were collected on 7. australe during
April 1981 near Toorbul, Queensland. Larvae accepted Panicum maximum Jacq. (Poa-
ceae) and were reared to maturity.
PAPILIONIDAE
Protographium leosthenes leosthenes (Doubleday)
Two larvae collected from Canungra, Queensland, pupated during mid January 1980.
One adult emerged on 24 March 1981, after 14 months as a pupa. The second pupa
discoloured between 13-20 October 1981 and died after 21 months as a pupa.
PIERIDAE
Eurema laeta lineata (Miskin)
Several adults were collected on 8 October 1981, 25 km south of Carmila, and on
10 October 1981, 50 km south of St Lawrence, central Queensland. This species has not
previously been recorded south of the Paluma Range, Queensland.
NYMPHALIDAE
Melanitis leda bankia (Е.)
Panicum maximum Jacq. (Poaceae). Larvae fed on this grass during March and April
1981 at Brisbane, Queensland.
Pantoporia consimilis consimilis (Boisduval)
Several adults were collected on 8-10 October 1981, 50 km south of Sarina, Queensland.
This extends the known distribution of this species southwards from Mackay, Qld.
98 Aust. ent. Mag. 9(6), April, 1983
LYCAENIDAE
Hypochrysops digglesii (Hewitson)
Downey (1966) noted that pupae of many lycaenids are capable of sound production
but states the presence of ants is required. I nave observed pupae of this species clearly
moving abdominal plates 5 and 6 against each other, both in the presence and absence
of ants. Pupae were particularly noisy at night, and capable of producing a vibration
througn the container in which they were held.
Philiris innotata (Miskin)
Adults were collected on 9 October 1981 at Sarina, and 10 October 1981, 50 km south
of Sarina, Queensland, where its food plant, Ficus opposita (Moraceae), occurs. Further
south Ficus opposita is also present on many creeks but P. innotata could not be found.
Subspecies innotata and evinculis are currently considered geographically separated by
the distance between Mackay and Rockhampton.
Ogyris olane ocela Waterhouse
A larva of this species was collected during January 1981 at Leyburn, Queensland. The
larva was bred at Brisbane, Queensland, where workers of a local colony of Plagiolepis
alluaudi Emery, the minute ant, found and attended the larva.
Deudorix epijarbas diovis Hewitson
Cupaniopsis anacardioides Radlk. (Sapindaceae). Larvae were feeding in the fruit during
January 1981 at Brisbane, Queensland. Other larval food plants include Buckinghamia
celsissima (De Baar, 1979), from which adults were bred during June and July 1979.
Rapala varuna simsoni (Miskin)
Buckinghamia celsissima F. Muell. (Proteaceae). An adult was noted ovipositing on the
flowers of this tree during December 1980 at Rrisbane, Queensland. The flowers persisted
until March 1981.
SPHINGIDAE
Hippotion celerio (L.)
Plumeria acutifolia Poir “frangipani”” (Apocynaceae). A larva fed extensively on this
plant before pupating. The moth emerged on 28 November 1980 at Brisbane, Qld.
Acknowledgements
I wish to thank Dr H. T. Clifford, Botany Department, University of Queensland,
Dr G. Guymer and Mr B. Simon, Queensland Herbarium, for identifying plants. I also
wish to thank J. A. Hockey and D. J. Toomey for typing the manuscript.
References
Common, I. F. B., 1963. Australian moths. Jacaranda Press, Brisbane. 128 pp.
Common, I. F. B., 1970. Lepidoptera. (Moths and butterflies). Chapter 36 in The insects
of Australia. Melbourne University Press, Melbourne. Pp. 765-866.
Common, І. Е. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Revised edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 682 pp.
De Baar, M., 1979. Some butterflies and other insects on Buckinghamia celsissima V.
Muell. in Brisbane. News Bull. ent. Soc. Qd 7(3): 36-38.
Downey, J. C., 1966. Sound production in pupae of Lycaenidae. J. Lepid. Soc. 20(3):
129-155.
Aust. ent. Mag. 9(6), April, 1983 99
JOHN CECIL Le SOUEF, 5 November 1905 — 21 June 1982
One of the great amateur entomologists in Victoria, ‘Zoo’ Le Souef, passed away
on 21 June 1982 after a period of severe illness. His life-long nickname, acquired through
his strong family connection with the Melbourne Zoological Gardens (both his father
and grandfather were Directors, and he was actually born on the premises) was singularly
apt, and he pursued an interest in natural history, especially insects, throughout his life.
Zoo travelled widely in Australia, usually in pursuit of butterflies, and many biologists
and friends benefitted from his willingness to pick up any sort of beast en route if he
knew of anyone working on the group, and from his unstinting sharing of his captures.
His scorpions, for instance, went to the Western Australian Museum, and some have been
incorporated into revisions by L. E. Koch. As a result of these trips, and from his active
entomological correspondence, Zoo became known (at least by reputation) to most
entomologists in Australia and to a wide circle of overseas enthusiasts. In later years his
main entomological activity was a study of the lycaenid genus Ogyris, of which he had
reared many specimens from remote parts of Queensland and New South Wales.
Zoo had long been a major driving force in the Entomological Society of Victoria.
He joined the Society in 1941, and the minute book shows that he exhibited and read
several notes on Lepidoptera during that year. He was elected Secretary in 1942 but the
Society was disbanded late that year because of the war. When the Society was reformed.
in 1961, it was as a result of a letter sent by Zoo to a circle of entomological friends. His
infectious enthusiasm guided the Society through several very lean periods, and many
members over the ensuing 20 years will remember his encouragement with both gratitude
and affection. Zoo’s legacy is a thriving group of entomologists in Victoria, and his own
work on Lepidoptera is remembered not only by his publications, together with numerous
notes in Wings and Stings and the Victorian Entomologist (which he edited for several
years andsometimes wrote almost singlehanded) but also in the acknowledgements paid
him in most books on Australian Lepidoptera published in recent years. He is commem-
orated by the skipper Hesperilla crypsargyra lesouefi Tindale.
Entomology, though, comprised only part of his activity. Amongst Zoo’s many
community interests, he played a leading role in Rotary and had recently been awarded
their prestigious Paul Harris Fellowship. He was also an Honorary Justice of the Peace.
Educated at Melbourne Grammar School, Zoo became familiar with the ‘outback’ by
jackerooing as a young man, He and Mary (whom he married in 1941, and who has
shared his entomological pursuits during their long partnership) owned a cordial factory
at Kyabram until they settled in Blairgowrie in 1953, to run the village store. They later
founded the well-known Rosebud Aquarium, at present operated by their son, Nick.
Zoo had a strong feeling for people and for entomological tradition, and was a
fund of information on both entomologists and insects. Towards the end of his life he
sometimes expressed regret that he had not achieved more, such frustration again
reflecting his very active mind. To those of us who knew Zoo, and benefitted so much
from his knowledge and enthusiasm, he had achieved more than enough to render him
one of the most memorable and respected characters associated with our hobby in
Australia.
BOOK REVIEW
Insect pheremone technology: chemistry and applications, (American Chemical Society
Symposium series, 190). B. A. Leonhardt & M. Beroza, edts. 1982. 8vo. 260 pp,
illustr., case bound. Based on the symposium held on Chemistry and Applications
of Insect Pheremone Technology, sponsered by the Division of Pesticide Chemistry
at the 182nd Meeting of the A.C.S., New York, American Chemical Society,
1155 Sixteenth St., N.W. Washington, D.C. 20036, U.S.A. Price US$43.95.
This fourteen-chapter volume explores recent findings of foremost authorities in
insect pheremone research. Fields of interest discussed are broad and include advances in
isolation, identification, synthesis and application of pheremones.
Aust. ent. Mag. 9(6), April, 1983
100
At the risk of appearing biased I list the titles of just four of the papers presented:
Analysis of Chemical Communications Systems of Lepidoptera; Some Aspects of the
Synthesis of Insect Sex Pheremones; Release Rates of Pheremones from Hollow Fibres;
Challenges in the use of Pheremones for Managing Western Forest Lepidoptera.
Those who have followed the pheremone field will known that there have been
tremendous advances in pheremone technology in recent years and this title is an attempt
to update. The papers are of a high standard summarizing results of international
significance. I feel the book is of major consequence for agricultural entomologists,
insect physiologists and others concerned with insect pheremones.
M.S. MOULDS
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by M. S. and B. J. Moulds
BISHOP, A. L., GREENUP, L. R. апа HOLTKAMP, В. Н.
1980. Management of Acyrosiphon kondoi Shinji, blue-green aphid, and Therioaphis
trifolii (Monell) f. maculata, spotted alfalfa aphid, by grazing and cutting
lucerne. Aust, J. exp. Agric. anim. Hush. 20: 710-716, tables 1-3.
BOCK, lan R.
1978. A note on Drosophila albostriata Malloch (Diptera: Drosophilidae). Aust. ent.
Mag. 5(3): 51-53, text-figs 1-3.
BRITTON, E. B.
1980. A revision of the Australian chafers (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae),
Vol. 3. Tribe Liparetrini: genus Liparetrus. Aust. J. Zool, Suppl. Ser. 76:
1-209, text-figs 1-599.
1981. The Australian Hygrobiidae (Coleoptera). J. Aust. ent, Soc. 20(1): 83-86,
text-figs 1-14,
BROADLEY, R.H.
1981. Seasonal oviposition patterns of Chrysodeixis argentifera (Guenee) (Lepidopt-
era: Noctuidae) on flue-cured tobacco in north Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc.
20(1): 21-24, text-figs 1-4.
BUCHANAN, С. A., BENGSTON, М. and EXLEY, E. M.
1980. Population growth of Brevipalpus lewisi McGregor (Acarina: Tenuipalpidae) on
grapevines. Aust. J. agric. Res. 31(5): 957-965, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-2.
FITT, Gary P.
1980. New records of Dacus (Austrodacus) cucumis French from the Northern
Territory, Australia (Diptera: Tephritidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(3): 240.
1981. Pupal survival of two northern Australian tephritid species and its relationship
to soil conditions. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 20(2): 139-144, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-3,
FLETCHER, M. J.
1981. The external morphology of Kallitambinia australis Muir (Homoptera: Tropi-
duchidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 20(2): 157-165, text-figs 1-20.
HAMILTON, J. T., ATTIA, Е. I. and HUGHES, P. B.
1981. Multiple resistance in Myzus persicae (Sulzer) in Australia. Gen. appl. Ent.
13: 65-68, table 1, text-fig. 1.
HORAK, Marianne and SAUTER, Willi
1981. Revision of the genus Metaselena Diakonoff (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). Aust,
J. Zool. 29(2): 233-267, text-figs 1-63.
HUNTER, D. M.
1980. Production of diapause eggs by the Australian plague locust after migration,
J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(3): 210, 1 table.
PETERSON, M. and HAWKESWOOD, T. J.
1980. Notes on the biology and distribution of two species of Diadoxus (Coleoptera:
Buprestidae) in Western Australia. West. Aust. Nat. 14(8): 228-33, text-figs 1-3.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices
need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be
sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.
WANTED. Live larvae of the large wood moth Xyleutes boisduvali, preferably
later instars. Will buy or trade for Tasmanian insects. S. Fearn, 37
Wentworth St., Launceston, Tasmania, 7250.
EXCHANGE or buy. New Zealand Carabidae for Australian Carabidae. John
Nunn, 14 Hicks Close, Whitby, New Zealand.
WANTED. Copy of Butterflies of the Australian Region by B. D'Abrera
(Lansdowne Press). Paul Wright, 103 Gibraltar Drive, Surfers Paradise,
Qld. 4217. phone (075) 38 5725.
EXCHANGE. Butterflies from Angola, W. Africa, for Australian butterflies.
Arnaldo Bucchi, Via Ceretana, 55, 00052 Cerveteri, Roma, Italy.
EXCHANGE. Scarabaeidae, subfamily Dynastinae—will forward list of species
available to anyone interested. Ms Colette Voirin, Rompe-Coval, RN7,
83340 le Luc, France.
WANTED. Copy of Australian moths by 1. F. B. Common (Jacaranda Press)
and The pictorial encyclopedia of insects by У. 1. Stanek (Paul Hamlyn).
S. Underwood, P.O. Box 330, Lane Cove, N.S W. 2066. ph. (02)4282552.
AUSTRALASIAN BUTTERFLY COMPANY
P.O. Box 330, Lane Cove, N.S.W. 2066, Australia
Phone: Sydney (02) 428 2552
SUPPLIES OF BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS AND BEETLES
Please write for our catalogue of species available
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in duplicate.
All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper
considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than six printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Reprints: Authors may purchase reprints at the following rates per page:$10 for
50 copies, $13 for 100 copies and $18 tor 200 copies. There are no free reprints. Papers
exceeding three printed pages in length will only be accepted if a minimum of 50 reprints
are purchased.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they
are to appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Colour plates are offered to authors at the following subsidized prices: first plate $265;
additional plates $185 each. Photographs are best submitted as colour transparencies
although paintings are also suitable. Plates using two or more photographs are more
expensive; thus where a number of set specimens are to be illustrated on a plate such
specimens are best photographed on a single slide.
Address papers to: The Editor,
Australian Entomological Magazine,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.
n
CONTENTS iN
De BAAR, Murdoch New food plants, life history notes, Sad disti TON
ribution records for some Australian butterflies .............. 97
DUNN, K.L. New distribution records for some Queensland butterflies .. 94
HAGAN, Chris E. The occurrence of Ogyris (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) |
тетра сотта сосоо ее 95 |
|
MORRISON, N. Н. A food gathering strategy of the black jumper ant
Myrmecia pilosula (Smith) (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) ........ 96
WILLIAMS, G. A. and WILLIAMS, T. A list of the Buprestidae (Coleop-
tera) of the Sydney Basin, New South Wales, with adult food plant
records and biological notes on food plant associations ........ 81
OBINUAR Yam ohniGecil опе 99 |
BOOK REVIEW — Insect pheremone technology: chemistry and app- |
Псайоп$ RR m erm a р. ene 99
RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian
entomology. Compiled by M. S. and B. J. Moulds ........... 100 |
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES... ATA inside back cover |
BOOKS & EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT AND BOOK CATALOGUES
ARE AVAILABLE FREE ON REQUEST
MAIL ORDERS ARE A SPECIALTY
Australian Entomological Supplies
35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 4614
BRANCH: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43 3972
DATA LABELS — PRINTED TO ORDER
$10.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)
Labels must be ordered in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 labels.
Delivery 4-6 weeks. Payment with order please.
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia
Coleoptera
"Iradewimng Ў World wide Lepidoptera &
82 Balaclava Rd, Cairns, N.Qld, 4870
Phone: (070) 54 3643 Write for Catalogue
ISSN 0311-1881
1 | A guide to the
BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA
by
BARRY P. MOORE
B.Sc., Ph.D., D.Phil.
Fascicle No. +
Sole distributor
"AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,
N.S.W. 2065, Australia
KEYS TO PRINCIPAL FAMILIES
The following keys have been constructed solely for the practical
purpose of identifying the principal families of beetles to be found in the
south-eastern States and the arrangement employed does not necessarily
indicate true relationships (some families appear in several places). Families
with no representative of a length greater than 3 mm, in the region, have
been excluded, as have certain others that for reasons of rarity or obscure
habits are unlikely to attract the notice of the beginner. The keys should
therefore be used with reserve for smaller specimens (which may or may not
belong to the families covered) or for any collected elsewhere in Australia.
Species found in the nests of ants or termites will also call for caution as
these frequently show reduced tarsal segmentation and/or other gross mod-
ifications that will defeat the keys.
To use the keys, take the first couplet and select the alternative that
better fits the specimen, then proceed to the couplet indicated by the right-
hand number; repeat the process until a family name is reached and then
check the specimen against the description and figures given for that family
in this systematic section. In cases of doubt or of unsatisfactory outcome,
try both alternatives at uncertain couplets.
LEE Hront:tarsiiclearly25:segmented 2 2
— Front tarsi actually or apparently with fewer than 5 segments... . . 3
2. Hind tarsi with only 4 segments................. SECTION 3
-Allitarsiiclearlys5;segmented Ж ЕКИ К E SECTION 1
3. АЛП tarsi actually or apparently with 4 segments ...... SECTION 4
— АП tarsi actually or apparently with only 3 segments . . . . SECTION 2
SECTION 1
1. — Aquatic beetles, with hindlegs (and sometimes also middle legs) modified
for/swimming:-$ 9. 4. PE LET ы M к к. ps ade
— Terrestrial (or sometimes, semi-aquatic) beetles, without modifications
Тотур Ж eer ea CPE AIEEE А А ЫЕ? 4
2. Middle and hindlegs forming very short paddles; eyes divided by margins
of head; surface swimmers.................--. GYRINIDAE
— Middle and hindlegs of normal length;eyesentire............. 3
3. Antennae short, clavate; palpi longer than antennae . HYDROPHILIDAE
— Antennae longer, filiform; palpi much shorter........ DYTISCIDAE
4. First ventral segment (sternite) of abdomen completely divided by hind
сохае(Б1098 5) hore Р E RASS 5
— First ventral segment of abdomen not completely divided (Fig. 36). . 6
Beetles of South-eastern Australia — B. P. Moore
Fascicle 4, pp. 53-68, July, 1982. ISBN 0 909451 11 7
54
BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA
Antennae short, thick, moniliform (Fig. 3); mandibles small, covered by
labrum; pronotum deeply grooved; slow-moving beetles associated with
dead Wood rtt un con E T rer RHYSODIDAE
Antennae normally longer, slender, filiform or submoniliform (but
grossly expanded in Paussini, Fig. 37); mandibles usually large and prom-
inent; pronotum seldom deeply grooved; mostly agile predators ......
кн Foe, a СИУ MA a m res. CARABIDAE
Elytral sculpture lattice-like, with well marked meshes.......... 7
Elytra otherwise sculptured or smooth.................... 8
Elytra closely adapted to hindbody and meeting along suture; antennae
ES ASA le eee re ee CUPEDIDAE
Elytra poorly adapted to hindbody, more or less divergent; antennae
ѕеттатегоресопа Lc mem LYCIDAE
Antennae with terminal segments lamellate or serrate inwardly; front
tibiaegdentategex terial ly AN 9
Not with these features combined....................... 12
First (basal) segment of antennae very long, the antennae often genicul-
ate; mandibles usually prominent, especially in males; labrum scarcely
apparentes cro LUCANIDAE
First segment of antennae shorter, the organs never geniculate; mandibles
short, nearly covered by an obvious labrum ................ 10
Antennal laminae closely apposable, forming a distinct club (Fig.
38)er a Cr apu LT PEUT EU M MEM NND MM 11
Antennae folding like a fern frond, not obviously clubbed (Fig.
Mio ATAR A HAEDO: PASSALIDAE
Head deflexed; sculpture irregular and strongly rugose; pygidium always
coyeredibydelytrallapico ИО ШЕЛ ЛЛ ШАА TROGIDAE
Head not deflexed; sculpture seldom strongly rugose; pygidium usually
exposed (except іп Geotrupinae)............. SCARABAEIDAE
Elytra very short, leaving at least three abdominal segments ex-
posed Tem et rey e ИО tire, TEDL 13
Elytra longer, covering all or most of abdomen.............. 15
Underwings exposed at all times; very slender beetles. LYMEXYLIDAE
Underwings covered by elytra, except in flight............... 14
Abdomen strongly armoured .............. STAPHYLINIDAE
Abdomenjsoft Mit э to Sy эмы К Tees MELYRIDAE
Apex (pygidium) of abdomen exposed ................... 16
Apex of abdomen covered by elytra..................... 19
Antennae geniculate and roundly clavate .......... HISTERIDAE
Antennaejnotipeniculate m as 17
Figs 35-41.
KEYS TO PRINCIPAL FAMILIES 55
Key characters. (35) abdominal sternite 1 completely divided by hind
coxae (с) (Carabidae, Rhytisternus); (36) abdominal sternite 1 not divided
(Cupedidae, Cupes); (37) expanded antenna of Carabidae Paussini (Arthr-
opterus); (38) clavate-lamellate antenna of Scarabaeidae (Onthophagus);
(39) lamellate antenna of Passalidae (Pharochilus); (40) open procoxal
cavities of Cucujidae (U/eiota); (41) closed procoxal cavities of Prostomidae
(Prostomis).
S6
BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA
Antennae short, weakly serrate; slender beetles. . . . LYMEXYLIDAE
Antennae longer, with an elongate club................... 18
Small (1.5-5.0 mm), shining, fusiform beetles ..... SCAPHIDIIDAE
Large (25-45 mm), dull, flattened beetles........... SILPHIDAE
Antennae expanded towards apex, more or less clavate.......... 20
Antennae not evidently clavate 25
Maxillary palpi not or little shorter than the antennae ............
PATRI ee A ТРЕ HYDROPHILIDAE
Maxillary palpi much shorter than the antennae.............. 21
Head deflexed, covered by the prothorax....... BOSTRYCHIDAE
Head not deflexed, visible from above.................... 2
Antennal club well marked, abrupt............ DERMESTIDAE
Antennal club less well аейпеа sS 23
Large (22-26 mm), broad, flat beetles ............. SILPHIDAE
Convex and rotund or elongate beetles ................... 24
Small (2-6 mm), convex, rotund beetles with retractile legs and
antennae da, HEN. oes dem. “ену рү: nome e d BYRRHIDAE
Elongate beetles; legs not retractile ............... CLERIDAE
Prothorax with a long, tapered, rearward projection beneath, forming
рано clickmecia o ELATERIDAE
Prothorax without such a mechanisM .................... 26
Prothorax broadly and closely adapted to base of elytra. ........ 27
Prothorax loosely adapted to hindbody ................... 28
Antennae short, serrate; body torpedo-shaped, heavily armoured and
oftentwithimetalliciinis Т ЕГЕТЕ BUPRESTIDAE
Antennae long, filiform; body ovoid, less heavily armoured, never
metallic AO A AT EE LEE PASS SCIRTIDAE
Antennae filiform or weakly serrate ..................... 29
Antennae flabellate in males, serrate in females. .... RHIPICERIDAE
Integüumentssoftkelytraipliable аат 30
їпїерипепКе]удтарилаш ЕРТЕУ ААИНИН КИШИН 33
Light-producing organs present as pale patches beneath hindbody. ...
A OS A A RET LAMPYRIDAE
Мо ио Отгапзургезеп ШИ ИИИ КЕ ИИ ИНЕ АНАЛИ ИШАН 31
Body exceedingly elongate; tarsi very slender...... LYMEXYLIDAE
Body much less elongate; tarsi stouter............-....... 32
Tarsal claws toothed beneath; pubescence long and coarse. MELYRIDAE
Tarsal claws simple; pubescence short and fine . . . .. CANTHARIDAE
Convex, pubescent beetles; head deflexed............ PTINIDAE
Flat, glabrous beetles; head not deflexed .......... CUCUJIDAE
KEYS TO PRINCIPAL FAMILIES 57
SECTION 2
Elytra short, exposing at least 3 abdominal segments; tarsi: 3-3-3... . .
E К а ЙТ. Жк е: гд: PSELAPHIDAE
Elytra covering the entire abdomen; tarsi: 4*-4*-4* ........... 2
Tarsal claws angled or toothed beneath (Fig.15); antennae very short .
RUNS VUL. FOOD E. A RATON COCCINELLIDAE
Tarsal claws simple; antennae longer........... ENDOMYCHIDAE
SECTION 3
Underside of prothorax with cavities for reception of the antennae;
large (25 - 35mm), tuberculate beetles........... ZOPHERIDAE
Prothorax without such cavities ........................ 2
Exceedingly flat, subcortical beetles............... CUCUJIDAE
Conyexibeetles? fen. mate 5 220594 ысты ET TT SE 3
Tarsal claws pectinate beneath ......................... 4
ITarsaliclawsisimple- e *E EP A Sea em 7 5
Head constricted into a pronounced neck ........... MELOIDAE
Head much less constricted behind ............ ALLECULIDAE
Penultimate tarsal segment strongly expanded and bilobed beneath . 6
Penultimate tarsal segment simple....................... 9
Head constricted into a pronounced neck ......... ANTHICIDAE
Head not greatly constricted БеМпа...................... 7
Elytra broadly oval, much wider than the foreparts.... LAGRIIDAE
Elytra subparallel, not much wider than the foreparts .......... 8
Antennae short, loosely clavate; pubescence coarse ..... CLERIDAE
Antennae long, filiform; pubescence fine or absent . . OEDEMERIDAE
Head deflexed; abdomen projecting beyond the elytra as a long
pointe ret TEEN ee ETE УС UNS TRUR RT MORDELLIDAE
Head not deflexed; abdomen not markedly pointed, normally covered
byatherelytra и "Wo qn Pede АРИУ ЗРИТЕЛИ Е 10
Head with a pronounced neck; ant-like beetles .... ANTHICIDAE
Head not markedly constricted behind; stout, heavily armoured
beetles Aare а ЕК ысы Иде ун IS e TENEBRIONIDAE
SECTION 4
Head with a distinct rostrum, which carries the antennae; mouthparts
reduced tarso ETT 2
Head seldom with a rostrum, the latter, if present, not carrying the
antennae; mouthparts all clearly visible
Antennae geniculate or with the first (basal) segment as long or longer
than the next 3 combined................. CURCULIONIDAE
Antennae never geniculate; the first segment relatively much shorter . . 3
58
BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA
Palpi normal and flexible; labrum distinct and free... ANTHRIBIDAE
Palpi very short and rigid (often invisible); labrum not apparent ... 4
Antennae filiform but thicker near apex............. BELIDAE
Antennae moniliform, not markedly thicker apically .. BRENTHIDAE
'Antennaesidistinctlyaclavate eee E 6
'"Antennaesnoticlavate ee eb oe hae at Ag S 11
Antennae very short; tarsi 4-4-4............ HETEROCERIDAE
Antennae IMUCHIlONn ge14 ОСОРИ 7
Antennae stout, strongly moniliform; tarsi 5*-5*-5*. PASSANDRIDAE
Antennaesmuchimoressien de fees PETITES 8
A pair of long bristles present between the tarsal claws; tarsi
oS AS Be ТИС Е AL oe, ie TROGOSITIDAE
Glawsiwithoutsintervening bristles ИККО eee eee ЕР 9
Antennae shorter, usually inserted under the marginal ridge; tarsi
AAA ia Md Ty te Apron sen Baers Bx sits t COLYDIIDAE
Antennae longer, the insertions visible from above; tarsi 5*-5*-5* . 10
Penultimate segment in all tarsi strongly bilobed beneath. . CLERIDAE
Penultimate segment in all tarsi scarcely lobed ...... EROTYLIDAE
Flat or elongate, subcortical beetles; tarsi 4-4-4 .............. 12
Convex beetles; tarsi 5*-5*-5* (penultimate segment small, Fig.
I3); OR ee A ee RO RNA Ha daa 13
Front coxal cavities open behind (Fig. 40) .......... CUCUJIDAE
Front соха] cavities closed (Fig. 41) ........... PROSTOMIDAE
Eyes usually strongly excised and encompassing the bases of the
antennae, the latter inserted on frontal prominences and often as
long as or longer than the body; first (basal) segment of antennae
elon gate i AOE OR AIDE OE CERAMBYCIDAE
Eyes usually globular but when excised, not encompassing the
antennae, the latter seldom inserted on prominences and usually
shorter than the body; first segment of antennae usually short and
Clavate EERE EN cc ARREST CHRYSOMELIDAE
NOTE
Sizes (or size-ranges in variable species) are given in millimetres, in
parentheses, for all beetles mentioned in the following descriptive section.
These are length measurements and they include the rostrum, if present,
and the mandibles if these project forward, but not the antennae.
Family CUPEDIDAE
Tarsal formula: 5-5-5
Antennae: stout, filiform
Medium sized, elongate, slow-moving
beetles, with characteristic, lattice-like sculp-
ture (Figs 42, 46), often partly obscured by
seales. The meshes of the elytra, which repre-
sent the membranous cells of the ancestral
wing, are weakly sclerotised and appear trans-
lucent by transmitted light.
These are primitive beetles that fossils
indicate were a lot more plentiful in Mesozoic
times, some 200 million years ago. The family
is still almost worldwide but the few remain-
ing species are now localised and mostly rare.
The larvae are eruciform and live in rather
dry rotten wood.
We have two genera: Omma Newman,
with short antennae, not extending to the
base of the prothorax, and Cupes F., where Fig. 42
these organs reach well beyond the elytral Omma mastersi Macl.
shoulders. However, some specialists now isolate the former genus in a separate
family, the Ommatidae.
Omma mastersi Macl. (7-12 mm) (Fig. 42) is prettily chequered with
brownish-black and white scales and is usually smaller than the all-dark O.
stanleyi Newm. (12-25 mm). Cupes varians Lea (10-14 mm) (Fig. 46) is
greyish-brown with darker flecks along the ribs and has a tubercle beside
each eye, which other species lack. C. eumana Neb. (6-7 mm) is greyish-
white with black flecks; C. youngana Neb. (6-8 mm) and C. mathesonae
Neb. (7-10 mm) have alternating flecks of brown and buff along the elytral
ribs, but these ribs are light at base in the former, dark in the latter.
All species are widespread but uncommon; they occur occasionally under
bark but most specimens are obtained at light.
When disturbed, Cupes species feign death, with the antennae held
close together and projecting stiffly forward.
60
Family RHYSODIDAE
Tarsal formula: 5-5-5
Antennae: stout, moniliform
Small (4-11 mm), heavily armoured and
strongly sculptured, all-black beetles, with
stout legs and beadlike antennae. The elytra
in all our species bear either deep longitud-
inal furrows or punctured striae and the
pronotum is usually trisulcate. In life, these
furrows are always partly filled with dried
masses of slime mould, upon which the beetles
have been feeding and it seems these reserves
serve to inoculate the rotten wood in which
they breed. The larvae are eruciform and
appear also to feed on slime-mould plasmod-
ium. They and the adults are found mostly
in old wet and punky wood that is in the last
stages of degeneration.
This is a small but worldwide family
whose members all share a highly distinctive
general appearance that is soon recognised.
Fig. 43
Kaveinga frontalis Grouv,
They might possibly be confused at first with certain Colydiidae or Passan-
dridae, but in the former the tarsi are 4-4-4 and in the latter 5*-5*-5*. Some
workers regard rhysodids as specialised carabids and place them (as a tribe
or subfamily) in that family.
All Australian rhysodids were at one time included in a single genus,
Rhysodes Dalman, but a recent world-based generic revision by Bell and
Bell (1978) has introduced a number of new names that have greatly modified
the appearance of our own list. The four local species may be identified
by means of the following key:—
1. Elytra free, regularly punctato-striate; intervals even and lightly convex;
underwings present...............
MAA TE s 2
2. Median lobe of head long, reaching hind margin and thus separating
lateral lobes (Fig. 43)
Kaveinga frontalis Grouvelle
— Median lobe of head short, not reaching hind margin; lateral lobes
contiguous at rear
RHYSODIDAE 61
3. PronOtumptrisu Cat К К T Leoglymmius lignarius Olliff
— Pronotum with only a median sulcus, plus two basal foveae.........
ER ed A cub S TE Yamatosa planata Lea
Of these species, K. frontalis (5.6-7.5 mm) (Fig. 43) appears to be the
most widespread, having been recorded from Tasmania, Victoria and New
South Wales. L. lignarius (7.5-10.5 mm) and Y. planata (7.3-8.5 mm) are
known from Victoria and New South Wales and the unique type of R. burnsi
was taken in the Blue Mountains. Eight other species (some of them undes-
cribed) are known from Queensland, mostly from the tropics.
62
63
Family CARABIDAE
(Tiger beetles and Ground beetles)
Tarsal formula: 5-5-5
Antennae: slender: filiform or submoniliform
(except in Paussini)
Minute to very large, active, running
or burrowing beetles of generally character-
istic appearance. Fore tibiae with a notch
or groove, serving as an antennal cleaner
(except in Paussini and Cicindelinae); hind
coxae immovable.
This is a very large family of mainly
predacious beetles, with many heavily built,
flightless, ground-dwelling forms. The more
lightly built species have, however, generally
retained their underwings and they fly under
warm and humid conditions. Some of the
smaller forms are tree-dwellers (arboricoles).
Most carabids emit a highly odorous
defensive secretion when roughly handled
and in the Paussinae and Brachininae, this is
ejected with explosive force. Males of many species may be recognised by
their expanded front (and sometimes, also middle) tarsi, with adhesive
vestiture beneath; these are used to grasp the female during mating. However,
males in a few groups have unmodified tarsi.
Pheropsophus verticalis Dej.
Over 30 subfamilies of carabids are recognised in the Australian fauna
and most of these are represented in south-eastern Australia, but only the
more important and characteristic ones can be considered here (see also
Britton, 1970, for a useful key).
Carabid larvae are generally of the campodeiform type (Fig. 84) but a
few species with semi-parasitic habits become degenerate in the later instars.
The legs normally consist of five segments (coxa, trochanter, femur, tibia and
an unsegmented tarsus) and there are usually two tarsal claws.
Figs 44-52. Cupedidae and Carabidae. (44) Mystropomus subcostatus Chaud. (Carabidae,
Paussinae); (45) Arthropterus westwoodi Macl. (Carabidae, Paussinae); (46)
Cupes varians Lea (Cupedidae). (47-52) Carabidae, Cicindelinae: (47) Distip-
sidera flavicans Chaud.; (48) Cicindela ypsilon Dej.; (49) Cicindela semicincta
Brulle, right elytron; (50) C. mastersi Cast.; (51) Distipsidera undulata Westw.;
(52) Megacephala australis Chaud., larva in burrow.
64 BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA
Subfamily PAUSSINAE: slow moving and dark coloured ground beetles with
a ‘bombardier’ type of defensive mechanism similar to that of the better
known Brachininae (q.v.). Members of the tribe Paussini have extraordinarily
broad antennae (Figs 37, 45) that make them recognisable on sight but the
rather numerous species are difficult to identify, although most belong to
the one genus, Arthropterus Macl. Many exotic species of the tribe are
myrmecophiles but species from south-eastern Australia are taken from
beneath the bark of standing trees or under fallen logs in open country; they
also fly to light at night.
Mystropomus subcostatus Chaud. (13-17 mm) (Fig. 44) is the only
member of the tribe Ozaenini in south-eastern Australia; it is a dull black,
flightless species of the litter zone in the dense, wet forests of the New
England Tablelands and southern Queensland.
Subfamily CICINDELINAE (Tiger beetles): agile beetles with slender legs,
large eyes and characteristically toothed mandibles. Most of the Australian
species are tropical but a few extend to the south-eastern States. Cicindela
ypsilon Dej. (13-15 mm) (Fig. 48), ivory-white with bronze markings, abounds
on coastal beaches in early summer, running and flying in the sunshine;
С. mastersi Cast. (8-11 mm) (Fig. 50), dull brownish-black with white spots,
is a late summer species that occurs locally along muddy creek-beds away
from the coast. The rather similar C. semicincta Brullé (9-12 mm) (Fig. 49)
is a widespread oriental species that extends as far south as the Canberra
district and is perhaps the commonest of all Australian Tiger beetles. Species
of Distipsidera live on the trunks of trees in open forest from New
England northwards and are rather hard to catch; undulata Westw. (12-17
mm) (Fig. 51) and flavicans Chaud. (9-11 mm) (Fig. 47) occur within our
limits. The mandibles in these arboreal Tiger beetles are almost entirely
covered by the large labrum.
Megacephala includes the nocturnal Tiger beetles, many with bright
metallic colours; they are mostly insects of the north-western outback but
the brilliant green and yellow M. australis Chaud. (18-21 mm) is common
about salt-pans in the western Riverina.
Tiger beetle larvae are curiously contorted creatures (Fig. 52), entirely
adapted to life in a vertical burrow, from which they seize passing prey. The
head and prothorax are armoured and together form a shield that protects
the soft hindbody below; the latter bears a hump on segment 5, carrying
stout hooks that anchor the larva when dealing with struggling prey.
The Australian Tiger beetles belonging to Cicindela have been revised
recently by Freitag (1979).
Figs 54-62. Carabidae. (54) Pamborus alternans Latr.; (55) P. guerini Gory; (56) Carenum
bonellii Westw.; (57) C. tinctillatum Newm.; (58) Clivina australasiae Bohe.;
(59) Promecoderus mastersi Macl.; (60) Sarticus cyaneocinctus Chaud.; (61)
Gnathaphanus pulcher Dej.; (62) Chlaenius darlingensis Cast.
66 BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA
Subfamily CARABINAE: large metallic Ground beetles with characteristic,
securiform (hatchet-shaped) palpi; both Australian genera occur in our region.
The widespread Calosoma schayeri Er. (22-26 mm) (Fig. 1) is our one Jocal
caterpillar hunter (a group better represented in N. America and Europe); it
is a broad, bright metallic green beetle that flies at night and often comes to
lights in early summer; when handled it gives off a strong musk-like odour
(salicylaldehyde); the heavily armoured larva is seldom seen and is probably
largely subterranean in habit.
The twelve known species of Pamborus are all Australian and five of
them occur in our area; they are largely insects of the Dividing Range, from
the Shoalhaven River northwards, and are believed to feed on snails.
P. alternans Latr. (Fig. 54) is a large (28-34 mm), bronze-black beetle, with
touches of purple on the thorax and green on the elytra. The latter bear 6-8
low ribs (costae) which are more or less broken into tubercles towards the
rear. P. macleayi Cast., of the Queensland border area is similar but smaller
(21-25 mm). P. viridis Gory (25-34 mm) is more markedly metallic green and
the elytral ribs are unbroken; it occurs in more open country than the Others,
on the northern tablelands south to Mt Canobolas, near Orange. Two other
species from the wet forests have finer elytral sculpture (13-15 ribs on each):
P. guerini Gory (15-19 mm) (Fig. 55), shoulders of elytra serrate, hindbody
about as long as head plus prothorax; Р, pradieri Chaud. (23-26 mm),
shoulders of elytra smooth, hindbody much longer; both occur in the wet
forests of the New England Tablelands.
Larvae of Pamborus species are seldom seen but I described that of
P. macleayi some years ago (Moore 1966); it is a long, slender creature, heavily
armoured and with very short urogomphi (Fig. 84); others discovered later
prove to be very similar.
Subfamily SCARITINAE: robust, burrowing species, with multidentate fore
tibiae; body pedunculate (ie., prothorax and hindbody separated by a
pronounced waist), heavily armoured. This is a large group with many species
in the dry, sandy outback, and including some giant forms (genus Euryscaph-
us). The dominant genus is Carenum, which includes some handsomely
metallic species, but few of these penetrate the Great Dividing Range. С.
bonellii Westw. (17-21 mm) is the commonest near the east coast; it is rather
cylindrical in form (Fig. 56) and of a bronzy green, with purplish blue
margins; С. tinctillatum Newm. (15-20 mm) (Fig. 5 7) is still more cylindrical
eee‏ خخÃةق‏ سسس ڪڪ
Figs 63-73. Carabidae. (63) Scaraphites rotundipennis Dej. (64) Philoscaphus tuberculatus
Macl. (65) Percosoma sulcipenne Bates; (66) Hyperion schroetteri Schreib.;
(67) Catadromus australis Cast.; (68) Catadromus lacordairei Boisd.; (69)
Nurus latipennis Sl.; (70) Cratoferonia regalis Cast. ; (71) Trichosternus vigorsi
Gory; (72) Notonomus triplogenioides Chaud.; (73) Castelnaudia superba
Cast. Approximately natural size.
68 BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA
and is easily recognised by its uniform bright purple colour; it is very
widespread. Of the broader, more oval species, we have C. marginatum Boisd.
(20-24 mm), dull pitchy-black, with bright green margins, Dividing Range
from Picton to Wauchope; interruptum Macl. (18-26 mm), jet black with
purplish margins, each elytron with two small, widely spaced pits, common
on the tablelands from Canberra to central Queensland; laevigatum Macl.
(17-21 mm), similar but elytron with only the apical pit, Tasmania to New
England Tablelands; and elegans Macl. (16-26 mm), broadly oval and rather
depressed, brilliant though variable in colour, the elytra vaguely striate. The
last-mentioned is perhaps the most handsome of several outback species that
reach our western fringes.
In the related genus Laccopterum the elytra are deeply pitted: L.
loculosum Newm. (15-20 mm), entirely dull black, elytral pits irregularly
placed, mallee districts of S.A., Vic. and N.S.W.; L. foveigerum Chaud. (14-
17 mm), also black but the pits in regular rows, southern tablelands; L.
lacunosum Macl. (12-15 mm), similar but flushed with bright purple,
Coonabarabran district.
Other members of the Carenum group include the smooth, all-black
Scaraphites rotundipennis Dej. (22-37 mm) (Fig. 63), sandy places near the
coast, Tasmania, and from Melbourne to Sydney, and Philoscaphus tubercul-
atus Macl. (21-32 mm) (Fig. 64), black, but the elytra roughly sculptured
(rugose) and often covered with dirt, mallee and western plains.
Species of Clivina burrow in wet mud beside still or running waters;
they also fly readily at night and come to light. There are many species
differing greatly in size (4-18 mm locally) but otherwise very much alike and
difficult to identify. C. australasiae Bohe. (9-11 mm) (Fig. 58), shining black
with reddish-brown legs, is one of the commonest in our region.
Subfamily BROSCINAE: medium sized to rather large, solidly built, flightless
beetles; body pedunculate as in Scaritinae but the fore tibiae seldom modified
for digging (weakly dentate in Gnathoxys, of the mallee, but this genus barely
enters our region). Promecoderus is the largest genus, with some 20 species
in the southeast; these are mostly metallic bronze in colour but a few are
almost black; they are readily recognised to genus by their globular prothorax
and oval elytra (Fig. 59) but are hard to identify further (size range in our
area: 8-16 mm); most of them occur in light scrub or open grassland but they
avoid the desert.
The five known species of Percosoma are confined to the wet forests
of Tasmania and Victoria (Moore 1960); they may be recognised by their
elegant, elongate form and long, pointed mandibles, and P. sulcipenne Bates
(26-35 mm) (Fig. 65), from western Tasmania, is the finest species. In the
related Eurylychnus the head is constricted into a pronounced neck: Е.
blagravei Cast. (18-22 mm), Victorian Alps, Snowy Mountains, Brindabellas
and coastal ranges of southern N.S.W.; E. cylindricus Sl. (18-20 mm),
Barrington Tops; E. regularis Sl. (21-22 mm), Ebor-Dorrigo district.
MAGAZINE
Aust, ent, Mag.
3,
с?
Y
"ee Pm 1
SES
^m v -
AS ^ n
19) 1 Р. v
^t Lys
m
t a
Te.
VOLUME 10, PART 1
JUNE, 1983
=7 JUL 223
OF yaro A
Edited by M. S. Moulds
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand
and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional
entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.
SUBSCRIPTIONS
All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:
Australian Entomological Press,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,
Australia.
Individual Subscriptions
$12.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea
A$13.00 (US$ 12.00 or Stg.£7.50) per annum overseas
Institutional Subscriptions
$16.00 (US$14.50 or Stg.£9.00) per annum
COVER
Illustrated by Stephen Underwood
The Bentwing Swift Moth, Zelotypia stacyi Scott (family Hepialidae)
is one of Australia’s largest moths with species often having a wing span in
excess of 230 mm. Adults are tawny brown with silver-white markings and
the spectacular raised eye spot gives the fore wing the appearance of a
reptilian head. The larvae feed on only a few species of eucalypt including
the Sydney blue gum, Е. salinga, and grow to some 130 mm over a period of
5-6 years. The species occurs in south-eastern Queensland and eastern New
South Wales. It is now exceedingly rare in New South Wales.
Published by
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,
N.S.W. 2065, Australia.
Phone: 43-3972
Printed by
Graphic Printing & Design Co., Ltd
379-381 King’s Rd, North Point,
Hong Kong
Australian Entomological
Magazine
т
|
Volume 10, Part 1 June, 1983
NEW TASMANIAN TRECHINI (COLEOPTERA: CARABIDAE)
By B. P. Moore
C.S.I.R.O., Division of Entomology, Canberra, A.C.T.
Abstract
Tasmanorites laticollis, Sloanella obscura and Tasmanotrechus compactus spp.n.
are described from south-western Tasmania and keysare revised for the genera concerned.
|
| Introduction
The Lower Gordon River Scientific Survey was sponsored by the
Tasmanian Hydro-electric Commission and was undertaken in 1976-77 by
members of the Zoology Department of the University of Tasmania. Extensive
collections were accumulated from numerous stations along 14 selected
transects across the valleys of the Gordon, Franklin and Olga Rivers and their
tributaries, with the aim of assessing the overall composition of the arthropod
fauna.
The resulting material of adult and larval Carabidae and Lucanidae has
been studied by the present author and several interesting but undescribed
forms have been detected in both families. Some of these novelties are not
readily dealt with in the absence of satisfactory reviews of their overall groups,
but the following new trechines may readily be attached to a revision of the
Australian Trechinae (Moore 1972).
Holotypes of the new species will be deposited in the Australian National
Insect Collection, Canberra, and paratypes will be distributed between that
|
depository, the Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart, and the author's
collection.
Tasmanorites laticollis sp.n.
(Figs 1, 4)
Types:— Holotype d, transect 2L.1140 (42%43's, 145%49'E) (Ridge between Gordon and
Olga Rivers, SW Tas.), from moss, 16.ii.1978, L. Hill ег al. Paratypes, 8, both sexes,
same collectors, same general locality, various transects and dates, 1976-77.
2 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(1), June, 1983
Fig. 1. Tasmanorites laticollis sp.n., paratype male. Natural size 5.3 mm long.
Mostly shining black; legs and antennae rufo-piceous; microsculpture
very fine, quadrate meshes on head, transverse elsewhere; overall build robust.
Head rather broad, depressed; eyes well developed but not prominent
beyond the orbits; orbits short, lightly inflated; frontal furrows deep; mand-
ibles short, broad, acutely pointed; labrum deeply emarginate.
Pronotum strongly transverse (width/length c. 1.45), much wider than
head; base and apex emarginate, the former the wider; sides regularly rounded
on front two-thirds, then oblique to base; front angles rounded but a little
prominent; hind angles lightly rounded, obtuse, reflexed, overlapping humeri;
basal impressions broad and deep; marginal channel narrow in front, explanate
behind; 2 marginal setae present.
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(1), June, 1983 3
Figs 2-3, Pronota, right side. (2) S/oanel/a obscura sp.n.; (3) Tasmanotrechus compactus
sp.n, Scale-line = 1 mm.
Elytra broadly oval, rather depressed, about 1.2 x width of pronotum;
humeri widely rounded but evident; striae impunctate; first stria strongly
impressed, others progressively weaker; third stria carrying three strong discal
pores; aedeagus slender (Fig. 4).
Length 4.5-5.3 mm; max. width 1.85 -2.2 mm.
This very distinct species may be recognised by its broad pronotum,
with rearward projection hind angles; it would run to couplet 10(9) in my
key to the genus (Moore 1972), which may be modified as follows:—
10(9) Pronotal hind angles acute and out-turned ................. 11
Pronotal hind angles obtuse, not prominent laterally ......... 10a
10а Pronotum cordate; side margins sinuate near hind angles; base narrow,
rectilinear N r ONS dev e LN. austrinus (S1.)
Pronotum subrectangular; side margins not sinuate; base wide, em-
arginate; am aec ON de DO al. E laticollis sp.n.
Sloanella obscura sp.n.
(Figs, 2, 5)
Types:— Holotype д, Truchanas Huon Pine Reserve, SW Tas. (42°39.5'S, 145°58'Е),
from moss and litter, 19.11.1976, С. Howard. Paratypes, 15, both sexes, same data as
holoty pe.
Mostly shining piceous; apex of elytra obscurely rufous in mature
specimens, more clearly variegated in tenerals; legs, palpi, first (basal) antennal
segments and elytral epipleura rufo-testaceous; microsculpture scarcely
apparent.
Head rather broad, depressed, across eyes about 0.75 x width of
pronotum; eyes well developed, projecting slightly beyond the orbits; frontal
furrows deep on disc; mandibles slender but not porrect; labrum deeply
emarginate.
Pronotum transverse (width/length c. 1.3), cordate; base sublobate; apex
truncate; sides regularly rounded from apex to hind angles; front angles weak.
4 Aust. ent, Mag. 10(1), June, 1983
34
>
Figs 4-6. Aedeagal median lobes in left lateral view. (4) Tasmanorites laticollis; (b)
Sloanella obscura; (6) Tasmanotrechus compactus. Scale-line = 0.5 mm.
hind angles forming small, sharp denticles; basal impressions broad and
shallow; marginal channel narrow in front, wider near hind angles; 2 marginal
sctae present.
Elytra broadly ovate, с. 1.45 x wider than pronotum; humeri rounded
but marked; marginal channel wider beside the humeral pores than elsewhere;
striae complete, impunctate; apical striole continuous with the fifth stria;
discal pores of third intervals beside third striae; seventh intervals with a
single pore at about the mid-point; aedeagus small; median lobe stout,
regularly curved, shortly contracted to apex, the latter bluntly pointed in
lateral view.
Length 3.3-3.7 mm; max. width 1.35-1.45 mm.
Five additional specimens (not types) are on hand from transect 12 and
neighbouring sites, all some 30 km south of the type locality. These specimens
differ from the nominotypical form in their weak elytral striae, with those
beyond the third being obsolescent. The discal pores are smaller, though
similarly located, and the pronotal hind angles are more marked. These
specimens may represent a weak subspecies and they require some relaxation
of my original generic diagnosis (Moore 1972, p.26), in terms of elytral
sculpture.
The four known species of Sloanella may be separated by means of the
following modified key:—
1 Species predominantly dark; elytral 7th intervals with a single pore . . .
A KEE ДН TA O a PT qa y obscura sp.n.
Species predominantly pale; elytral 7th intervals without a pore
2 Size major (length 5 mm or more)................ suavis Mre
Size minor (length under 4 mm)
3 Pronotal hind angles tuberculate; posterior marginal seta present .....
ST ue PNE UM a e ERA . . pallida Mre
Pronotal hind angles rectangular; posterior marginal seta wanting... . .
MAC ch ok Бена Ho dao simsoni (81.)
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(1), June, 1983 5
Tasmanotrechus compactus sp.n.
(Figs 3, 6)
Types:— Holotype d, transect 7R.1710 (42%51'S, 145°50.5'E) (SW Tas.), 18.11.1976,
С. Howard et al. Paratypes, 14 both sexes, same collectors, various transects and dates,
1976-77.
Mostly shining black but foreparts somewhat alutaceous; appendages
rufous; microsculpture: quadrate meshes on head, transverse elsewhere.
Head subquadrate; eyes well developed but not prominent beyond the
orbits; orbits long, lightly inflated; frontal furrows deep; mandibles slender
but not porrect finely pointed; labrum deeply emerginate.
Pronotum transverse (width/length c. 1.3); base and apex subtruncate,
the former the wider; sides regularly curved almost to base, then somewhat
oblique but not sinuate; front angles weak; hind angles obtuse, rounded but
quite marked; basal impressions vague; marginal channel deep in front,
broadly explanate towards base; 2 marginal setae present.
Elytra elongate-oval, c. 1.25 x wider than pronotum, rather convex;
sides lightly rounded; humeri rounded but marked; striae impunctate, first
and second moderately impressed, others progressively weaker, fifth traceable,
sixth and seventh obsolescent; anterior discal pore on third interval, against
third stria, the posterior (subapical) bridging the interval; aedeagus slender,
median lobe regularly curved in lateral view.
Length 3.8-4.5 mm; max. width 1.45-1.7 mm.
This new species may be distinguished by means of the follo wing revised
key:—
1 Eyes vestigial; cavernicolous species ............. cockerilli Mre
Eyes well developed; epigean species ..................... 2
2 Pronotum more transverse (width/length c. 1.25); elytral outer striae
weaklo Ta ODSOLES CEL] am е ЕК sS 3
Pronotum less transverse (width/length c. 1.15); elytral outer striae
strong Hee rem o O E PA Jy leai (Sl.)
3 Pronotal side margins slightly sinuate before hind angles; elytra broadly
MAA at ee Is SURE oo ordi’ P concolor Mre
Acknowledgement
I am indebted to Mr Lionel Hill (University of Tasmania) for the
opportunity to study the Carabidae and Lucanidae from the survey.
Reference
Moore, B. P., 1972. A revision of the Australian Trechinae (Coleoptera: Carabidae). Aust.
J. Zool, Suppl. Ser. 18: 1-61.
6 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(1), June, 1983
NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY AND MORPHOLOGY OF HESPERILLA
SARNIA ATKINS (LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE)
By S. J. Johnson and P. S. Valentine
P.O. Box 1085, Townsville, Qld, 4810
and
Geography Department, James Cook University, Townsville, 4811
Abstract
Hesperilla sarnia Atkins is recorded breeding on Scleria laevis Retz (Cyperaceae).
Egg, larval and pupal descriptions are given, together with comments on adult morphology.
Introduction
Hesperilla sarnia Atkins is a dark brown skipper known from several
localities in Queensland between Townsville in the ‘north to Palmwoods in
the south (Common and Waterhouse 1981), and collected more recently by
the authors on hilltops west of Paluma in northern Queensland. The life
history, except for the eggs, has previously been unknown.
Atkins (1978) commented on wing maculation differences between the
only two females known at that time, one from southern Queensland and the
other from central Queensland. The finding of the immature stages and the
rearing and collecting of several males and females from Mt. Stuart, (near
Townsville), northern Queensland, as well as the collecting of a further female
from Blackdown Tableland, Expedition Range, central Queensland has
enabled the description of the life history and has provided additional
material for the study of variations in the maculation of adult females.
Life History
FOOD PLANT. Scleria laevis Retz, family Cyperaceae.
EGG. Pale yellow, hemispherical, 1 mm high with 22 vertical ribs.
LARVA.
First instar 4-10 mm long, head shining black, body pale green with
prothoracic and anal plates pink.
Second to final instar (Figs 1, 2), 14-33 mm long, body pale translucent
green in early instars becoming purple in final instar. Prothoracic and anal
plates pink brown. A variable area of pink suffusion over segments 6-9 and
at the junctions of body segments. Dorsolateral and lateral white lines
extending the length of the body but obscured posteriorly by the pink
suffusion. Head (Fig. 2) dark brown with cream stripes extending from frons
up to occipital margin; frontoclypeus fawn coloured.
PUPA (Figs 3, 4).
Length 19-23 mm, pale green with darker green thorax and wing cases,
and posterior segments densely covered with stiff brown setae. Pupal cap
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(1), June, 1983 7
(Fig. 4) dark brown with an angular projection at the frons and dorsally
bearing two crenulate, semicircular projections pointed ventrally.
Notes
On Mt. Stuart, the host plant occurs locally on exposed granite slopes.
Larvae and pupae are found in characteristic shelters in plants growing in
sheltered situations adjacent to large rocks or under encroaching Lantana
camara L. bushes. Н. sarnia occurs together with the closely related H.
malindeva Lower, and both species are found breeding together, but on
different food plants, the larvae of H. malindeva being restricted to an
unidentified species of Gahnia growing in the same situations.
Figs 1-4. Life history of Hesperilla sarnia Atkins: (1) mature larva; (2) head of final
instar larva; (3) pupa, lateral view; (4) pupal cap.
West of Paluma adult males of H. sarnia fly close to the ground on the
summits of steep hills together with males of H. malindeva and H. crypsi-
gramma (Meyrick and Lower).
Adult males from northern Queensland agree closely with the published
description of Н. sarnia (Atkins 1978) and there appears to be little
variation in their form. Amongst females, however, there is considerable
variation in the arrangement of the hyaline spots on the fore wing. A series
of six females from Mt. Stuart appear closest to the female from Palmwoods
cited in the type series in that, in addition to the two submedian spots
between Мз and CuA,, and CuA; and CuA,, they have two well defined
subapical spots between R4 and Rs, and К; and M, respectively, as well as
8 Aust, ent. Mag. 10(1), June, 1983
a spot above the anal vein. Three of these females each have an additional
spot in the cell, and one of them (Fig. 5) has a series of three subapical spots,
the additional one lying between Кз and R4.
A female from Blackdown Tableland, Expedition Range, central
Queensland is similar to the female from that location cited in the type series,
in that the fore wing maculation is reduced to two submedian spots, one
between M, and CuA, and the other between CuA, апа CuA;.
Whether this observed difference between females of the different
populations is a constant feature is uncertain and confirmation must await
the collection of further specimens from throughout the range of the species.
Fig.5. Adult female from Mt, Stuart Townsville, Queensland.
Identification of females within this group can be difficult and until
genitalic studies are performed, the arrangement of the hyaline spots on the
fore wing is the most reliable means of identification of the individual species.
It is hoped that with this knowledge of the variation within females of H.
sarnia, specimens from northern areas may be more easily identified.
Acknowledgements
We wish to thank Dr Betsy Jackes for the identification of the food
plant, Mr N. Warburton for preparation of line drawings and Mr Richard
Parker for preparation of photographs.
References
Atkins, A. F., 1978. The Hesperilla malindeva group from northern Australia, including
a new species (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17: 205-215.
Common, I. F. В. and Waterhouse, О. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Second edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney.
E -—- E A ——— سے‎ — — _— راا الل‎
ee —— x
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(1), June, 1983 9
OCCURRENCE OF LEAF-MINING DIPTERA IN CULTIVATED CROPS
By J. A. Osmelak
Plant Research Institute, Department of Agriculture, Swan Street, Burnley, Vic. 3121
Abstract
Two species of Drosophilidae, Drosophila busckii Coquillett and Scaptomyza
australis Malloch, and one species of Agromyzidae, Phytomyza syngenesiae (Hardy) were
reared from samples of cultivated crops from the Werribee district, Victoria. A number
of parasitic hymenoptera were also reared from the dipterous pupae. These included
Phaenocarpa (Asobara) persimilis (Papp) (Braconidae: Alysiinae) and two chalcids,
Hemiptarsenus semialbiclava (Girault) (Eulophidae) and Trigonogastrella sp. (Pteromal-
idae).
Introduction
In August 1980, unusual damage was observed in leaves of lettuce
(Lactuca sativa L., Compositae) being grown in market gardens at Werribee,
near Melbourne, Victoria. The leaves showed evidence of crinkled depressions
on the upper surface. Eggs were found inserted under the epidermis, on the
under surface of the leaf, beneath the depressions.
The leaves were placed in tubes with their stems in water, covered with
a large plastic bag, and incubated at 25°C. After two days leaf-mining was
observed, and after one week the first flies were collected and identified as
Drosophila busckii Coquillett.
In September, further samples of mined leaves were taken from
artichoke (Cynara scolymus L., Compositae), chicory (Cichorium intybus L.,
Compositae), endive (Cichorium endivia L., Compositae) and Cos (Lactuca
sativa L., Compositae). D. busckii and the agromyzid Phy tomyza syngenesiae
(Hardy) emerged from artichoke. The parasitic hymenoptera Phaenocarpa
(Asobara) persimilis (Papp), Hemiptarsenus semialbiclava (Girault) (Euloph-
idae) and Trigonogastrella sp. (Pteromalidae) emerged from pupae of dipterous
leaf miners in artichokes. The flies Scaptomyza australis Malloch (Drosophil -
idae) and P. syngenesiae as well as the parasites P. (Asobara) persimilis and H.
semialbiclava emerged from endive. P. syngenesiae and P. (Asobara) persimilis
emerged from pupae ofunidentified dipterous leaf miners in cos and milkthistle.
In early October further samples of mined leaves were taken from
spinach (Spinacia oleracea L., Chenopodiaceae); the emerging insects were
S. australis and P. (Asobara) persimilis.
Discussion
D. busckii has not been previously recorded leafmining in plants (Bock
pers. comm.), nor has S, australis been recorded previously as a leafminer on
cultivated Compositae or Chenopodiaceae (Bock pers. comm.). The leaf
miner Scaptomyza flaveola (Meig.) has been found in cultivated brassicas in
Tasmania (Hardy et al. 1981), and members of the genus are generally
considered to be pests of only Cruciferae in the northern hemisphere (Bock
pers. comm., Hering 1951).
P. syngenesiae is widely distributed in temperate zones of both
hemispheres and damages many cultivated composites, but damage occurs to
10 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(1), June, 1983
a lesser extent in Australia (Spencer 1973). It is considered to be a native
of Europe and was first recorded in Australia from cinerarias in Brisbane
(Kleinschmidt 1970). Queensland host records are all confined to the family
Compositae (Kleinschmidt 1970) and lettuce is considered one of its most
favoured food plants in England (Spencer 1973).
The braconid Р. (Asobara) persimilis is known to be parasitic on
Drosophila melanogaster (Meig.) (Papp 1977) but, although it is thought to
be a common parasite of D. melanogaster in Victoria, it has not been
previously recorded as a parasite of dipterous leaf miners (Prince pers. comm.).
The parasites Hemiptarsenus sp. and Trigonogastrella sp. have been
recorded in Australia as parasites of P. syngenesiae (Kleinschmidt 1970).
Н, semialbiclava is a widespread species commonly found in Tasmania and
south-eastern Australia (Naumann pers. comm.).
The leaf-mining damage was severest in August and early September,
particularly in lettuce and artichoke, but declined later in the season,
possibly due to parasite activity. There did not appear to be any other
suitable breeding sites for the two drosophilid species in the vicinity of the
crop and there was no evidence of any prior damage which could have allowed
secondary infestation by D. busckii and S. australis.
Lettuce had leaf-mining damage from as early as the 2-3 leaf stage
which in some cases prevented further growth of the plant. Artichokes
seemed little affected in terms of yield, despite extensive leaf mines in the
lower leaves of the plants.
It is interesting to note that leaf-mining activity by D. busckii and S.
australis has not been recorded previously. Either these species have recently
extended their host range or, more likely, previous activity by these two
species has not been observed. It remains to be seen whether these two species
continue to damage crops of economic importance and whether control
measures for dipterous leaf miners in crops in the area may have to be
implemented. Some farmers concerned with the extent of the damage
attempted chemical control, but without apparent result.
Acknowledgements
I am grateful to Dr I. R. Bock, Department of Genetics, La Trobe University,
Bundoora, for identification of D. busckii and S, australis, Dr D. K. McAlpine, the
Australian Museum, for identification of P. syngenesiae, Dr I. Naumann, C.S.I.R.O.
Division of Entomology, Canberra, for the identification of H. semialbiclava and Trig-
onogastrella sp., G. J. Prince for the identification of P. (Asobara) persimilis and
J. Sutherland who initially collected samples from the field.
References
Hardy, R. J. et al., 1981. Insect pest occurrences in Tasmania 1979/80. Tasm. Dept.
Agric. Insect Pest Survey 13: 35 pp.
Hering, E. M., 1951. Biology of the leafminers. Dr W. Junk, S’ Gravenhage. 164 pp.
Kleinschmidt, R. P., 1970. Studies on some Agromyzidae in Queensland. Qd J. Agric.
anim, Sci. 17: 341-348.
Papp, J., 1977. Phaenocarpa (Asobara) persimilis sp. n. (Hymenoptera: Braconidae:
Alysiinae) from Australia. Opusc. Zool. Budapest 13(1-2): 73-77.
Spencer, K. A., 1973. Agromyzidae (Diptera) of economic importance. Dr W. Junk,
The Hague. 418 pp.
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(1), June, 1983 11
NOTES ON A DEFORMED WORKER OF THE ANT GENUS
IRIDOMYRMEX (HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE)
By J. D. Majer
School of Biology, Western Australian Institute of Technology, Bentley, W.A. 6102.
Abstract
A deformed worker of Iridomyrmex sp. 21 (ANIC) is described and the cause of
the deformity is postulated.
Workers of Iridomyrmex sp. 21 (ANIC), a member of the agilis species
group, were recently collected by pitfall trap in jarrah (Eucalyptus margin-
ata)/marri (Eucalyptus calophylla) open-forest at Red Hill, 28 km north-east
of Perth G.P.O. One of the specimens was deformed, and two scanning
electron micrographs of it are shown in Figs 1 and 2.
Anterior to the mesonotum the specimen is externally normal. How-
ever, the propodeum and gaster are fused. This gives the ant an hourglass
shape. The petiole is enlarged and situated to the left of the midline.
Slightly anterior to this, and adjacent to the propodeal spiracle, is a small
conical protuberance, also situated to the left of the midline. A large
sclerite is visible on the left hand side of the first gastral segment (abdominal
III). This appears to be a sternite which has extended upwards from its normal
position.
Figs 1, 2. Scanning electron micrograph of dorsal surface of deformed Iridomyrmex
sp. 21 (ANIC): (1) general view; (2) close-up of deformed area. The horizontal
bars represent 1000 microns.
12 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(1), June, 1983
The cause of this abnormality is not known. Similar deformities are
uncommon but not unknown in Australian ants. This could, however, be
due to the early mortality or reduced mobility of deformed specimens,
The present example was evidently able to forage, since it was caught by
pitfall trap.
The ant is distinctly pupoid in shape, indicating that the deformity
might have arisen due to events which occurred during the pupal stage.
Possibly the pupa was physically damaged in some way leading to abnormal
deposition of adult cuticle. This could explain the localised nature of the
deformity. Another reason could be the presence of internal parasites such
as nematodes which might have interfered with normal body development.
There is no direct evidence here of such parasitism. It is further possible
that the ant is a gynandromorph (Wheeler 1937). In this case the abnormality
would have arisen from a late developmental cleavage, since the deformity
is localised. The abnormal area does not resemble male tissue, so the
gynandromorph explanation seems unlikely.
The specimen is deposited in the Australian National Insect Collection.
Acknowledgement
I wish to thank Ms E. Van Der Pennen for preparing the scanning
electron micrographs and Dr R. W. Taylor.
Reference
Wheeler, W. M., 1937. Mosaic and other anomalies among ants. Harvard University Press,
Cambridge, Massachusetts.
TWO MORE FOOD PLANTS FOR POLYURA PYRRHUS
SEMPRONIUS (F.) (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE)
By C. E. Aston
Department of Statistics, I.A.S., The Australian National University, A.C.T. 2600
During December 1981 and January 1982 I observed a larva of Polyura
pyrrhus sempronius (Fabricius) feeding on Acacia saligna at Lugarno,
Sydney. The larva pupated successfully and emerged in late January. I have
also observed P. p. sempronius larvae feeding on Acacia baileyana and Acacia
spectabilis in the same area.
On 14th January 1982, a P. p. sempronius was observed in Oatley Park,
Sydney, ovipositing on Acacia prominens (Gosford wattle) but further observ-
ations were not possible.
Neither Acacia prominens nor A. saligna have previously been recorded
as food plants of P. p. sempronius (Common and Waterhouse, 1981).
Reference
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Second Edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 682 pp.
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(1), June, 1983 13
COLONISATION OF SEEDLING ACACIAS BY ARTHROPODS
IN SOUTHERN VICTORIA
By T. R. New
Dept. Zoology, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Vic., 3083
Abstract
Seedling acacias of 21 species were monitored for 18 months of field growth and
the arthropods present were collected and counted. 165 species of arthropods were
found, the most numerous group being spiders (60 spp.), and many of the phytophagous
insects characteristic of mature acacias became established during this period. The data
are briefly discussed in relation to the insect communities characteristic of mature acacias
in the same area.
Introduction
Many Australian species of Acacia Miller support large complexes of
insects and other arthropods and, although young trees may be severely
defoliated by insects, there is little information available on the development
of these consumer communities. This paper presents preliminary information
on the initial stages of arthropod colonisation of seedling acacias. A mixed
plot of 21 species of Acacia, established by planting seedlings in ап area of
mown meadow on the La Trobe University campus in mid-1976, was used
to monitor the arthropods present on the plants during their first year and
a half of field growth. Although the plot was established primarily for other
purposes, and the different numbers' of individuals of the various acacias
render comparative data on the communities of different ‘hosts’ of limited
value, the information obtained appears to be the first quantitative assessment
of arthropod diversity on young acacias in Australia.
Another leguminous shrub, broom [Sarothamnus scoparius (L.) Wimm-
er], in Britain has a life span comparable with that of some acacias and also
supports many insect species (Waloff 1968a). Most of the insects characteristic
of broom colonise it within the first two years of growth (Waloff 1968b).
Different species of Acacia when mature sometimes support markedly different
numbers of insect species (New 1979: Coleoptera), and characteristic feeding
guilds may be present. Foliage-mining Lepidoptera, for example, do not occur
on bipinnate acacias. An aim of the present survey was to determine whether
some guilds (necessarily, those not dependent on reproductive structures)
develop on young trees, or whether the more characteristic insect complements
of particular Acacia species appear only in later life.
Study area and methods
The area used, an almost level region on the north of the La Trobe
University campus, was mown and cultivated before planting the trees in
mid-1976. Seedling acacias, obtained from either the university nursery or
the Forests Commission Victoria nursery at Mt. Macedon, were searched
individually and any insects were removed. These consumer-free seedlings
were planted on a3 x 3 m grid with a larger space between adjacent subplots,
and 169 selected trees were inspected monthly for 18 months. During this
14 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(1), June, 1983
period the plot was not tended other than for clipping grass away from the
base of any overgrown tree during the first six months and mowing between
rows on two later occasions. Mature acacias of several species (but not of
all those represented as seedlings), which were possible sources of phytophag-
ous colonisers, were present within a few hundred metres of the plantation.
Both acacias endemic to the area and species introduced from elsewhere in
Australia were present in the plot and elsewhere in its vicinity.
On each sampling occasion, two people searched the tree directly for
all arthropods, and bushier trees were shaken over a beating tray immediately
after such examination. Where possible, insects flying off were noted and
most other arthropods were removed and brought to the laboratory for
examination; exceptions are Coccoidea, Psyllidae, Membracidae and Formic-
idae, for which representatives were collected to confirm recognition and
numbers assessed as ‘few’ (10 or less), medium (11-50) or ‘many’ (> 50).
Heights of trees were noted on each sampling occasion, together with their
general condition.
Results
A number of the acacias suffered considerable damage from defoliation
during the sampling period, but others appeared almost unaffected by
consumers. When planted, the trees were mostly 40-100 cm tall, but some
were smaller. At the end of this survey, the largest trees were well under
2 m.in height, and the average height increase over the 18 months period
was 45.4 + 32.2 cm. Many trees were thus submerged in the surrounding
grass for parts of the period.
Altogether, some 165 species of arthropods were found, many being of
only casual occurrence (Table 1). Other than for Homoptera and Formicidae,
many were present in only small numbers and on only some tree species
(Table 2). The more abundant groups and feeding guilds are as follows:
(a) Arachnida
Spiders were the most diverse group collected, and about 600 individ-
uals, representing 60 species, were found. They occurred on all species of
Acacia. Blyth (1973) compared the spider fauna of uncut grassland and of
5-8 m high A. dealbata in a site close to the present plot. During a seven
month study, he collected 47 species from А. dealbata and 76 from grassland,
with a Sorenson index of К = 0.28*. Most individuals on A. dealbata were
web-spinners, whereas in grassland a higher proportion of ‘hunters’ was
captured. As in Blyth’s study, Argiopidae were the most diverse family on
acacias, and Theridiidae, Salticidae, Thomisidae and Clubionidae were also
well-represented.
(b) Predatory insects
These were, in general, relatively scarce. The most abundant was the
green mantis Orthodera ministralis (F.), of which egg cases were also found.
* This index, the quotient of similarity, is given by 545 where ј = number of species found
in both habitats (A & В) and a and b are the numbers of species found in habitats A £ В.
Aust, ent. Mag. 10(1), June, 1983 15
TABLE 1. Incidence and abundance of arthropods on seedling acacias, La Trobe University, 1976-78.
: Arthropods Phytophagous s Number of species of
Species Notre: No.* SD specific o A PA Araneae Coleo EE Lepidoptera
acinacea 5 14 12 3 7 1 1
armata 5 18 11 3 6 - -
botryocephala 5 13 10 4 5 1 2
buxifolia 5 43 9 5 2 - 3
decurrens 6 41 16 9 1 3 4
floribunda 13 177 31 14 3 7 3
hakeoides 5 24 11 5 3 1 3
mearnsii 12 87 28 13 8 4 4
melanoxylon 25 720 90 25 37 17 12
mitchelli 5 21 11 3 7 2 —
mucronata 5 95 21 10 6 3 4
myrtifolia 5 11 9 3 5 1 -
obliquinervia 5 119 41 15 17 5 8
podalyriifolia 12 103 35 11 13 2 4
pravissima 5 159 27 12 10 3 4
pycnantha 26 615 87 31 30 22 12
retinodes 5 181 37 14 14 6 6
saligna 5 38 14 7 2 - 2
stricta 5 258 16 6 7 — 2
suaveolens 5 28 11 4 3 2 1
verticillata 5 47 29 9 13 2 3
A AAA A A AA A سسس 1 ك‎
* Total of individuals, excluding Formicidae and Homoptera: Coccoidea, Psylloidea, Membracidae.
TABLE 2. Arthropods collected from seedling acacias, La Trobe University, 1976-78.
Total no. No. species Мо. ‘host’ species
Group (N) (S) (maximum 21) N/S
Araneae 572 60 21 953
Coleoptera 266 32 17 8.31
Lepidoptera — larvaet 222 16 18 13.88
adultst 33 6 8 5.50
Heteroptera 30 6 9 5.00
Aphidoidea 33 2 8 16.50
Coccoidea 3 15
Psylloidea 3 10
Membracidae 2 21
Hymenoptera — Formicidae 6 19
others 27 17 9 1.59
Diptera 196 12 15 16.33
Neuroptera 6 2 4 3.00
Dermaptera 3 1 3 3.00
Orthoptera 3 2 3 1.50
Mantodea 35 1 7 35.00
Immature stagest — eggs* 497 12 16 41.42
larvaet 36 5 9 7.20
pupae 50 10 13 5.00
+ Overlap between species assessed in totals given in Table 1.
* Egg batches, egg sacs, oothecae each counted as 1.
+ Excluding Lepidoptera.
16 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(1), June, 1983
This species is common on larger acacias in Victoria, but is also frequently
captured in grassland and on other trees and shrubs. A few adult Neuroptera:
Chrysopidae (Chrysopa edwardsi Banks, ramburi Schneider) were captured,
as well as larvae of both these species. Hatched chrysopid eggs were found
on several trees but no Hemerobiidae were seen, although two species are
common on larger trees nearby.
Single specimens of a syrphid larva and a coccinellid larva were found,
as well as adults of Lemidea subaenea Mulsant (Cleridae), Diomous spp and
Coccinella repanda Thunberg (Coccinellidae). Lemidea may be a regular
predator of Acacia psyllids (New 1978), Diomous are common on larger
acacias and С. repanda is relatively scarce in the area: only one specimen
was found in an extensive survey of Acacia Coleoptera in a nearby plot (New
1979). Two species of Hemiptera: Pentatomidae and one of Miridae known
to be partially predatory were captured in small numbers.
(c) Phytophagous insects usually associated with Acacia
(i) Lepidoptera. The most common larvae found were of three
polyphagous moths, Teia (= Orgyia) anartoides (Walker) (Lymantriidae),
Epiphyas postvittana (Walker) (Tortricidae) and Digglesia australasiae (F.)
(Lasiocampidae). Several species of Geometridae more closely associated with
Acacia were also represented, and several phyllodinous acacias were mined by
Gracillariidae or Cosmopterygidae. These attacked the first-formed phyllodes
of several individuals of A. melanoxylon, A. pycnantha and A. obliquinervia.
Adults found were all of species represented also as larvae, with the single
exception of a resting Pieris rapae L.
(ii) Homoptera. All species found are believed to be specific to Acacia.
They include the colonial Pseudococcus acaciae (Maskell), three species of
Psyllidae and the common membracid Sextius virescens (Fairmaire), All
occurred in relatively large numbers on many host species and Pseudococcus
and Sextius were usually tended by numerous ants. Psyllidae were found on
young flush growth of their hosts.
(iii) Coleoptera. Twenty four species of phytophagous Coleoptera,
mainly Chrysomelidae and Belidae, are mostly known only from Acacia.
The most abundant species was Monolepta froggatti Blackburn, and was found
on nine host species.
(d) Phytophagous insects not associated with Acacia
Some phytophagous species found are clearly not associated with acacias
and are probably of purely casual occurrence. They were all scarce, and
included several Chrysomelidae usually found on eucalypts, and aphids.
Not all Acacia species supported large numbers of arthropods (Table 1),
although the most common orders occurred on all host species examined.
Total numbers of taxa found on different species ranged from 9 to 90, and
only Sextius virescens was found on all possible hosts. Although spiders
were found on all Acacia spp, no species occurred on more than 15 host
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(1), June, 1983 17
species. In general, the most abundant host trees (pycnantha, melanoxylon)
yielded more species and individuals than other trees, and there was
considerable variation in the fauna of the ‘scarcer’ tree species.
Discussion
Many of the characteristic faunal elements of acacias in this area had
become well-established by the end of this survey, and there appeared to be
no phytophagous taxa solely characteristic of, or limited to, juvenile trees.
All species found have been captured also on larger trees. In particular,
Homoptera and Lepidoptera were present on a wide range of young trees
and have the potential to cause substantial damage. However, the young
trees (many of which were ‘submerged’ in surrounding vegetation for much
of the period of this survey) are architecturally considerably less complex
than mature trees although, with some exceptions, they furnish an equivalent
suite of resources. More complex ‘architecture’ is associated with greater
consumer diversity (Lawton 1978, Southwood et al. 1979). On acacias, for
example, some feeding guilds (flower gallers, seed eaters, many wood borers)
are found only on mature or old trees. The early colonisers, however,
included a number of relatively specialist taxa which are considerably more
host-specific than some of the phytophages found and, for example, the
first phyllodes developed on several individual trees were attacked by miners.
All, or a large proportion of, the phyllodes of some trees were attacked
while still relatively soft, an attack pattern characteristic of many of the
Acacia-mining Lepidoptera in the area. Psyllidae were also particularly
characteristic of flush growth, and were largely absent from fully-expanded
phyllodes. The presence of ants attending Sextius and other Homoptera
indicates that intimate associations between colonising species also develop
at an early stage.
In general, however, many of the species found are those also charact-
istic of older trees, but with some major components of the communities of
older trees being considerably less diverse. This applies especially to Lepid-
optera and Coleoptera. Many species of these orders found are relatively
generalist in that they feed either on a wide range of Acacia species or also
on other kinds of plants.
There were a few unexpected absences in relation to the known insect
fauna of larger trees in the area. Hemerobiidae, for example, were not found,
although Micromus tasmaniae (Walker) is common on low vegetation in the
area and Drepanacra binocula (Newman) is particularly characteristic of
acacias (New, unpublished). Larvae of the lycaenid butterfly Jalmenus evagoras
(Donovan) frequently occur on A. melanoxylon elsewhere on the campus,
but were not found on the seedling trees. Foliage-feeding Chrysomelidae,
some of which may occur in enormous numbers on acacias (Elliott 1978:
Pyrgoides orphana (Erichson) on A. dealbata in Tasmania), were largely
absent, and none occurred in large numbers.
As Lawton (1978) has emphasised, the seasonal distribution of the
insect species associated with a plant is very different from the total number
18 Aust, ent. Mag. 10(1), June, 1983
of species found, and the number of phytophagous species may vary marke dly
with season. In this survey, phenological differences are largely obscured
by the low and sporadic incidence of many species. The more common
phytophages have been studied also on larger trees and some have a clear
seasonal pattern (New 1979 and unpublished). In general, the incidence on
young trees of the more common Homoptera, Coleoptera and Lepidoptera
occurred within the predictable “active periods” on older trees.
Acacias may form dense groups, but even isolated trees can support
many arthropod species, and large populations of some of these. Davis (1975)
recognised four inter-related factors relevant to the study of such “host-plant
islands’, namely size and isolation of the habitat, colonising ability of the
animals, and time. In this study, the colonists found have nearly all been
found in nearby (to several hundred metres) source populations. Many of
the spiders are non-specific to acacias and are widespread in the area. The
major limitation to the numbers of species found appears to be time and
numbers/‘complexity’ of plants: the more numerous species of Acacia,
effectively increasing the ‘island size’, supported more species of colonisers
over the period of this survey.
As many of the inhabitants of acacias of all ages became established
on young trees during this survey period, it is implied that many character-
istic elements of the insect communities of these trees may persist over
much of the life of their host plants.
Acknowledgements
I am very grateful to Mrs J. Tenberge, Mrs B. Lee and Mrs P. Pase for their careful
assistance in this work.
References
Blyth, J. D., 1973. A community study of spiders in and around the La Trobe University
Biology Reserve. Unpublished thesis (B.Sc. Hon.), La Trobe University.
Davis, B. N. K., 1975. The colonisation of isolated patches of nettles (Urtica dioicaL.)
by insects. J. appl. Ecol. 12: 1-14.
Elliott, H. J., 1978. Studies on the fireblight beetle, Pyrgoides orphana (Erichson)
(Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) and its effect on the growth of silver wattle in
Tasmania. Aust. For. 41(3): 160-166.
Lawton, J. H., 1978. Host-plant influences on insect diversity: the effects of time and
space. Jn Mound, L. A. and Waloff, N. (eds.), Diversity of insect faunas. Symp.
R. ent. Soc. Lond. 9: 105-125.
New, T. R., 1978. Notes on the biology of Lemidea subaenea (Coleoptera: Cleridae) on
Acacia in Victoria. Aust. ent. Mag. 5(2): 21-22.
New, T. R., 1979. Phenology and relative abundance of Coleoptera on some Australian
acacias. Aust. J. Zool. 27(1): 9-16.
Southwood, T. R. E., Brown, V. K. and Reader, P. M., 1979. The relationships of plant
and insect diversities in succession. Biol. J. Linn. Soc. 12: 327-348.
Waloff, N., 1968a. Studies on the insect fauna on Scotch Broom, Sarothamnus Scoparius
(L.) Wimmer. Adv. Ecol. Res. 5: 87-208.
Waloff, N., 1968b. A comparison of factors affecting different insect species on the
same host plant. Jn Southwood, Т. К. E. (ed.), Insect abundance. Symp. R.
ent, Soc. Lond. 4: 76-87.
Aust, ent. Mag. 10(1), June, 1983 19
BOOK REVIEW
The Pentatomoidea (Hemiptera) of northeastern North America with emphasis on the
fauna of Illinois by J.E. McPherson. Published 20th May, 1982. 8vo. 240 pages,
illustr. Southern Illinois University Press, P.O. Box 3697, Carbondale, Illinois,
62901. Price US $30.00
This book provides a comprehensive, systematic treatment of the pentatomid bugs
of north-eastern North America. Much of the text (96 pages) includes keys which allow
identification to species, and data on the distribution and biology of these species, A
map of each species” distribution in Illinois is included and also 102 figures illustrating
characters used in the keys, There is a brief introduction of eight pages, eight tables
summarising useful data, an extensive list of literature and an index. Some 120 species
and subspecies in five families are covered.
There are no illustrations of the species; identification relies on the keys only,
This is probably adequate in most instances but should doubt exist there is no ready
means of checking a key determination. If figures of the species had been included
the work would have been considerably more valuable.
While the book is, of course, of most value to those interested in the American
bug fauna, it is nevertheless, of some interest to Australian workers. The keys to families
and genera, together with their illustrations are useful. At US$30 the book is worth
purchasing by pentatomid specialists. M. S. MOULDS”
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by M. S. and B. J. Moulds
BEVERIDGE, l., KUMME ROW, E. L., WILKINSON, P. and COPEMAN, D. B.
1981. An investigation of biting midges in relation to their potential as vectors of
bovine onchocerciasis in north Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 20(1): 39-45,
tables 1-3, text-figs 1 & 2.
BISHOP, A. L.
1980. The composition and abundance of the spider fauna in south-east Queensland
cotton. Aust. J. Zool, 28(5, 6): 699-708, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-3.
BISHOP, A. L. and BLOOD, P, R. B.
1980. Arthropod ground strata composition of the cotton ecosystem in south-eastern
Queensland, and the effect of some control strategies. Aust. J. Zool. 28(5, 6):
693-697, tables 1 & 2.
1981. Interactions between natural populations of spiders and pests in cotton and
their importance to cotton production in southeastern Queensland, Gen, appl.
Ent. 13: 98-104, table 1, text-figs 1-3.
BROOKES, Helen M.
1981. A new genus and species of mealybug on Callitris in South Australia (Homopt-
era: Pseudococcidae). J, Aust. ent. Soc, 20(1): 127-129, text-fig. 1.
BURNS, Joy and BURNS, Gordon
1979. A Queensland trip for Coleoptera. Victorian Ent. 9(2): 14-15.
Coleoptera: many species listed (mostly Stigmodera)
CANTRELL, В. К.
1980. Larvae of Blaesoxipha Loew (Diptera: Sarcophagidae) and an unidentified
tachinid (Diptera) parasitic in Acrididae (Orthoptera) in Australia. J. Aust. ent.
Soc. 19(3): 217-221, text-figs 1-18.
1980. Additional Australian harvestmen (Arachnida: Opiliones). J. Aust, ent. Soc.
19(4): 241-253, text-figs 1-37.
CLYNE, Densey
1979. The garden jungle. 4to. Collins, Sydney. 184 pp., illustr.
Text of a popular style mentioning and illustrating many species.
20 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(1), June, 1983
EDWARDS, E. D. and KERR, J. Е. В.
1978. A new species of Candalides from eastern Australia and notes on Candalides
hyacinthinus (Semper) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae), Aust. ent. Mag. 4(5): 81-
90, text-figs 1-20.
FARAGHER, R. A.
1980. Life cycle of Hemicordulia tau Selys (Odonata: Corduliidae) in Lake Eucum-
bene, N.S.W., with notes on predation on it by two trout species. J, Aust, ent.
Soc. 194): 269-276, text-figs 1-6.
FERGUSON, D. J.
1979. Notes on butterflies from South Black Range, south-eastern New South Wales.
Aust. ent, Mag. 6(1): 1-2.
GAEDIKE, H.
1981, Katalog der in den Sammlungen der Abteilung Taxonomic der Insekten des
Institutes fur Pflanzenschutzforschung, Bereich Eberswalde (ehemals Deutsches
Entomologisches Institut), aufbewahrten typen — XIX. Beitr, Ent., Berlin
31(1): 175-232.
Coleoptera: Staphylinidae
GALLOWAY, І. D.
1982. Two new genera of Scelionidae (Hymenoptera) from Lord Howe Island, J.
Aust. ent. Soc. 21(3): 189-193, text-figs 1-7.
GAY, Е. J. and WATSON, J. A. L.
1982. The genus Cryptotermes in Australia (Isoptera: Kalotermitidae). Aust. J. Zool.,
Suppl. Ser. 88: 1-64, text-figs 1-104.
GRANT, Maureen D.
1982. Feeding preferences of larvae of Herpetogramma licarsisalis (Walker) (Lepid-
optera: Pyralidae) and Spodoptera mauritia (Boisduval) (Lepidoptera: Noct-
uidae), two lawn pests common about brisbane. J. Aust. ent, Soc, 21(3):
201-205, tables 1 & 2.
Lists З Coleoptera, 1 Hemiptera (Austrolopa sp.), 1 Lepidoptera (Narycia sp.),
1 Blattodea, 1 Arachnida.
GREENAWAY, Peter
1981. Temperature limits to trailing activity in the Australian arid-zone meat ant
Iridomyrmex purpureus form viridiaeneus. Aust, J. Zool. 29(4): 621-630,
tables 1-5, text-figs 1-3.
HAWKESWOOD, T. J.
1980. A spider feeding on a jewel beetle. West. Aust. Nat, 14(8): 236.
Araneus sp. feeding on Stigmodera (Castianrina) picta
1980. Jewel beetles as pollinators of Melaleuca pauperiflora F. Muell between Eucla
(W.A.) and Koonalda (S.A.). West. Aust. Nat. 14(8): 238-239.
Coleoptera: Stígmodera (Themognatha) heros, S. (Castinarina) mustelamajor
1981. Observations on two sympatric species of Buprestidae (Coleoptera) from sand
dunes on the North Coast of New South Wales. Victorian Nat. 98(4): 146-151,
tables 1 & 2.
1981. Observations on some jewel beetles (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) from the
Armidale district, north-eastern New South Wales. Victorian Nat. 98(4): 152-
155, text-figs 1 & 2, table 1 |
1982. A record of Thomisus spectabilis Dolesch 1859 (Araneida: Thomisidae) feed-
ing on a scarab beetle. Victorian Nat. 99(4): 140-141, text-figs 1-2.
Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Cetoniinae: Cacochroa decorticata
Buprestidae: Stigmodera (Castiarina) picta, Cisseis scabrosula
MULLER, M. J., MURRAY, M. D. and EDWARDS, J. A.
1981. Blood-sucking midges and mosquitoes feeding on mammals at Beatrice Hill,
N.T. Aust. J. Zool. 29(4): 573-588, tables 1-9.
NIKITIN, М. 1,
1979. Geographical distribution of three species of small ants common in New South
Wales. Aust. ent. Mag. 5(6): 101-102, text-fig. 1.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices
need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be
sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.
WANTED. Live larvae of the large wood moth Xyleutes boisduvali, preferably
later instars. Will buy or trade for Tasmanian insects. S. Fearn, 37
Wentworth St., Launceston, Tasmania, 7250.
EXCHANGE or buy. New Zealand Carabidae for Australian Carabidae. John
Nunn, 14 Hicks Close, Whitby, New Zealand.
WANTED. Copy of Butterflies of the Australian Region by B. D’Abrera
(Lansdowne Press). Paul Wright, 103 Gibraltar Drive, Surfers Paradise,
Qld. 4217. phone (075) 38 5725.
EXCHANGE. Butterflies from Angola, W. Africa, for Australian butterflies.
Arnaldo Bucchi, Via Ceretana, 55, 00052 Cerveteri, Roma, Italy.
EXCHANGE. Scarabaeidae, subfamily Dynastinae—will forward list of species
available to anyone interested. Ms Colette Voirin, Rompe-Coval, RN7,
83340 le Luc, France.
WANTED. Copy of Australian moths by 1. F. B. Common (Jacaranda Press)
and The pictorial encyclopedia of insects by V. J. Stanek (Paul Hamlyn).
S. Underwood, P.O. Box 330, Lane Cove, N.S №. 2066. ph. (02)4282552.
AUSTRALASIAN BUTTERFLY COMPANY
P.O. Box 330, Lane Cove, N.S.W. 2066, Australia
Phone: Sydney (02) 428 2552
SUPPLIES OF BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS AND BEETLES
Please write for our catalogue of species available
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in duplicate.
All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper
considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than six printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Reprints: Authors may purchase reprints at the following rates per page:$10 for
50 copies, $13 for 100 copies and $18 for 200 copies. There are no free reprints. Papers
exceeding three printed pages in length will only be accepted if a minimum of 50 reprints
are purchased.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they
are to appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Colour plates are offered to authors at the following subsidized prices: first plate $265;
additional plates $185 each. Photographs are best submitted as colour transparencies
although paintings are also suitable. Plates using two or more photographs are more
expensive; thus where a number of set specimens are to be illustrated on a plate such
specimens are best photographed on a single slide.
Address papers to: The Editor,
Australian Entomological Magazine,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.
CONTENTS
ASTON, C. E. Two more food plants for Polyura
(Е.) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) ..........А\,.............
morphology of Hesperilla sarnia Atkins (Lepidoptera: Sper-
пазе) Ба or eee oe э ол опо tuo dno bua negna 6
MAJER, J. D. Notes on a deformed worker of the ant genus Irido-
myrmex (Hymenoptera: Еогтісійае) ...................... 11
MOORE, B. P. New Tasmanian Trechini (Coleoptera: Carabidae).......
NEW, T. R. Colonisation of seedling acacias by arthropods in southern
VICO Sek O PTO tenn pe 13
OSMELAK, J. A. Occurrence of leaf-mining Diptera in cultivated
CIO DS E atro 9
BOOK REVIEW — The Pentatomoidea (Hemiptera) of northeastern
North America with emphasis on the fauna of Illinois ........... 19
RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian
entomology. Compiled by M.S.andB.J.Moulds........... 19
ENLOMOLOGIGATENOIT GES A inside back cover
e] rade WINE Worldwide Lepidoptera &
Coleoptera
82 Balaclava Rd, Cairns, N.Qld, 4870 Write for Catalogue
Phone: (070) 54 3643
WAU ECOLOGY INSTITUTE
v
Located at 1,200 m altitude in north-eastern New Guinea this institute has access
to a wide range of environments, from sea level to 3,000 m ina few hours drive or one
day's walk. A branch station is at 2,360 m. Visiting entomologists are welcome by
advance arrangement and accommodation is availableat both the Institute and branch
station. There are some laboratory facilities, reference collections, a zoo; and transport
may be available. Ecological research is encouraged as well as collaboration with other
institutions. Inquire cf Manager for rates: P.O. Box 77, Wau, Papua New Guinea.
COMPLETE SCIENTIFIC
P.O. Box 307
Round Lake, Illinois 60073 U.S.A.
BEETLES, BUTTERFLIES and INSECTS
from MALAYSIA, AFRICA, BRAZIL, etc.
2,000 species of butterflies, moths, beetles . . . worldwide. Please send $1.00 for 64 page catalog.
Wanted: Small series of Papilio, Buprestidae, Lucanidae, Pamborus, Calosoma, Saturnidae & Prioninae.
ISSN 0311-1881
AUSTRALIAN |
OF усток
'ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
Aust. ent. Mag.
Edited by M. S. Moulds
VOLUME 10, PARTS 2,3
JULY, 1983
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand
and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional
entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.
SUBSCRIPTIONS
All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:
Australian Entomological Press,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,
Australia.
Individual Subscriptions
$12.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea
A$13.00 (US$ 12.00 or Stg.£7.50) per annum overseas
Institutional Subscriptions
$16.00 (US$14.50 or Stg.£9.00) per annum
COVER
Illustrated by Stephen Underwood
The Bentwing Swift Moth, Zelotypia stacyi Scott (family Hepialidae)
is one of Australia’s largest moths with species often having a wing span in
excess of 230 mm. Adults are tawny brown with silver-white markings and
the spectacular raised eye spot gives the fore wing the appearance of a
reptilian head. The larvae feed on only a few species of eucalypt including
the Sydney blue gum, £. salinga, and grow to some 130 mm over a period of
5-6 years. The species occurs in south-eastern Queensland and eastern New
South Wales. It is now exceedingly rare in New South Wales.
Published by
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,
N.S.W. 2065, Australia.
Phone: 43-3972
Printed by
Graphic Associates
F10, Oi Man Commercial Complex,
Kowloon, Hong Kong
Australian Entomological
LAN
Magazine ¿2 EN
ДЕ 7
Aust. ent. Mag. N 16 SEP 198
Volume 10, Parts 2, 3 XE VIS Sad
MIGRATION RECORDS IN AUSTRALIA. 3.
DANAINAE AND ACRAEINAE (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE)
By C. N. Smithers
The Australian Museum, 6-8 College Street, Sydney, Australia, 2000
Abstract
Of the 16 species of Danainae and one species of Acraeinae occurring in Australia
nine species are recorded as confirmed or suspected migrants. This note presents a
summary of information on their movements.
Introduction
Eight of the 16 species of Danainae occurring in Australia and the single
Australian Acraeinae have been observed to migrate or are suspected of doing
so on indirect evidence. This is a higher proportion than is found in the
Hesperiidae (one species out of more than a hundred) or the Papilionidae
(two migrant species in eighteen). This paper summarises information on the
movements of Danainae and Acraeinae; parts 1 and 2 of this series of papers
giving similar summaries for some orders other than Lepidoptera and for the
Hesperiidae and Papilionidae have already been published (Smithers 1970,
1978).
Danainae
Danaus affinis affinis (F .)
Williams (1930) mentions that this species has migratory habits and
Moulds (1964) records two scuthern specimens at Broken Bay, New South
Wales in March 1963. It has been sighted on four occasions moving east or
north-east at Mount Tamborine, Queensland (obs. G. Sankowsky) and one
specimen was taken at Careel Bay, N.S.W., an area in which it is not usually
present, on 5.11.1973 (obs. M. S. Moulds). Although details are few the above
observations suggest at least occasional population movement.
22 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(2, 3), July, 1983
Danaus chrysippus petilia (Stoll)
Williams (1930) mentions this species as a migrant and reported
(Williams 1933) that a southerly movement took place in about 1915.
Alexander (1917) reported a large flight in south-westem Australia in the
summer of 1914-15 and that the species visits the area each year. It is
certainly a species given to making sudden appearances in areas from which
it is usually absent and it seems to be very unevenly distributed through its
range. Holloway (1962) reported its appearance in New Zealand and it was
breeding there in April - May 1958 (Wise 1958). A strong easterly movement
was reported 6th April 1973, at Kyneton, Victoria (Anonymous 1973) .
From these few published records, and the more recent observations
given in Table 1, it is clear that mainly northerly movements can be expected
in April.
TABLE 1
Summary of new migration records for Danaus chrysippus petilia
Locality Date Direction Observer
Sawtell, N.S.W. 4-7.iv.1967 mainly N P. Wilson
48km N of Singleton, 12.iv.1977 N N. Smithers
N.S.W. 10/min/20m
48km N of Singleton, 16-17.iv.1977 N N. Smithers
N.S.W. 1/min/20m
48km N of Singleton, 23-25.iv.1977 N . N. Smithers
N.S.W. 1/5 min/20m
48km N of Singleton, 15.11.1980 N N. Smithers
N.S.W. 1-2/hr/20m
48km N of Singleton, 22.11.1980 NW . N. Smithers
N.S.W. 1/15 тіп/20т
48km N of Singleton, 12.iv.1980 NW . N. Smithers
N.S.W. 3/5 min/20m
48km N of Singleton, 21-22.11.1981 N ‚М. Smithers
N.S.W. 3/min/20m '
48km N of Singleton, 28-29 iii.1981 N . N. Smithers
N.S.W. 10/min/20m
48km N of Singleton, S.iv.1981 N ‚ М. Smithers
N.S.W. 2/min/20m
Danaus hamatus hamatus (W. S. Macleay)
The literature from King (1826) to Straatman (1963) contains many
references to appearance and “clustering” of this species at specific sites and
there are several more recent records e.g. Townsville 1968-69 and Coen,
Queensland, June 1971 (obs. G. B. Monteith); Cabbage Tree Island, New
South Wales, December 1969 (obs. A. D'Ombrain); Mission Beach, Queens-
land, April 1971 (obs. M. S. Moulds); Magnetic Island, Queensland, April
1973 (A. Young). There are, however, no early records of directions of
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(2, 3), July, 1983 23
flights. Wise (1965) mentions its appearance in New Zealand. Moulds (1963,
1964) and Peters (1963b) list specimens seen in and near Sydney (well to the
south of its usual range); all sightings were in January, February or March.
Straatman (1963) recorded a strong NNW migration between Tully and
Ingham, Queensland, with numbers reaching a peak (55-65/min/80 m) in mid
April.
Table 2 gives a summary of recent significant flight records.
The flights observed in December 1969 were in various directions
suggesting somewhat local movements but from late February to May 1970
the flights indicate predominantly southerly movements over a wide area.
Records for December 1970 and early January 1971 again suggest haphazard
movement but from about mid January there is again an indication of
southerly movement which penetrated further south than Sydney and was
still evident as a movement even from the small numbers reaching Sydney.
The onset of the southerly movement was apparently a little earlier in 1971
than in 1970. Although less detailed than that for later years the data
provided by Moulds (1963, 1964) and Peters (1963b) suggest that similar
unusually strong, southerly extensions took place in 1962 and 1963, perhaps
on a smaller scale.
In general terms it seems that early local flights of various directions in
the northern areas become predominantly southerly as the season progresses
but the time at which this happens varies from year to year i.e. anything
from January (as recorded by Moulds /oc. cit) to as late as February (e.g. as
in 1970).
Danaus plexippus (L.)
The regular, large-scale flights of this species in North America are
amongst the frequently cited classic cases of insect migration. Such spectacular
movements have not been seen in Australia but widespread, regular, populat-
jon movements of a less conspicuous nature do occur. These have already
been described and discussed (Smithers 1977) and details need not be repeated
here. The annual cycle includes winter periods when part of the population
is in reproductive *diapause" and during which clustering takes place at
certain sites. |
Euploea core corinna (W. S. Macleay)
There are very few published records of obvious population movements
in this species but several authors have reported its concentration over small
areas (e.g. Poulton 1922); this suggests movement into and away from
certain sites. It has also been recorded in numbers well beyond its usual
breeding range in some years. In 1948 there was a spread, with speciméns
reaching Victoria (Anonymous 1948; Plant 1948; Chadwick 1951, 1954).
For April and May 1955 Straatman (1963) recorded a flight between Tully
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(2, 3), July, 1983
24
TABLE 2
Summary of new migration records for Danaus hamatus hamatus
Locality Date Direction Observer
Wallaville, Q. xii.1969 N G. Sankowsky
Gladstone to xii.1969 E G. Sankowsky
Rockhampton, Q.
N of Rockhampton to xii.1969 W G. Sankowsky
Sarina, Q.
Brisbane, Q. xii.1969 W G. Sankowsky
Mackay, Q. 28.ii-3.iii.1970 SE A. Bird
29 /5min/30m
Mackay, Q. 7.11.1970 sw A. Bird
Sawtell, N.S.W. 17.iv.1970 large numbers P. J. Wilson
Eurimbulah, N of v.1970 SE G. Sankowsky
Bundaberg, Q.
Cairns, О. v.1970 $ С. Sankowsky
large numbers
16km offshore in vi.1970 on ship A. Bird
Whitsunday Passage, О.
Brisbane, Q. 14 xii.1970 S P. Bensley
96/hr
Inverell, N.S.W. 1.1.1971 W M. S. Moulds
Brisbane, Q. to 9-20.1.1971 SE A. Bird
Yerongpilly, N.S.W.
Urunga, N.S.W. 20-27.1.1971 SSW M. S. Moulds
several dozen/day
Willoughby, N.S.W. 26-28 1.1971 S P. Wilson
several sightings
Maitland, N.S.W. 1.1.1971 large numbers A. D'Ombrain
Conobolas, N.S.W. 11.1971 large numbers J. Hicks
Sydney (several 1-2.11.1971 Г. C. Haines, J. V.
localities) large numbers Peters, C.Trickett,
С. A. Holloway &
C. N. Smithers
Gloucester, N.S.W. 6.11.1971 SE A. B. Rose
Booral, N.S.W. 7.11.1971 SW, W A.B. Rose
Camden, N.S.W. 8.11.1971 several C. Trickett
Sydney (several 13-15.11.1971 S, SSE J. V. Peters, A. B.
localities) Rose,C.N.Smithers
Sydney (several 20-21.ii.1971 S, SSE M. Lovell, J. V.
localities) Peters, A. B. Rose
Sydney (Turramurra) 28.ii.1971 1 specimen C. N. Smithers
Mackay, Q. viii.1971 SE A. Bird
Conway National 23.iii.1972 ENE P. Wilson
Park, N.S.W. 1/min/40m
Ravenshoe, Q. ^ vi1973 E M. Lockyer
Yeppoon, Q. 14.1.1974 NNE A. Atkins
6/min
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(2, 3), July, 1983 25
and Ingham, Queensland. Moulds (1963) records a few specimens from in or
near Sydney, New South Wales, in January 1962. Records from 28th October
to 6th June 1963 (Moulds 1964, Chadwick 1974a) indicate a major invasion
to the south with breeding through at least one generation well south of its
usual breeding areas. Fletcher (1973) records an invasion of Heron Island,
Queensland, and a south-easterly flight in January 1971. The latter coincided
with sightings at Maitland, New South Wales (obs. A. D'Ombrain). From
December 1973 to April 1974 there are records for Sydney (Nikitin 1974),
Wollongong (Chadwick 1974b) and several inland areas of New South Wales
(Anonymous 1974a) which suggest another southerly invasion. One Sydney
record is as late as June 1974 (Anonymous 1974b). Sightings in Victoria
were reported from several localities between January and April 1974 (Quick
1974). Table 3 includes records of sightings in the Sydney area during
October and November 1973 and in May 1977.
TABLE 3
Summary of additional sightings of E. core corinna which suggest migration
Locality Date Direction Observer
Lorn (Maitland), N.S.W. 14.11.1971 specimens seen A. D'Ombrain
Magnetic Island, Q. iv.1973 concentration A. Young
Sydney, N.S.W. 21.x.1973 specimen taken H. G. Smithers
Sydney, N.S.W. 21.x.1973 specimen seen D. K. McAlpine
Sydney, N.S.W. 1.xi.1973 specimen seen C. N. Smithers
Sydney, N.S. W. x1.1973 many sightings A. B. Rose
Sydney alon Beach), 25.1.1974 2 specimens taken M. S. Moulds
Sydney, N.S.W. 6.v.1977 specimen seen G. Daniels
Sydney, N.S.W. iii-iv.1981 several seen R. Brewer
Clearly, E. core corinna is a species in which movements take place
within the usual breeding range with fairly frequent extensions of the range
southwards, probably most noticeable when populations are high. Moulds
(pers. comm.) reports that continuous breeding takes place at Umina and
Avoca Beach (near Gosford), with larvae present in large numbers in March.
Euploea sylvester sylvester (F.)
Clusters of this species have been reported from Townsville and Coen,
Queensland, in June 1971 (obs. G. B. Monteith) and from near Darwin,
Northern Territory, in August 1970 (obs. J. V. Peters) while clusters of
several thousands were seen in rainforest along Peach Creek, 25 km NNE of
Coen between 2nd and 4th November 1979 (obs. M. S. Moulds). The clust-
ering habit suggests population movement as this is part of the behaviour
cycle of several migrant species. Obvious unidirectional flights have, however,
not yet been reported.
26 Aust. ent. Mag. 1012, 3), July, 1983
Euploea eichorni Staud.
Straatman (1963) records a NNW migration from mid February to mid
April 1962 between Tully and Ingham, Queensland, and clustering at Forest
Beach, Queensland, in late June 1961. These observations suggest behaviour
similar to that of E. sylvester.
Euploea tulliolus tulliolus (F.)
Evidence of migration in this species comes from three observed
flights, one N at Mackay, Queensland, in May 1969, with a density of 34/10
[mins (obs. A. Bird), one N, 140 km N of Bundaburg, Queensland, in May
1970 in which very large numbers were seen (obs. G. Sankowsky) and one
S at North Beach, near Urunga, 23rd January 1971 (obs. М. S. Moulds).
Acraeinae
Acraea andromacha (F.)
Williams (1930) records a flight of this species through Cairns, Queens-
land, in May and June 1928 and this appears to be the only record of a
population movement sighting. Moulds (1963, 1964) and Peters (1963a, 1963b)
record specimens from in and near Sydney, New South Wales, during the
summers of 1962 and 1963. An additional record is a sighting at Bulli, New
South Wales, on 13th April 1970 (obs. J. V. Peters). The sporadic southerly
sightings are probably due to invasion during a temporary southerly extension
of range, as in Е. core.
Comments
Observations so far made indicate that the migratory habit is more
frequent in the nymphalid subfamily Danainae than in the Hesperiidae or
Papilionidae. In Australia the Danainae are predominantly species of the
“Torresian” zoogeographic province and, as such, have their main centres of
distribution and breeding in the northern and north-eastern parts of the
continent. Variations in climate probably provide opportunity for them to
extend their range southwards from time to time and some of them, e.g.
E. core, can breed through one or two generations in the area of southerly
extension. Clearly, however, permanent establishment is difficult. It is
interesting to note that the widespread Danaus plexippus exhibits differences
in behaviour and seasonal cycles in the northern “Torresian” province from
those which it exhibits in the more southerly “Bassian” zoogeographic
province (Smithers 1977).
To date there has been little detailed work on Danaine population
movements within the main areas of their distribution and breeding; compar-
ative studies on the species of Euploea and Danaus would probably yield
interesting data as they undoubtedly have regular, if limited, population
movements.
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(2, 3), July, 1983 27
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank the many observers mentioned in this note for
providing records of migration and M.S. Upton and M.S. Moulds for providing
references to migration in Australia.
References
Alexander, W. B., 1917. White-winged black terns in Western Australia: a remarkable
visitation. Emu 17: 95-100.
Anonymous, 1948. Crow butterfly. Wildlife Melb. 10(11): 518.
Anonymous, 1973. Miscellaneous butterfly records. Migratory butterflies in Victoria.
Victorian Ent. 3(3): 8.
Anonymous, 1974a. The Oleander butterfly, Euploea core corinna (Macl.). Circ. ent.
Soc, Aust, (N.S.W.) 244: 13.
Anonymous, 1974b. Oleander butterfly, Euploea core corinna (Macl.). Circ. ent. Soc.
Aust. (N.S.W.) 250: 42.
Chadwick, C. E., 1951. Abnormal insect numbers. Part 1. Victorian Nat. 67(9): 178,
183.
Chadwick, C. E., 1954. In Notes and Exhibits. Circ. Soc. Entomologists, Sydney 24: 38.
Chadwick, C. E., 1974a. The Oleander butterfly, Euploea core corinna (Macleay). Circ.
ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 242: 4.
Chadwick, C. E., 1974b. The Oleander butterfly, Euploea core corinna (Macl.). Circ.
ent, Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 243: 8.
Fletcher, B. S., 1973. Observations on a movement of insects at Heron Island, Queens-
land. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12: 157-160, 1 fig.
Holloway, B. A., 1962. Melanitis leda (Linn.) and other migrant butterflies in New
Zealand during 1962. Rec, Dominion Mus. 4(8): 79-82, 2 figs.
King, P. P., 1826. Narrative of a survey ... of Australia... 2 vols. London.
Moulds, M. S., 1963. Records of northern butterflies in the Sydney district. Commun. R.
zool. Soc. N.S.W. Ent. Sect. 17: 36-38.
Moulds, M. S., 1964. Records of northern butterflies in the Sydney district. Commun. R.
zool. Soc. N.S.W. Ent. Sect. 23: 63-67.
Nikitin, M. I., 1974. Butterflies collected at the Lake Parramatta Reserve, 1971-1974.
Circ. ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 247: 26-29.
Peters, J. V., 1963a. Records of northern butterflies in the Sydney district 1962-63.
Commun. R. zool. Soc. Ent. Sect. 21: 53-54.
Peters, J. V., 1963b. Further records of northern butterflies in the Sydney district.
Commun, К. 2001. Soc. Ent, Sect. 19: 45-46.
Plant, J. B., 1948, Uncommon Crow. Wildlife Melb. 10: 279.
Quick, №. N., 1974. Some abnormal insect records for the summers of 1972-3, 1973-4.
Victorian Ent. 4(5): 66-71.
Smithers, C. N., 1970. Migration records in Australia. 1. Odonata, Homoptera, Coleopt-
era, Diptera and Hymenoptera. Aust. Zool. 15(3): 380-382.
Smithers, C. N., 1977. Seasonal distribution and breeding status of Danaus plexippus
(L.) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16: 175-184.
Smithers, C. N., 1978. Migration records in Australia. 2. Hesperiidae and Papilionidae.
Aust. ent, Mag. 5(1): 11-14.
Straatman, R., 1963. Observations on migration in Certain Australian Lepidoptera.
Tijdschr. Ent, 106(4): 197-199.
Williams, C. B., 1930. The migration of butterflies. Oliver and Boyd, London. i-xi, 473 pp.
Williams, C. B., 1933. Further collected records relating to insect migration. Trans. R.
ent. Soc, Lond, 81: 103-115.
Wise, K. A. J., 1958. Danaus chrysippus petilia Stoll breeding in New Zealand. N.Z. Ent.
2(3): 52.
Wise, К. A. J., 1965. Nomenclature of some butterfly species. N.Z. Ent. 3(4): 18-20.
28 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(2, 3), July, 1983
THE TYPE HOST OF APONOMMA HYDROSAURI (DENNY)
(ACARI: IXODIDAE)
By G. M. Shea
13 Residence, Rozelle Hospital, Rozelle, N.S.W., 2039.
Abstract
The type host of Ixodes hydrosauri Denny, 1843 is Tiliqua nigrolutea not Varanus
gouldii.
In the absence of Denny’s type material (presumed lost), Roberts
(1964a) synonymised the reptile ticks Aponomma hydrosauri (Denny 1843)
and Aponomma trachysauri (Lucas 1861). This action was based on the
parasitism of reptiles by both species and has since been universally accepted.
One apparently previously unnoted fact supports Roberts’ action.
Denny's types were taken by John Gould from “one of the large lizards of
Van Diemens Land [FTasmania], known to the colonists by the general
name of the Guana”. Denny supposed this to be the sand goanna, Varanus
gouldii (then Hydrosaurus gouldii) and hence proposed the name Ixodes
hydrosauri. However, no varanid occurs in Tasmania (Hewer and Mollison
1973). The largest lizard occurring naturally in Tasmania is the blotched
blue-tongue skink, Tiliqua nigrolutea. Records of T. scincoides from Tasmania
are in error (Hewer and Mollison 1973) and T. rugosa was introduced to
Tasmania (Lord and Scott 1924), presumably well after 1843. T. nigrolutea
is commonly known in Tasmania as the Goanna (Lord and Scott 1924;
Hewer 1948; Hewer and Mollison 1973) and is undoubtedly the host from
which Gould collected Denny's types. Only one species of Aponomma was
recorded from Tasmanian reptiles by Roberts (1964), and T. nigrolutea was
found to be its most common host in Tasmania (Roberts 1964a, b). The
name Aponomma hydrosauri therefore almost certainly belongs to this species.
References
Denny, H., 1843. Description of six supposed new species of parasites. Апп. Mag. nat.
Hist. 12: 312-316.
Немет, A. M., 1948. Tasmanian lizards. Tasm. nat. (n.s.)1(3): 8-11.
Hewer, A. M. and Mollison, B. C., 1973. Reptiles and amphibians of Tasmania. Tasm.
Year Book 8: 51-60.
Lord, C. E. and Scott, H. H., 1924. A synopsis of the vertebrate animals of Tasmania.
Oldham, Beddome and Meredith, Hobart.
Lucas, H., 1861. Note sur une nouvelle espece du genre Ixodes, Ann. Soc. ent. Fr. (4)6:
225-226.
Roberts, F. H. S., 1964a. Further observations on the Australian species of Aponomma
and Amblyomma with descriptions of the nymphs of Amblyomma moreliae
(L. Koch) and Amb. loculosum Neumann (Acarina: Ixodidae). Aust. J. Zool.
12(2): 288-313.
Roberts, F. H. S., 1964b. The tick fauna of Tasmania. Rec. Queen Victoria Mus. (n.s.)
17: 1-8.
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(2, 3), July, 1983 29
THE EGG AND FIRST INSTAR LARVA OF ITALOCHRYSA INSIGNIS
(NEUROPTERA, CHRYSOPIDAE)
By T. R. New
Dept. Zoology, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Vic. 3083
Abstract
The egg, oviruptor and first instar larva of Italochrysa insignis (Walker) are
described and figured.
Introduction
The widely-distributed chrysopid genus Italochrysa Principi is repres-
ented in Australia by nine described species (New, 1980). Many of these are
very limited in distribution, and only 7. insignis (Walker) is widely distributed
in southern Australia. Although it is quite common, no biological information
has been published on this species. The only available data on the early stages
of any member of the genus refer to the European I. italica (Rossi) (Principi
1943, 1946).
The following notes on the egg and first instar larva of I. insignis are
made from the preserved offspring of a female captured in Victoria.
Measurements are given in millimetres, and drawings are from slide-mounted
material.
Italochrysa insignis (Walker)
(Figs 1-10)
For the full synonymy of this species see New (1980: 20).
EGG (Fig. 1)
Slender, tapered, ovoid with prominent micropyle; very fine areolate
sculpturing visible only at high magnification; laid on a single stalk. Very
pale grey when laid, micropyle white; darkens to brownish grey towards
hatching. Length (п = 5) 1.56 + 0.03, greatest breadth 0.63 + 0.02; stalk
length 8.3 + 0.3.
OVIRUPTOR (Fig. 2)
Lightly sclerotised; prominent anterior process, posterior elongate blade
with incipient teeth.
A
1 2 01
,م الام رج
Figs 1,2. /talochrysa insignis (Walker): (1) egg; (2) oviruptor, lateral aspect. (Scales in
mm).
30 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(2, 3), July, 1983
Fig. 3. /talochrysa insignis (Walker): first instar larva, dorsal aspect, with insert of single
cranial seta to indicate Ornamentation. (setae omitted from right side; legs and
pigmentation omitted from left side, scale in mm).
FIRST INSTAR (Figs 3-10)
Body length (labral margin to end of abdomen, n = 4) 1.9 +0.1; greatest
head width 0.45. Pale grey with dark brown markings as indicated in Fig. 3.
Posture strongly ‘hunched’, with short head partly retracted into prothorax.
Head appendages short; palpi rounded apically and with small group of
apical sensilla, preapical segment with two setae (Fig. 5); palpi convergent
medially; mandibles and maxillae ca. 1.5 times palp length, basally stout;
mandible with two setae on outer edge near base, apex (Fig. 6) slightly
serrate; maxilla apex (Fig. 7) bluntly rounded, with about six short setae.
Antenna (Fig. 4) strongly tapered, with long apical seta and short seta near
base of this; ca. 1.6 times mandible length; flagellum with irregular reticulate
sculpturing. Dorsal labral margin of head with four long blunt ornamented
setae, a minute seta between each lateral pair; a long seta on vertex behind
each inner labral seta, and two smaller setae to each side of these; two small
setae in front of each eye; one marginal seta behind each eye. Eyes with
five stemmata in black surround.
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(2, 3), July, 1983 31
Figs 4-10. /talochrysa insignis (Walker), first instar larva: (4) antenna; (5) apex of palp;
(6) apex of mandible; (7) apex of maxilla; (8) tarsal region; (9) abdominal
apex, dorsal aspect; (10) abdominal apex, ventral aspect. (Scales in mm).
32 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(2, 3), July, 1983
Thoracic segments each with pronounced dorsally-reflexed lateral lobes,
each lobe bearing 6-8 long setae each arising from separate basal tubercle.
Abdominal segments I-VI each with small tapered lateral lobe bearing two
long setae: setae on segment 1 shorter than on segments II-VI. Thorax
and abdomen segments I-VI without other conspicuous setae but with dense
dorsal coating of very fine hooked hairs (not shown in Fig. 3). Abdomen
beyond segment VI narrow and with relatively short setae, apex as in Figs
9, 10. Legs with slightly ornamented tae, claw (Fig. 8) short and strongly
curved; empodium long.
MATERIAL EXAMINED
Victoria, Hurstbridge, ex 9 at light, 9.1.1982; 8 eggs laid, hatched after
8 days under uncontrolled conditions,
Comments
The larvae were provided with a range of small insects, including
immature Psyllidae from Eucalyptus and Acacia, but refused all food. All
died within a week. They remained motionless on the egg shells for several
hours after hatching but were thereafter active, and ran when disturbed.
They became covered with small particles of debris within about two days.
The egg is closely similar to that of I. italica, and is considerably more
slender than eggs of many other Chrysopidae. The larva also strikingly
resembles that of J. italica (third instar figured by Principi, 1946) in its
hunched form, prominent thoracic lobes, dense dorsal vestiture, and form of
cranial setae and appendages, and thus serves to augment knowledge of a
suite of characters which may eventually be considered diagnostic for the
genus. Perhaps more notably, pending information on other species of
Italochrysa, it is probably that the close resemblance between larvae of the
two species, together with the refusal of insect food by the present larvae,
reflects a similar feeding habit. I. italica is unusual in the Chrysopidae, as it
lives in the nests of Crematogaster ants. Some Australian species of
Crematogaster nest in twigs (Brown and Taylor, 1970), but I am not aware
of any records of Chrysopid larvae from ant nests in Australia. No larvae
similar to those of Z. insignis have been captured in numerous beating samples
from vegetation over several years in Victoria, and further wo rk is needed to
clarify their possible association with ants.
References
Brown, W. L. Jr. and Taylor, R. W., 1970. Superfamily Formicoidea. Part of Chapter 37
in The insects of Australia. Melbourne University Press, Melbourne. Pp. 951-
959.
New, Т. R., 1980. A revision of the Australian. Chrysopidae. Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. Ser.
77: 143 pp.
Principi, M. M., 1943, La Nothochrysa italica Rossi ed i suoi singolari costumi (Neur-
optera-Chrysopidae). Boll. Soc. ent. Ital. 75: 117-118.
Principi, M. M., 1946. Contributi allo studio dei Neuroterri italiani. IV. Nothochrysa
italica Rossi. Boll. Ist. Ent. Univ. Bologna 15: 85-102.
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(2, 3), July, 1983 33
A REVISED KEY TO THE SPECIES OF PS/LOPSOCUS ENDERLEIN
(PSOCOPTERA: PSILOPSOCIDAE) WITH NEW RECORDS OF
PS. MIMULUS SMITHERS, A PROBABLY PHRAGOMOTIC SPECIES
By C. N. Smithers
The Australian Museum, 6-8 College Street, Sydney, Australia, 2000
Abstract
A revised key to the species of Psilopsocus Enderlein is provided. New records
for the uncommon, probably phragmotic, Australian Ps. mimulus Sm. are given, extend-
ing its known range from The Crater, near Ravenshoe, Queensland, to the Shoalhaven
River, New South Wales.
Introduction
Psilopsocus Enderlein includes six described species. Only one, Psilo-
psocus mimulus Smithers, has been recorded from Australia. Three are known
from New Guinea, one from Manus Island, one from the Philippines and there
is one additional undescribed species, known only from nymphal material, in
South Africa.
Members of this genus are particularly interesting on account of the
remarkable modification of the abdomen of the nymphs (Smithers 1963,
fig. 9). The fifth segment onwards is somewhat swollen and has the apex
very heavily sclerotized and truncate. The paraprocts and epiproct are in the
form of simple plates which fit closely together, edge to edge, so covering
the anus; this gives the end of the abdomen an appearance similar to that of
a bostrychid beetle.
Adult psilopsocids are mostly relatively large (up to 5 mm wing length)
with dark wings which have more or less complex patterns in various shades
of brown. In the field they resemble members of the Myopsocidae but these
can usually be distinguished by the pattern being made up of large numbers
of small, irregular confluent spots and patches; in the psilopsocids the
pattern is made up of fairly extensive irregular patches, most of which are not
very clearly delineated.
Nothing is known of the life history of these insects but they usually
occur on trees of which the bark shows evidence of wood borer activity. It
seems likely that the modified apex of the abdomen of the nymph is an
adaptation to living in and sealing wood borer tunnels. If this is so it is the
only case of such phragmosis so far known in the Psocoptera.
Mockford (1961) pointed out the close relationship between Psilopsocus
and the predominantly bark-dwelling Myopsocidae.
Ps. mimulus is not a common species. It was described from one very
restricted locality at Lindfield, New South Wales. Repeated attempts to
obtain more material from the same area have been unsuccessful. A few
additional specimens have, however, been collected over the past fifteen
years at other localities. The known range now extends from The Crater,
34 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(2, 3), July, 1983
near Ravenshoe, Queensland, in the north to the Shoalhaven River, New
South Wales, in the south.
NEW RECORDS. QUEENSLAND: 1 9, Woombye, near Nambour, 11-16.x.1965, D. H.
Colless; 1 5, The Crater, Mt. Hypipamee, 21.xii.1972, С. N. Smithers and J. У. Peters.
NEW SOUTH WALES: 1 nymph, Comerong Is., Shoalhaven River, 27.v.1976, G. A.
Holloway; 2 д, 1 9, 3 nymphs, Couranga Track, Royal National Park, 10.xi.1976, G. A.
Holloway; 1 nymph, Whipoorie, near Grafton, 16.v.1978, C. N. Smithers.
Smithers and Thornton (1973) gave a key to the species of Psilopsocus
but the new material now available exhibits a variation in wing pattern which
renders that key unreliable. A replacement key, revised to take account of
this variation and including Ps. manus Smithers and Thornton, described since
publication of the earlier key, is presented here.
Key to species of Ps//opsocus
1. Median cells of fore wing uniformly coloured (Philippines) .........
ыы boleh cea pits co ah os аду ао Мырдар a e beg 4 nebulosus
— Median cells of fore wing not uniformly coloured, with at least а
submareinalipalefspO t a 2
2. Кайо wing length: width greater than 3: 1 (Australia)... . . . mimulus
— Кайо wing length: width clearly less than 3:1.................. 3
3. Cell К, in distal half pale with a poorly defined, darker, elongate
median ma o ar des е EN 4
— Cell R, in distal half brown with a clearly defined pale or hyaline spot
ацонпеацуіпо таго пие ee ee ene 5
FRE CISNES S nti (Manitsels) ЖЕЛ ООА manus
— Fore wing 4.5-5.0 mm (New Guinea)............... pulchripennis
5. Cell M; dark with a pale area adjacent to wing margin only (New
Guinea) V Jg vy ra FO eo OT dU EUR nigricornis
— Cell M, dark with a pale spot adjacent to vein M,., in addition to
pale area near wing margin (New Guinea).............. marmoratus
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank the collectors of the material listed in this paper, the Direct-
or, National Parks and Wildlife Service, N.S.W., for permission to work in Service areas
and the Forestry Department, Queensland, for permission to collect in areas under their
jurisdiction.
References
Mockford, E. L., 1961. The rediscovery and probable phylogenetic position of Psilo-
psocus (Psocoptera). Psyche. Cambridge Mass. 68(1): 38-44.
Smithers, C. N., 1963. Psilopsocus mimulus sp. n. (Psocoptera: Psilopsocidae) represent-
ing a family new to Australia. J. ent, Soc. Qd 2: 56-59.
Smithers, C. N. and Thornton, I. W. B., 1973. The Psilopsocidae (Psocoptera) of New
Guinea. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 98(2): 98-103.
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(2, 3), July, 1983 35
NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF BINDAHARA PHOCIDES YURGAMA
COUCHMAN (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)
By К. 1. Storey and Т. A. Lambkin
Entomology Branch, Dept. of Primary Industries, P.O. Box 149, Mareeba, Qld. 4880
and
Entomology Branch, Dept. of Primary Industries, Meiers Rd, Indooroopilly, Qld. 4068
Abstract
The egg, last instar larva and pupa of Bindahara phocides yurgama Couchman are
described and notes on the life history provided.
Introduction
The Australian Plane, Bindahara phocides yurgama Couchman (1965),
occurs in northern Queensland, from the islands of Torres Strait south to
Townsville (Common and Waterhouse, 1981). It is associated with rainforest
habitats, ranging from montane areas such as Kuranda to coastal areas such
as Cape Tribulation and Clump Point.
The early stages of the Australian subspecies have not been described
although Manski (1960) recorded larvae feeding on the seeds within the berries
of Salacia chinensis L. (Hippocrateaceae). Salacia is common along the beach
front at Cape Tribulation, about 100 km north of Caims, and both eggs and
larvae of Bindahara have been collected there from it on numerous occasions.
The information below is the result of those collections.
Life History
EGG (Fig. 1)
White; flatter than hemispherical, micropylar area slightly depressed;
surface with a fine reticulated pattern of pits and intervening ridges. Diameter
0.8 mm, height 0.6 mm.
MID INSTAR LARVA
“Similar to last instar.
LAST INSTAR LARVA (Fig. 2)
Head pale brown, thoracic and abdominal segments mottled: segment
1 yellow, with pale central depression, posterior margin black; segment 2
yellow, black around dorsal tubercles and centre strip; segments 3, 4, 5 very
pale pink, dorsal and lateral tubercles brown to black, sides of segment 8
very pale pink; segment 9 very pale pink, dorsal and lateral tubercles brown
to black; segment 10 very pale pink, edges slightly darker. Slight blue
coloration around black markings on all segments. Ventral surface pale
yellow, prolegs darker yellow. Segments 2-9 with pairs of low dorsal and
lateral tubercles, segments 2 and 3 with a third pair between,others with a
wrinkled pitted appearance between. Dorsal tubercles of segments 3-8 each
with a pair of long, black stout setae, other tubercles with a group of 2-6
36 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(2, 3), July, 1983
similar setae. Front half of segment 1 with similar setae over entire surface,
and segment 10 with similar but paler setae fringing margin. Rest of surface
with short, black setae scattered irregularly over surface. Medial dorsal organ
and dorsolateral organs not developed. Anal segment enlarged, flattened.
Length 16 mm, width 4 mm.
PUPA (Figs 5, 6)
Pale brown, dorsal parts of thorax tending towards pinkish white with
dark brown speckling, pair of brownish black spots on middle part of thorax.
Pair of dorsal elongate tubercles of thorax, surface roughened. Dorsal surfaces
of thorax and abdomen covered with pale erect hairs. Fastened by anal hooks
and central girdle to silken pad. Length 10 mm, width 4 mm.
NOTES
Eggs are laid singly on the fruit usually at the base where it joins
the stem (Fig. 3) or occasionally on other parts of the fruit, especially on skin
blemishes. Up to three eggs have been observed on each fruit but subsequently
only one larva was found in each fruit. The first instar larva mines directly
through the rind into the seed and feeds internally, ejecting its faecal pellets
through a hole in the rind. As in other related genera (Deudorix, Virachola)
the larva plugs this hole with its toughened anal plate when not feeding
(Fig. 4). The larva feeds on the seed of the fruit, leaving the flesh and rind
intact, only vacating the fruit when development is complete. More than one
fruit may be required in its lifetime. Mid-instar larvae which left the fruit
and showed no interest in feeding in subsequent fruit, were invariably
parasitized by a braconid wasp (Apanteles sp.).
Pupae were not found in the field and the preferred pupation site is
thus not known. In the laboratory, full grown larvae always left the fruit,
and no fruit were ever collected with pupae inside, so in contrast to Virachola,
Bindahara would seem to pupate outside the fruit. Woodhouse (1949) records
that the Shri Lankan subspecies leaves the fruit and probably burrows into
bark, as individuals would not pupate unless provided with cork in which to
burrow. This was not the case here as the larvae made no attempt to burrow
in cork provided. When offered containers of restricted size pupation took
place on the sides of the containers. When kept in larger containers, mort-
ality of fully developed larvae occurred from what would seem an inability
to find a suitable pupation site; this mortality was reduced by providing
pieces of dried bark or old dried fruit rinds in which to pupate. Pupal
duration was 10-17 days.
The food plant, Salacia chinensis L. is a vigorous woody scrambler
growing as a low shrub, liana or rarely a small tree (Jones and Gray, 1977).
It is widely distributed through India, South-east Asia, and into far northern
Queensland (Ding Hou, 1964). In Australia it is found only in coastal areas
along sandy foreshores and possibly sandy river banks. The related S. disepala
(C. T. White) occurs in rainforests away from the coast and at higher
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(2, 3), July, 1983 37
5 5mm 6
Figs 1-6. Bindahara phocides yurgama Couchman: (1) egg; (2) final instar larva; (3)
Salacia berry with egg in situ; (4) Salacia berry with hole in rind; (5) lateral
view of pupa; (6) dorsal view of pupa.
38 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(2, 3), July, 1983
elevations (Clarkson, pers. comm.) and is possibly the host of Bindahara in
such areas. The ripe fruit is ovoid in shape, bright orange to red, 2-3.5 cm in
length. Each fruit contains a pair of large, hard seeds, surrounded by a thin
layer of opaque white pulp (which is edible) then finally the soft red rind.
Peak fruiting periods at Cape Tribulation were August and December, though
some mature fruit were found at all times when visits were made, allowing
continuous breeding of Bindahara. Immatures were collected in June through
to December. Adults were taken in June, August, September and November,
flying around the food plant or feeding on nearby blossom.
Acknowledgements
K. H. Halfpapp and I. C. Cunningham (Mareeba) helped with the
collection of fruit. J. Clarkson (Mareeba) provided useful information on the
distribution of Salacia. Mrs S. Sands (Indooroopilly) made the line drawing
of the fruit and immature stages.
References
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Second edition.
. Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 682 pp.
Couchman, L. E., 1965. Notes on some Tasmanian and Australian Lepidoptera-Rhop. II.
Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 99: 81-85, pl. I.
Ding Hou., 1964. Celastraceae - II. Flora Malesiana (1)6(3): 389-468.
Manski, М. J., 1960. Food plants of some Queensland Lepidoptera. Qd Nat. 16: 68-73.
Jones, D. L. and Gray, B., 1977. Australian climbing plants. A. Н. & A. W. Reed,
Sydney. 166 pp.
Woodhouse, L. G. O., 1949. The butterfly fauna of Ceylon. Second edition. Colombo
Apothecaries Co., Colombo. 231 pp.
RHYOTHEMIS GRAPHIPTERA (RAMBUR) (ODONATA: LIBELLULIDAE),
A NEW RECORD FROM CENTRAL AUSTRALIA
By G. F. Griffin
12 Cummings St, Alice Springs, N.T. 5750
A female of the dragonfly Rhyothemis graphiptera (Rambur) (Odonata: Libellul-
idae), was collected at Alice Springs, Northern Territory on 9 February, 1982. This
species is widely distributed across northern and eastern Australia and is known from
some inland areas (Watson 1974), However, specimens were not collected in past surveys
at Tennant Creek (Tillyard 1908) or in central Australia (Griffin 1979).
A previously unreported sighting of an individual of this species was made near
Alice Springs in December, 1975. At the times of the 1975 sighting and the 1982
collection, central Australia was being affected by northern monsoonal airflows. While
the collected specimen was in remarkably good condition it seems likely to have had a
northern origin.
References
Griffin, G. F., 1979. Dragonfly (Odonata) records from central Australia. Aust. ent.
Mag. 6(4): 75-77. Е
Tillyard, К. J., 1908. On a collection of dragonflies from central Australia, with descr-
iptions of new species. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 32: 761-767.
Watson, J. A. L., 1974. The distributions of Australian dragonflies (Odonata). J. Aust.
Ent. Soc. 13: 137-149.
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(2, 3), July, 1983 39
BOOK REVIEW
Insect neurohormones by Marie Raabe. 1922. Plenum Press, New York. 372 pages,
Illustr. Price US$42.50.
“The recent proliferation of investigations into insect neurohormones has created
the need for an overall review of the data.” (Preface). It is certainly true that neuro-
endocrinology and endocrinology have occupied a large proportion of the literature of
insect physiology over the last 25 years and all workers in the field will be grateful for a
compilation of the data, as is provided in this book. Citation and summary of the
literature dealing directly with neurohormones is exhaustive and up-to-date. However
it is not possible to draw a precise functional line between the neurohormones and the
endocrine processes controlled by many of them; treatment of the strictly endocrino-
logical aspects of these systems would allow for a more balanced overall picture but no
doubt would have made the book too big. The book is particularly useful in drawing
attention to the substantial and interesting French and German literature on neuro-
endocrinology, much of which is less familiar to English-speaking workers.
I suppose one naturally turns first to the part of a book concerned with one’s
own field of research. Mine is aphid polymorphism and I found the treatment disappoint-
ing and to some extent misleading. Since the cited authors (Lees and Hardie) have been
at pains to disclaim any relationship between juvenile hormone and alate/apterous
dimorphism, I don't think they'll be very pleased to find their work summarised as
“Experiments with topically applied juvenile hormone extracts and analogues seemed to
divert alate development towards the apterous condition.” In the next paragraph the
work of Colin Steel on parthenogenetic/sexual dimorphism in aphids is summarised
accurately enough but with no feeling of the utter technical brilliance of Steel’s
achievement. Perhaps the lesson (if we needed it) is that one should not put one’s faith
in the secondary literature for either fact or atmosphere.
It’s an exciting time in insect neuroendocrinology, passing from the purely
descriptive/physiological to the biochemical level of investigation, with fascinating
parallels with vertebrate endocrinology. Perhaps it’s the fault of the translation in part,
but this book doesn’t seem to capture the essence of present day research. A critical
synthesis is not attempted and there is a single paragraph “speculating on future trends
and progress... ." The book remains a useful compilation of the literature, but it’s not
the answer to “‘life, the universe and everything” in insect neuroendocrinology.
DINAH HALES
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by M. S. and В. J. Moulds
CALLINAN, А. P. L.
1980. Aspects of the ecology of Calliphora augur (Fabricius) (Diptera: Calliphoridae),
a native Australian blowfly. Aust. J. Zool. 28(5, 6): 679-684, tables 1 & 2,
text-fig. 1.
CARNE, P. B.
1980. Pseudoryctes storeyi sp. n. and new records of other species of Pseudoryctes
Sharp (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Dynastinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(4): 255-
258, text-figs 1 & 2.
1981. An undescribed and possibly exotic beetle (Scarabaeidae: Dynastinae) occurr-
ing on the south coast of New South Wales. Aust. ent. Mag. 7(5): 76-78,
text-figs 1-3.
COLEMAN, Clyde
1978. A spider aberration—Linus fimbriatus. М. Оа Nat. 44(No. 172): 5.
1979. Burrowing spider behaviour in waterlogged soil. N. Qd Nat. 45(No. 174): 2-4.
Aracnida: Lampropodus iredescens
OBITUARY. Wildlife Aust. 19(1): 2.
40 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(2, 3), July, 1983
COLLESS, D. H.
1980. Crop eversion in chaoborid larvae (Diptera). Aust. ent. Mag. 7(1): 1-3.
1982. Australian Anthomyiidae (Diptera). Aust. J. Zool. 30(1): 81-91, text-figs 1-4.
CORRIGENDA. The paper, as originally published in 30(1), had pages mis-
numbered and misplaced (pp. 84 and 85 should be pp. 88 and 89). A correct
version of the paper (in its entirety) was inserted loose with Aust. /. Zool.
30(2) with instructions to remove pp. 81-91 when binding Vol. 30 and
replace them with the corrected version. In the correct version page 84 begins
with “orbital”, p. 85 “to”, p. 88 "bristle" and p. 89 “figures”.
COMMON, I. F. B.
1978. The distinction between Hypolimnas antilope (Cramer) and H. anomala (Wall-
ace) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae), and the occurrence of H. anomala in
Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 5(3): 41-44, text-figs 1-12.
1982. Two new species of Tracholena Common (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) feeding
on Araucaria in Queensland and Norfolk Island. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 21(3): 221-
224, text-figs 1-10.
EDWARDS, E. D.
1979. Two new species of Croitana Waterhouse (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) from
central Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 6(2): 29-38, text-figs 1-18.
1980. The early stages of Adaluma urumelia Tindale and Candalides geminus Edwards
and Kerr (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 7(2): 18-20, text-figs 1-5.
EVANS, Howard E., EVANS, Mary Alice and HOOK, Allan
1982. Observations on the nests and prey of Australian Bembix sand wasps (Hymen-
optera: Sphecidae). Aust. J. Zool. 30(1): 71-80, text-figs 1 & 2.
EVANS, Howard E. and HOOK, Allan W.
1982. Communal nesting in the digger wasp Cerceris australis (Hymenoptera: Sphec-
idae). Aust. J. Zool. 30(4): 557-568, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-4.
FAIN, A.
1982. Sennertia Oudemans (Acari, Chaetodactylidae) on Australian bees. Trans. R.
Soc. S. Aust. 106(2): 67-70, text-figs 1-4.
FARROW, R. A.
1982. Population dynamics of the Australian plague locust, Chortoicetes terminifera
(Walker) in central western New South Wales II. Factors influencing natality
and survival. Aust. J. Zool. 30(2): 199-222, tables 1-5, text-figs 1-5.
1982. Population dynamics of the Australian plague locust, Chortoicetes terminifera
(Walker) in central western New South Wales III. Analysis of population
processes. Aust. J. Zool. 30(4): 569-579, tables 1 & 2, text-fig. 1.
FITT, Garry P.
1981. Observations on the biology and behaviour of Paraceratitella eurycephala
(Diptera: Tephritidae) in northern Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 20(1): 1-7,
text-fig. 1.
FLETCHER, M. J.
1978. Key to aphids (Homoptera, Aphididae) found on leguminous plants in Australia.
Aust. ent. Mag. 4(5): 91-94, text-figs 1-9.
1980. Review of the Australian genera Euryphantia Kirkaldy and Thanatochlamys
Kirkaldy (Homoptera, Fulgoroidea, Flatidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 7(2): 21-26,
tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-11.
FOLEY, D. H.
1981. Pupal development rate of Heliothis armiger (Hubner) (Lepidoptera: Noctuid-
ae) under constant and alternating temperatures. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 20(1):
13-20, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-3.
GREEN, K.
1982. Notes on winter-active invertebrates beneath the snow. Victorian Nat. 99(4):
144-146, table 1. У
NEBOISS, Arturs
1982. The caddis-flies (Trichoptera) of south-western Australia. Aust. J. Zool. 30(2):
271-325, text-figs 1-136.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices
need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be
sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.
WANTED. Live larvae of the large wood moth Xyleutes boisduvali, preferably
later instars. Will buy or trade for Tasmanian insects. S. Fearn, 37
Wentworth St., Launceston, Tasmania, 7250.
EXCHANGE or buy. New Zealand Carabidae for Australian Carabidae. John
Nunn, 14 Hicks Close, Whitby, New Zealand.
WANTED. Copy of Butterflies of the Australian Region by B. D’Abrera
(Lansdowne Press). Paul Wright, 103 Gibraltar Drive, Surfers Paradise,
Qld. 4217. phone (075) 38 5725.
EXCHANGE. Butterflies from Angola, W. Africa, for Australian butterflies.
Arnaldo Bucchi, Via Ceretana, 55, 00052 Cerveteri, Roma, Italy.
EXCHANGE. Scarabaeidae, subfamily Dynastinae—will forward list of species
available to anyone interested. Ms Colette Voirin, Rompe-Coval, RN7,
83340 le Luc, France.
WANTED. Stag beetles (Coleoptera: Lucanidae) from Australia. Can exchange
for specimens from Europe. Dr Luca Bartolozzi, Universita Degli Studi
Di Firenze, Instituto Di Zoologia, Via Romana, 17, 50125, Firenze, Italy.
WANTED. Copy of “Biogeography of the Southern End of the World" by
P. J. Darlington Jnr. McGraw-Hill, 1968. G. Williams, C/- Post Office,
Lansdowne via Taree, N.S.W. 2430.
EXCHANGE or buy Coleoptera from Australia, New Guinea and New Zealand
—offers coleoptera from Europe, Africa, Madagascar. Lists on request.
Jacques Diedrich, 82 Boulevard Pascal, 21000 Dijon, France.
WANTED. “Butterflies of the Australian Region” by B. D’Abrera (Lansd-
owne Press). D. Richardson, 7 Linden Ave, Pymble, N.S.W. 2073.
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in duplicate.
All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper
considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than six printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Reprints: Authors may purchase reprints at the following rates per page: $10 for
50 copies, $13 for 100 copies and $18 for 200 copies. There are no free reprints. Papers
exceeding three printed pages in length will only be accepted if a minimum of 50 reprints
are purchased.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they
are to appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Colour plates are offered to authors at the following subsidized prices: first plate $265;
additional plates $185 each. Photographs are best submitted as colour transparencies
although paintings are also suitable. Plates using two or more photographs are more
expensive; thus where a number of set specimens are to be illustrated on a plate such
specimens are best photographed on a single slide.
Address papers to: The Editor,
Australian Entomological Magazine,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.
LE Merk MUS
CONTENTS \ 16 SEP 1983
GRIFFIN, G. F. Rhyothemis graphiptera (Rambur) pe ont
ulidae), a new record from Central Australia. ...... 7: OM
NEW, Т. R. The egg and first instar larva of Italochrysa insignis |
(Мецгоргетая Chrysopidae) eT 29
SHEA, С. М. The type host of Aponomma hydrosauri (Denny) (Асап:
Ixodidae) fig pa 0 IE PO MT NE CEY 28
SMITHERS, C. N. Migration records in Australia. 3. Danainae and
Acraeinae (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) ................. 21
SMITHERS, С. №. A revised key to the species of Psilopsocus Enderlein
(Psocoptera: Psilopsocidae) with new records of Ps. mimulus
Smithers, a probably phragomotic species................ 33
STOREY, R. I. and LAMBKIN, T. A. Notes on the life history of
Bindahara phocides yurgama Couchman (Lepidoptera: Lycaen-
idae) ЭЗу iE s E eura tc 35
BOOK REVIEW — Insect neurohormones. ooo... 39
BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA. Fascicle 5 (pp. 69-84):
Carabidae (cont.); Dytiscidae; Gyrinidae........... centre liftout
RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian
entomology. Complied by М. S. and B. J. Moulds ........... 39
ENTOMOĽLOGICATANONIGES SEE N ОА КИЙ inside back cover
NEW BOOK
AN INTRODUCTION TO THE MOTHS OF SOUTH EAST ASIA
Text by H. S. Barlow. Plates by B. D’Abrera.
305 pages, 260 x 190 mm
Contains more than 50 colour plates illustrating life size well over 500 species
Price $59.00 plus postage
Australian Entomological Supplies
35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 4614
COUNTER SALES: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph.(Syd.) 43 3972
DATA LABELS — PRINTED TO ORDER |
$10.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)
Labels must be ordered in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 labels.
Delivery 4-6 weeks. Payment with order please.
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia
AUSTRALIAN = |
FF vicTOV 2
ENTOMOLOGICA
MAGAZINE _
Aust. ent. Mag. 2 2 И ОУ
AS E \
VN / А
„же E" d
Ж» IN
e
Edited by M. S. Moulds
Ol a И
| VOLUME 10, PART 4
| SEPTEMBER, 1983
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand
and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional
entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.
SUBSCRIPTIONS
All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:
Australian Entomological Press,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,
Australia.
Individual Subscriptions
$12.00. per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea
A$13.00 (US$ 12.00 or Stg.£7.50) per annum overseas
Institutional Subscriptions
$16.00 (US$14.50 or Stg.£9.00) per annum
COVER
Illustrated by Stephen Underwood
The Bentwing Swift Moth, Zelotypia stacyi Scott (family Hepialidae)
is one of Australia’s largest moths with species often having a wing span in
excess of 230 mm. Adults are tawny brown with silver-white markings and
the spectacular raised eye spot gives the fore wing the appearance of a
reptilian head. The larvae feed on only a few species of eucalypt including
the Sydney blue gum, E. salinga, and grow to some 130 mm over a period of
5-6 years. The species occurs in south-eastern Queensland and eastern New
South Wales. It is now exceedingly rare in New South Wales.
Published by
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,
N.S.W. 2065, Australia.
Phone: 43-3972
Printed by
Graphic Associates
F10, Oi Man Commercial Complex,
Kowloon, Hong Kong
Australian Entomological.
mu
ON
Magazine. MN
(^ 270CT 19! )
Aust. ent. Mag. \\ s PA
OF vı CTO
Volume 10, Part 4 > —September, 1983
OBSERVATIONS ON SCARAPHITES ROTUNDIPENNIS (DEJEAN)
(COLEOPTERA: CARABIDAE) A PEST OF GOLF COURSES
ON FLINDERS ISLAND
By P. B. McQuillan
Division of Entomology, Department of Agriculture Laboratories, St John's Avenue,
New Town, Tasmania, 7008.
Abstract
On Flinders Island, adults of the carabid Scaraphites rotundipennis (Dejean)
excavate extensive tunnels in search of the larvae of scarab beetles, especially the
dynastine Pimelopus sp., and the melolonthines Scitala sericans Erichson and Phyllot-
ocus sp., upon which they feed. Mounds of excavated soil thrown up by this tunnelling
activity interfere with play on local golf courses. Some details are given of the feeding
behaviour of the beetles.
Introduction
Little is known of the feeding habits of adult scaritine carabids in
Australia (Britton, 1970). In May 1980, a population of the large flightless
predatory beetle Scaraphites rotundipennis (Dejean) was located at Whitemark
golfcourse on Flinders Island in Bass Strait after complaints from the
greenkeeper regarding insect damage to greens and fairways. The opportunity
was therefore taken to make both field and laboratory observations on the
feeding behaviour of the beetles.
Flinders Island has a temperate maritime climate; mean annual rainfall
at Pat's River near Whitemark is 778 mm with a mean annual minimum and
maximum temperature of 9.4°C and 17.4°C respectively (Bureau of Meteor-
ology, 1975). The Whitemark golfcourse is located behind coastal dunes on
the S.W. margin of the Island. The soil is mainly deep, slightly calcareous
sand of the Lackrana association (Dimmock, 1957) with little profile
differentiation other than accumulation of organic matter to about 25 cm.
Particle size range is about 68% coarse sand, 31% fine sand and 1% silt and
clay (Graley, 1956). Soil-dwelling insects were most abundant in hollows
adjacent to the fairways and areas near remnant patches of open coastal heath
consisting of Acacia sophorae, Leptospermum spp. and Leucopogon sp. with
an understorey of Poa australis, Scirpus nodosus and Meuhlenbeckia sp.
42 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(4), September, 1983
30cm
Figs 1-4, Burrows of four specimens of Scaraphites rotundipennis shown in profile
(upper) and plan (lower); Whitemark Golfcourse, 30 May 1980.
Methods
The density of burrows was measured by direct counting of soil mounds
in areas 10 m x 10 m taken at random in areas of beetle activity. The
entrance of a burrow was located by running a finger along the ground under
its mound. Inserting a length of thin plastic tubing allowed the dimensions of
the mound to be defined after careful excavation.
The density of other soil macrofauna was assessed by taking 30 random
0.25 square metre core samples to a depth of 25 cm and hand-sorting in the
field.
The behaviour of four adult beetles was observed over five days in
captivity by introducing solitary beetles into perspex observation boxes 45 cm
x 30 cm x 2 cm containing soil from the collection site and 10 final instar
larvae of the melolonthine Scitala sericans Erichson. Temperature was
maintained at 22 + 2°C.
Results
Burrows were irregularly distributed over the golf course and densities
per 100 square metres ranged from 11-78 (x + SE = 38 + 7;n = 14).
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(4), September, 1983 43
6
Figs 5,6. (5) a partially-eaten final instar larva of Pimelopus sp. recovered from a feeding
burrow; (6) adult Scaraphites rotundipennis in death-feigning pose.
Beetles excavated deep burrows for shelter and in search of prey. The
location of a burrow was marked by a large mound of excavated soil which,
at Whitemark, interfered with golf. Burrows (Figs 1-4) were generally curved
in plan, 70-100 cm long and descended obliquely to a depth of 30-35 cm.
Beetles were generally found in the lower 10 cm of the burrow although
two were found in the upper 15 cm. Upon exposure the beetles adopted a
death-feigning attitude (Fig. 6). Not all burrows were occupied; of 34
excavated, only eight, or 24% contained a beetle.
At least four species of third-instar scarabaeid larvae inhabited the area.
In decreasing order of biomass these were the dynastine Pimelopus sp., the
melolonthine Scitala sericans Erichson, the aphodiine Aphodius tasmaniae
Hope and the melolonthine Phyllotocus sp. Mean larval densities per square
metre + SE (n = 30) were estimated at 6 + 3, 4 € 3, 10 + 4 and 3 + 2,
respectively. Pimelopus larvae were most abundant in areas where live and
dead Meuhlenbeckia rhizomes and roots were present.
The remains of scarabaeid larvae were recovered from one third (11 of
34 excavated) of the burrows, generally in the upper 20 cm of the burrow.
Nine contained Pimelopus only, one contained Scitala sericans only and both
species were located in another. Larvae characteristically had the head and
44 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(4), September, 1983
thorax consumed, the remainder being uneaten (Fig. 5). Since the abdomen of
larval scarabs contains mostly semi-digested organic matter and soil particles
it may be unpalatable to Scaraphites.
Beetles introduced to observation boxes immediately burrowed vertically
against an end wall until they reached the bottom. However, during the night
beetles moved to the surface and dug oblique burrows which intercepted
Scitala larvae. Each beetle dug a new burrow every one or two nights. Actual
feeding was not observed but after five days all larvae had been partly
devoured.
Discussion
Scaraphites rotundipennis appears to be an important predator of scarab
larvae where it occurs. The well-developed burrowing ability of the beetles and
presumably their larvae, would result in a high searching efficiency. It is likely
that the larvae of scarab beetles are an important component in the diet of
many burrowing carabids generally. For example, Barypus clivinoides Curtis
preferentially feeds on scarab larvae in Patagonia (Ahmad & Lloyd, 1972)
and a South African Scarites sp. can consume at least one, and up to three,
large larvae of the dynastine Heteronychus arator (F.) per day (Cameron et al.,
1979). Like other large carabids (Thiele, 1977) adult Scaraphites may live
several years and populations are probably of long standing.
In spite of a high consumption of scarab larvae, the low population
density, low vagility and probable low fecundity of Scaraphites ro tundipennis
would not seem to favour its use as a biological control agent for root-feeding
cockchafers in pastoral situations.
Acknowledgements
The late Mr W. P. Calvert provided able assistance in the field. Mr R. J.
Hardy and Dr B. P. Moore gave helpful.comments on the manuscript. Mr P.
Warren drew my attention to the problem.
References
Ahmad, R. and Lloyd, D.C., 1972. Studies on the incidence and feeding habits of carabid
beetles (Coleoptera: Carabidae) in different habitats in western Patagonia.
Tech. Bull. Comm. Inst. biol. Contr. 15: 105-114.
Britton, E. B., 1970. Coleoptera. Chapter 30 in The insects of Australia. Melbourne
University Press. Pp. 495-621.
Bureau of Meteorology, 1975. Climatic averages— Tasmania and miscellaneous. Aust.
Govt. Publ. Serv., Canberra.
Cameron, P. J., Valentine, E. W. and Butcher, C. F., 1979. Prospects for biological
control of pasture Scarabaeidae (Coleoptera) in New Zealand. Proc. 2nd Aust.
Conf. Grassland Invert. Ecol.: 213-216.
Dimmock, G. M., 1957. Soils of Flinders Island, Tasmania. C.S.I.R.O. Division of Soils.
Soils and Land Use Series, No. 23.
Graley, A. M., 1956. The laboratory examination of soils from Flinders Island, Tasman-
ia. C.S.I.R.O. Division of Soils. Report 10/56.
Thiele, H., 1977. Carabid beetles in their environments. Springer-Verlag, Berlin. 369 pp.
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(4), September, 1983 45
THE FOOD OF ADULT OSMYLIDAE: KEMPYNINAE (NEUROPTERA)
By T. R. New
Department of Zoology, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Victoria, Australia 3083
Abstract
Examination of gut contents of Kempyninae showed that they take a wide range
of foods, sometimes with a preponderance of plant meterial. This includes pollen, fungal
hyphae and spores, and fragments of foliage and bark.
Adult Osmylidae have generally been assumed to be predators, in
common with those of other groups of Neuroptera for which little biological
information is available. Direct evidence for this habit is sparse, and is almost
wholly limited to fragmentary observations on the single European species
[Osmylus fulvicephalus (Scopoli)], which has been observed to take insect
food (Ussing, 1915; Killington, 1936) although no detailed study of its
feeding habits has been made. In this note evidence is presented that some of
the more primitive Osmylidae take plant food as adults.
The subfamily Kempyninae contains some of the largest and most
spectacular Osmylidae and, on some venational features (such as the basal
position of the forewing MP fork—Adams, 1969) are considered to be a
relatively primitive group. During recent revisionary work on the Australian
representatives of Kempyninae, mid- and hind-gut contents of specimens
dissected for genitalic examination were appraised. Following partial macerat-
ion in 10 per cent KOH, gut contents remaining in the abdomen were smeared
in distilled water and examined microscopically. Twenty specimens,
representing both described and undescribed species of Kempynus Navas and
Australysmus Kimmins, yielded recognisable gut contents.
Fourteen specimens (six spp.) contained plant material of various sorts
(Table 1) and only six (four spp.) yielded traces of animal (insect) prey. Only
one specimen contained both categories of food. Both genera were represented
in each category but, because some species are represented only by singletons,
naming beyond this level is not helpful. For the few species of which several
specimens were examined there appeared to be considerable individual
variation in diet, and it is clear that individuals of the same species may eat
different foods at different times. One individual of Kempynus longipennis
(Walker) (five individuals examined) had the gut full of fungal hyphae, three
others contained a mixture of foods which included hyphae, spores, pollen
(Compositae, Eucalyptus) and bark flakes, and one had fed on insects. These
categories, together with bark flakes, encompassed the foods of other taxa
examined, Insect remains included adult moths, a small caterpillar, and
psyllids. This broad food spectrum contrasts markedly with that of several
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(4), September, 1983
46
TABLE 1
Mid- and hind-gut contents of adult Kempyninae (total of 20 individuals: some
entered іп > 1 column; intermediate categories subjective; ‘trace’ = ca < 20%).
Total Food Number of individuals SEHR proportion
individuals constituent of gut contents
Full 25096 >20% Trace
A IS
6 insects 2 — 1 3
7 pollen — 3 3 1
7 fungal hyphae 1 3 1 2
5 spores — — 3 2
9 foliage fragments — = 5 4
6 bark fragments - 4 - 2
* Percentages are visual estimates based on relative areas of slide-mounted gut smears
for each individual.
myrmeleontoid families, in which equivalent gut preparations invariably
showed only arthropod fragments (unpublished data), and implies that at
least some Osmylidae are relatively polyphagous.
Osymylidae are generally presumed to fly relatively weakly. They have
relatively broad wings and lack a wing-coupling mechanism and are probably
not as “efficient” as aerial predators as are some other groups of Neuroptera.
Several species have been recorded in groups on vegetation near stream banks
and similar habitats (Riek, 1970, for example). It is possible that this
relatively inactive life style may favour general browsing rather than active
searching for animal prey. Pollen-fee ding is well-known in some Chrysopidae,
but that association appears to be more intimate, as such species are not
generally predatory as well. It seems that some Osmylidae may be amongst
the most generalised feeders in the Neuroptera, and information on the effects
of different foods on their reproductive biology would be of considerable
interest.
References
Adams, P. A., 1969. A new genus and species of Osmylidae (Neuroptera) from Chile and
Argentina, with a discussion of planipennian genitalic homologies. Postilla
No 141. 11 pp.
Killington, Е. J., 1936. А monograph of the British Neuroptera I, Ray Society, London.
Riek, E. F., 1970. Neuroptera (lacewings). Pp 472-494 in The insects of Australia.
Melbourne University Press, Melbourne.
Ussing, H., 1915. Osmylus chrysops (Vandmyreloven). Flora og Fauna 1914: 81-86.
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(4), September, 1983 47
MIGRATION RECORDS IN AUSTRALIA. 4. PIERIDAE
(LEPIDOPTERA) OTHER THAN ANAPHAEIS JAVA TEUTONIA (F.)
By C. N. Smithers
The Australian Museum, 6-8 College Street, Sydney, 2000, Australia
Abstract
Information on migration in 12 of the 32 species of Pieridae occurring in Australia
is summarised,
Introduction
This paper presents a summary of information available on migration
of Australian Pieridae, other than Anaphaeis java teutonia (F.) for which there
are many records and which will be dealt with more appropriately in a
separate paper. Of the 32 species of this family in Australia 12 are here
recorded as confirmed or likely regular migrants (A. java being a thirteenth);
for some of the species there are very few records. Further observations are
needed on all of them, especially those which have their main centre of
distribution in Queensland and which occasionally extend their range south-
ward by migratory flights.
Appias paulina ega (Boisd.)
Lucas (1887) records the “appearance” of this species at Balaclava,
Victoria. Williams (1929) mentions a south-easterly migration at Westwood,
Queensland, and (Williams 1930a) refers to a comment from Waterhouse that
small flights occur in early autumn. Waterhouse (1932) mentions it as
common in some areas near Sydney when it is migratory, and Barrett and
Burns (1951) mention local flights resulting from breeding in enormous
numbers in some seasons. Crosby (1963) records the species from Malacoota,
Victoria. Rose (1972) records it from Ku-ring-gai National Park, N.S.W., in
1971. Table 1 gives recent unpublished records for this species.
The few records available suggest that the species occasionally extends
its range by migration to the south, even as far as Victoria; this may occur
frequently but only be noticed in periods of high population levels, mainly
during December to February. Extension seems to have occurred on a
noticeable scale in the summers of 1963, 1964, 1969 and 1971. Sankowsky
(pers. comm.) noted at Goodnight Scrub (near Wallaville, SE Qld), that large
numbers were in flight in December 1969 but were no longer present there
three weeks later. This suggests possible emigration, perhaps similar to that
on which Barrett and Burns (1951) based their comment mentioned above.
Catopsilia pomona pomona (F.)
Barnard (1883), Waterhouse (1932), Williams (1930a) and Barrett and
Burns (1951) refer to the migratory habit of this species in general terms
but despite this, and even though the species has the common name of
“lemon migrant”, there are remarkably few detailed records for such a
48 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(4), September, 1983
conspicuous and obviously migrant species. Hudson (1898) records a specimen
from New Zealand. Williams (1929) mentions a south-easterly movement on
9th January 1924 at Westwood, Qld and Waterhouse (1932) a similar move-
ment in January 1928 at Rockhampton, Qld. Moulds (1963, 1964) and Peters
(1963) have listed specimens seen in the Sydney and Broken Bay (N.S.W.)
areas during January, February and March in 1962 and 1963; where flight
directions were recorded they were nearly all southerly or easterly. Fletcher
(1953) reported an invasion of Heron Island by this species. More recent
unpublished records are included in Table 2.
This species appears to behave in much the same way as Appias paulina
ega; it probably has regular population movements within its northern breeding
range with southerly extensions of the movements at certain times of year,
mainly in December to February but occasionally earlier and later. Also, the
years in which А. Р, ега appears to have made extensive southern invasions
coincide mainly with the major southerly extensions of this species.
The observations of J. N. Yates at Caloundra, Qld, are the most detailed
available. Southerly movements were noted from 22nd February to 9th March
1981, the insects flying at heights between 2-7 metres from 11.00 hrs to
17.00 hrs. Numbers were greatest around midday but flights ceased during
overcast and rainy periods. Movement appeared to be in narrow “streams”,
a feature often seen in population movements of Anaphaeis java teutonia.
The greatest numbers were observed on 4th March when the following
numbers were counted over a 30 m front:
Time (eastern standard) No. of specimens
12.55-13.00 209
13.00-13.05 201
13.05-13.10 204
13.10-13.15 172
13.15-13.20 199
13.20-13.25 185
13.25-13.30 203
Total 35 mins 1373
Between 4th and 9th March the migration continued but in reduced
numbers. Despite the magnitude of the southerly movement at Caloundra
there were no reports of the migrations continuing as far south as New South
Wales.
Catopsilia pyranthe crokera (W. S. Macleay)
Williams (1929) records this species as occurring in Melbourne in April
and Waterhouse (1932) and Common and Waterhouse (1972, 1981) mention
immense flights in Queensland at irregular intervals, with a general direction
from north to south and that they reach Sydney but rarely Melbourne.
Waterhouse and Lyell (1914) record a southerly movement in Sydney in
February 1895 and Williams (19302) records a flight of about 100/hr passing
through a garden in Killara, N.S.W., from 5th March to about 10th April,
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(4), September, 1983
TABLE 1
Records of migration of Appias paulina ega
Locality Date
Kariong, N.S.W. 10.11.1964
Thornleigh, N.S.W. 6-30.xi.1964
Turramurra, N.S.W. 21.xii.1969
Childers-Maryborough, Q. xii.1969
Bellingen River, near 1.1971
Thora, N.S.W.
Lorn, Maitland, N.S.W. 1-1.1971
Ryde, N.S.W. 1.11.1971
Yallourn, У. 25.11.1971
Wahroonga, N.S.W. 28.11.1971
ТАВГЕ 2
Records of migration of Catopsilia pomona pomona
Locality Date
Seven Hills, N.S.W. 21.1.1962
Toowoomba, О. 23-24.xi.1964
Mackay-Rockhampton, 8.1.1970
Q.
Menangle Park, N.S.W. 15.xi.1970
Colo River, N.S.W. 16.xii.1970
Bayview, N.S.W. 10-17.xii.1970
Ku-ring-gai Chase and 16.xii.1970
Pymble, N.S.W.
Wahroonga, N.S.W. 19.xii.1970
Maitland, N.S.W. i-ii.1971
Turramurra, N.S.W. 15.11.1971
Ku-ring-gai Chase, 9-20.viii.1971
N.S.W.
Wahroonga, N.S.W. xi.1972
Caloundra, Q. 22.11-9.111.1981
Direction
SSW
SSW/NE
S
NW
E
occasional
specimens
S
(few specimens)
1 specimen
1 specimen
Direction
E
N
20-30/min
appearance
appearance
N
SW
appearance
appearance
appearance
appearance
appearance
S (see text)
5/min/30 m.
49
Observer
M. Burnell
M. R. Long
C. N. Smithers
G. Sankowsky
M. S. Moulds
A. D'Ombrain
J. V. Peters
H. Crane
A. B. Rose
Observer
J. V. Peters
M. Russell
W. Frost
E. O. Edwards
J. V. Peters
L. C. Haines
J. V. Peters and
M. S. Moulds
A. B. Rose
A. D'Ombrain
C. N. Smithers
A. B. Rose
1928. This species is such a well known migrant that it is referred to as the
“common migrant" but, like C. pomona, details of the migrations are very
few, Recent unpublished records are presented in Table 3.
The data so far available suggests that C. pyranthe has a migration
pattern similar to that described above for C. pomona and A. paulina; large
scale movements occurred in early 1971, at which time these species were
also very actively moving. In that year flights of C. pyranthe started with a few
specimens in late February and early March. Numbers were greatest on 19th
50 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(4), September, 1983
March after which fewer were seen, with the main flight virtually ending at
about the end of March although a few specimens were seen at Gloucester as
late as 21st April.
Cepora perimale scyllara (W. S. Macleay)
Common and Waterhouse (1972, 1981) mention one specimen from
Nowra, N.S.W., and one from near Melbourne of this otherwise common
northern species. It occasionally appears in Sydney but is seldom seen south
of Newcastle. If this species is a migrant within its range it certainly does not
make the regular extensions to the south which are seen in the Catopsilia spp.
Delias aganippe (Don.)
There is only one observation of massed flight in this species, a very
spectacular NNW movement at Long Reef Golf Course, Sydney, N.S.W., on
2.xii.1969 (obs. J. V. Peters, M. S. Moulds, С. №. Smithers). On 20th May
1970 three specimens were seen on Erskine Island, Capricorn Group, Qld but
neither before nor afterwards. The conclusions reached was that the specimens
must have come from adjacent coastal areas (Reeves 1971). This species is
known to congregate in numbers, as at Nar Nar Goon, Victoria, in December
1970 (obs. К. Reid) but whether such aggregation is associated with population
movement is not known.
Delias harpalyce (Don.)
Williams (1929) reports annual westerly movement of this species in
Victoria. One specimen has been seen about 12 km from Gabo Island, off
the coast of Victoria (obs. A. S. Angus). Aggregations have been reported
from Nar Nar Goon, Victoria, in December 1970 and March 1971 (obs. K.
Reid) (see also comment under Delias aganippe above).
Delias nigrina (F.)
Olliff (1889) mentions that this species is a migrant but does not give
details. Waterhouse (1932) states categorically that it is not a migrant.
There are, however, recent detailed observations which suggest that it
does undertake northerly flights, mainly in April/May; perhaps these are short
distance flights. These observations are listed in Table 4.
Eurema brigitta australis (Wallace)
Peters (1969) gives two records of this species from notes by G. A.
Waterhouse in the Australian Museum (15th April 1934 at Killara, N.S.W.
and 14th April, 1950 at Clifton, N.S.W.) and a third from his own observat-
ions at Lindfield, 11th February 1962. These occurrences, all in Sydney.
suggest possible infrequent summer or autumn movement into the area, the
usual southern end of its range is further north at about the Richmond R, south
of which Common & Waterhouse (1981) mention the species as being sporadic.
Eurema hecabe phoebus (Butler)
Dodd (1955) records a northerly flight of tens of thousands over thesea
near Bowen, Qld. Williams (1929) mentions flights with E. smilax and Rose
Aust. ent. Mag. 1014), September, 1983
51
TABLE 3
Records of migration of Catopsilia pyranthe crokera
Locality Date Direction Observer
Botany, N.S.W. 11.1962 К. Mascord
(hundreds seen)
Lindfield, N.S.W. 20.1-3.111.1963 several seen J. V. Peters
Ku-ring-gai Chase 12-31.iii.1971 S A. B. Rose
N.S.W. 25/30min/100m
(on 19.iii.1971)
Ryde, N.S.W. 20.14.1971 small numbers J. V. Peters
Wagga Wagga, N.S.W. 22.11.1971 арреагапсе Р. Bungay
Camden, N.S.W. 25.11.1971 S, SW, SSW C. N. Sraithers,
M. S. Moulds
С.А. Holloway
Gloucester, N.S.W. 2].iv.1971 appearance A. B. Rose
Ryde, N.S.W. 10.iii.1973 appearance J. V. Peters
48 km N Singleton, 5.iv.1981 S C. N. Smithers
N.S.W. one specimen
TABLE 4
Records of migration of Delias nigrina
Locality Date Direction Observer
Kempsey and Hatt 16-20.v.1967 NW B. Brown
Head, N.S.W. 120/min
flying out to sea
Sawtell, N.S.W. 20.iv.1964 N P. J. Wilson
35/min/50m
Sawtell, N.S.W. 27.iv.1968 N P. J. Wilson
1/min/50m
Sawtell, N.S.W. 3.v.1968 2/тіп/50т Р. Ј. Wilson
Hastings Point, 28.viii.1969 N H. J.de S. Disney
N.S.W. few specimens
Scott Head to 25-26.iv.1976 N P. J. Wilson
Nambucca, N.S.W. small nos.
(1972) mentions its occurrence in Ku-ring-gai Chase, Sydney, N.S.W., in
February 1971. Fletcher (1973) reported an invasion of Heron Island, Qld, on
4th and Sth January 1971. On April 8th and 10th 1971 a SE movement
involving many specimens was noted at Coorabell, near Byron Bay, N.S.W.
(obs. C. Trickett). On 20th-22nd April 1971 a northerly movement was
reported at Alstonville, N.S.W. The species had been common for several
weeks before but did not appear to migrate until the 20th (obs. W. Wright).
It is interesting to note that Coorabell and Alstonville are about 20 km
apart and that the flight directions recorded are almost opposite to one
another. This suggests that a southerly movement was followed immediately
by a northerly one; possibly the same specimens were involved.
52 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(4), September, 1983
Although not recording specific migration, comments by Rainbow
(1907), Waterhouse (1932), Barrett and Burns (1951) and Moulds (1964)
suggest southerly movement in autumn.
Eurema smilax (Don.)
Williams (1930a, 1930b, 1937), Upton (1949), Poulton (1933) and
Barrett and Burns (1951) make general references to the migratory habits of
this species. Anderson and Spry (1893) refer to it swarming.
Waterhouse and Lyell (1914) record a westerly migration in October
1894 at Gisbourne, Victoria, and Williams (1929) refers to a southerly mig-
ration at Woodford, N.S.W., from 21st April to 4th May 1906 in which
specimens were passing at 50/hr. The flights were often accompanied by
specimens of E. hecabe and E. herla (W. S. Macleay). Alexander (1917)
reports on a “flight” in south-western Australia in the summer of 1914-15.
Fenselau (1977) reported the species moving south at Sealake, Victoria, at the
end of August 1977, a year in which many reports of southerly migration
were received (see Table 5). Unpublished records accumulated since 1962
are presented in Table 5. À
This species is clearly a regular migrant. Numbers are usually small,
with individuals being widely separated; such small population movements
are easily missed unless a special watch is kept. Movement is likely
to’ take place at any time from December to April and the major move-
ments are to the south. If northerly movements of even smaller numbers
do take place, they would be hard to detect. The only northerly record is
that for Barraba, N.S.W., on 1st December 1969 (obs. M. Showers).
It is interesting to note that the movement of 1977 started very
suddenly with enormous numbers appearing in the Hunter Valley on 27th
March at which time they also appeared in numbers at Stanwell Tops near
Sydney (obs. G. Daniels).
Eurema herla (W..S.. Macleay)
The only record of population movement in this species is provided by
Waterhouse and Lyell (1914) who mention specimens accompanying a south-
erly flight of E. smilax at Woodford, N.S.W., from 21st April to 4th May
1906 (see also under E. smilax above).
Pieris rapae rapae (L.)
The history of the spread of this Palearctic species has been summarised
by Peters (1970). It is well known as a migrant in Europe but little is known
of population movements in Australia, there being only one observation
reported of a northerly movement on 12th October 1970 at Box Hill, Foots-
cray and Brooklyn, Victoria, when a count of 80-160/hr was made (obs.
A. Riddell).
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank the many observers who have provided information on
butterfly movements, without whose generous help this information could not be brought
together and M. S. Moulds and M. S. Upton for providing references to migration in
Australia.
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(4), September, 1983
Locality
TABLE 5
Records of migration of Eurema smilax
Date
Direction
53
Observer
Seven Hills, N.S.W.
Lindfield, N.S.W.
Lindfield, N.S.W.
Lindfield, N.S.W.
Ryde, N.S.W.
Ryde, N.S.W.
Ry de, N.S.W.
Razorback, N.S.W.
(near Camden)
Camden, N.S.W.
Barraba, N.S.W.
Ryde, N.S.W.
Ryde, N.S.W.
Castle Hill, N.S.W.
Moss Vale, N.S.W.
Mt. Wilson, N.S.W.
Ryde, N.S.W.
North Turramurra,
N.S.W.
Ryde, N.S.W.
20km N Singleton,
N.S.W.
Stanwell Tops, N.S.W.
Sydney, N.S.W.
Sydney, N.S.W.
Round Hill Reserve,
N.S.W.
Condobolin to Cudal,
N.S.W.
48km N. Singleton,
N.S.W.
48km N. Singleton,
N.S.W.
Sydney, N.S.W.
Sydney, N.S.W.
Engadine, N.S.W.
20.1.1962
11.1.1962
19.1.1963
11.1963
6.1.1964
25.11.1967
2.01.1968
22.xi.1968
25.x.1969
1.xii.1969
20.xii.1969
1.1.1971
17.х.1971
24.x.1971
12.1.1972
10.11.1973
10.11.1973
19.11.1973
27.11.1977
27.11.1977
29.11.1977
30.11.1977
9.iv.1977
11.iv.1977
12.iv.1977
16.iv.1977
17.iv.1977
9.11.1979
10.1.1979
5
оп оо оф о Un mun
5
N
great numbers
S, SW
S
сп о ою о о
5
$
1/min/50m
appearance in
numbers
5
5
sw
S
S
1 specimen seen
. Peters
Peters
Peters
Peters
Peters
Peters
Peters
Peters
soos sess
S SS RORIS SS =
J. V. Peters
M. Showers
J. V. Peters
J. V. Peters
J. V. Peters
J. V. Peters
J. V. Peters
J. V. Peters
C. N. Smithers
J. V. Peters
C. N. Smithers
G. Daniels
G. Daniels
C. N. Smithers
G. Daniels
G. Daniels
C. N. Smithers
C. N. Smithers
G. Daniels
G. Daniels
G. Daniels
54 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(4), September, 1983
References
Alexander, W. B., 1933. Australian Danaine, Euploeine and Pierine butterflies and Uraniid
moths. /п Poulton, E. B., The gregarious resting habits of danaine butterflies
in Australia; also of heliconine and ithomiine butterflies in tropical America.
Proc. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 7(3): 64-65.
Anderson, E. and Spry, F. P., 1893 £ 1894. Victorian butterflies and how to collect
them. Н. Hearne, Melbourne. 129 pp.
Barnard, G. 1883. Scarcity of Lepidoptera in Queensland. Entomologist 16(No. 245):
238-239.
Barrett, C. L. and Burns, A. N., 1951. Butterflies of Australia and New Guinea. N. H.
Seward, Melbourne. Pp. i-x, 187 pp., 8 pls.
Common, 1. F. В. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and
Robertson, Sydney. i-xii, 498 pp., 41 pls.
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies fo Australia. Angus and
Robertson, Sydney. i-xiv, 682 pp., 25 figs, 49 pls.
Crosby, D. F., 1963. The butterflies of the Malacoota district. Aust. Zool. 13(1): 54-56.
Dodd, A. P., 1955. No title. п Notes. Minut. ent. Soc. Оа 10th May, 1955: 3.
Fenselau, 1. C., 1977. A flight of the chequered swallowtail. Victorian Ent. 7(5): 62.
Fletcher, B. S., 1973. Observations of a movement of insects at Heron Island, Queensland.
J. Aust. ent. Soc. 12(2): 157-160, table 1, 1 fig.
Hudson, G. V., 1898. Moths and butterflies of New Zealand. West, Newman and Co.,
London. i-xix, 144 pp.
Lucas, T. P., 1887. Notes and queries. Visit of northern butterflies to Melbourne. Vict.
Nat. 3(11): 152-153.
Moulds, M. S., 1963. Records of northern butterflies in the Sydney district. Commun.
епі. Sect. К. zool. Soc. N.S.W. 17: 36-38, 4546.
Moulds, M. S., 1964. Records of northern butterflies in the Sydney district. Commun.
ent. Sect. К. zool. Soc. N.S.W. 23: 63-67.
Olliff, A. S., 1889. Australian butterflies: a brief account . . . Nat. Hist. Soc. N.S.W.,
Sydney. 49 pp.
Peters, J. V., 1963. Records of northern butterflies in the Sydney district 1962-63.
Commun. ent. Sect. R. zool. Soc. N.S.W. 21: 53-54.
Peters, J. V., 1969. Notes on the distribution of Australian Hesperiidae and Papilionidae
(Lepidoptera). Aust. zool. 15(2): 178-184.
Peters, J. V., 1970. The cabbage white butterfly. Aust, Nat. Hist. 16(9): 300-303, illustr.
Poulton, E. B., 1933. See Alexander, W. B. 1933.
Rainbow, W. J., 1907. A guide to the study of Australian butterflies. T. C. Lothian,
Melbourne. 272 pp., pls I-VI, 19 pls unnumbered.
Reeves, D. M., 1971. Notes on some butterflies from Erskine Island, Capricorn Group.
Qd Nat. 20(1-3): 54-55.
Rose, A. B., 1972. Additional records of butterflies from Ku-ring-gai Chase National
Park, New South Wales. Aust. ent. Mag. 1(2): 5-6.
Upton, M. S., 1949. Insect migration in Australia. Australasian Ent. 1(1): 3-8.
Waterhouse, G. A., 1932. What butterfly is that? Angus and Robertson, Sydney. ix,
291 pp. pls I-XXXIV.
Waterhouse, G. A. and Lyell, G., 1914. The butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robert-
son, Sydney. i-vi, 239 pp., 43 pls, map.
Williams, C. B., 1929. Evidence for the migration of butterflies. Bull. Soc. R. ent. Egypt
(n.s.) 1929(4): 193-210.
Williams, C. B., 1930a. The migration of butterflies. Oliver and Boyd, London. i-xi,
473 pp.
Williams, C. B., 1930b. Collected records relating to insect migration. Second series.
Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. 78: 139-170.
Williams, C. B., 1937. Butterfly migration in the tropics. British Museum, London.
10 pp., 5 pls.
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(4), September, 1983 55
A MUTANT STRAIN OF HEL/OTHIS ARMIGER (HÚBNER)
(LEPIDOPTERA: NOCTUIDAE) DETECTABLE IN LARVAL
AND ADULT STAGES
By R. V. Gunning and C. S. Easton
N.S.W. Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Centre, R.M.B. 944,
Tamworth, N.S.W. 2340
Abstract
A mutant strain of Heliothis armiger (Húbner) was detected in a culture from
Narrabri, New Soutn Wales. Abnormal larvae differed in colour from the wild type and
produced adults witn bright yellow eyes.
Heliothis armiger (Húbner) is a major agricultural pest in Australia.
There are usually six larval instars. Normally, up to the fourth instar, larvae
vary through shades of brown to black in colour with black setae and setal
plates. As well, the thoracic legs and abdominal prolegs have black segments
and from the third instar onwards, a darkly pigmented dorsal saddle on the
first abdominal segment is evident. In the last two instars considerable larval
colour variation can occur from yellow-green, green, pink to brown. Individual
larvae may change colour from instar to instar. The reasons for this later instar
colour morphs are not clear, but Whitlock (1972) has established that
variations are not hereditary. This note reports the finding of Н. armiger
larvae which, from the third instar onwards, were abnormally coloured and
which developed into adults with mutant eye colour.
Our abnormal larvae (from a Narrabri, New South Wales culture) were
easily picked out early in the third instar; they were a light green which
contrasted sharply with the black legs, setae and setal plates. The dorsal
saddle was not present. Later instars (5th and 6th) of these larvae were a
little darker green, providing less of a contrast and a dorsal saddle was present.
The abnormal larvae were selected from the main culture and allowed to
complete their development separately. On emergence as adults, both males
and females were found to have bright yellow eyes. Normally, H. armiger
moths have brownish green eyes. Although mutant Н. armiger with abnormal
eye colour have apparently not been previously reported, a yellow-eyed
mutant is known in Spodoptera littoralis, (Dittrich and Leutkemeier, 1980).
We attempted to breed from the mutant moths (approximately 20) but
their eggs failed to hatch. We are not sure whether winter photophases inhib-
ited mating or whether sterility accompanied the abnormality in the moths.
References
Dittrich, V. and Leutkemeier, N., 1980. Eye colour in Spodoptera littoralis and its
independence from genes causing resistance to monocrotophos. J. econ. Ent.
73: 353-355.
Whitlock, V. H., 1972. Insecticidal studies on Helicoverpa armigera (Hübn), with special
reference to resistance. M.Sc. Thesis, University of Pretoria, Pretoria.
56 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(4), September, 1983
THE EARLY STAGES OF RAPALA VARUNA SIMSON! (MISKIN)
(LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE) FROM
SOUTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND
By T. A. Lambkin
Entomology Branch, Department of Primary Industries, Meiers Road,
Indooroopilly, Brisbane, Queensland, 4068
Abstract
The immature stages of Rapala varuna simsoni (Miskin) are described and other
notes on the life history recorded.
Introduction
The Indigo Flash, Rapala varuna simsoni (Miskin) is found in New
Guinea, throughout the islands of Torres Strait and along the east coast of
Queensland from Cape York to Yeppoon, with records from Cooran Table-
land and from Brisbane (Common and Waterhouse, 1981). It occurs in a wide
variety of habitats from dry open sclerophyll forest to wet rainforest.
The life history for this subspecies has not previously been recorded
although Atkins (1975) lists Alphitonia excelsa Reissek, as a food plant and
Storey (1977) has reared larvae from the flowers of the introduced Litchi
(Litchi chinensis). During March and April 1981, adults and immature stages
were common on a small number of A. excelsa trees growing in the
Department of Primary Industries complex at Indooroopilly, Brisbane. A
number of various instar larvae were collected and nine of these were
subsequently reared to adults in Brisbane.
Life History
EGG (Fig. 1)
Pale, turning to black just prior to emergence; sub-spherical, with
flattened base and depressed apex; micropylar area smooth. Remainder of
surface reticulate with truncate projections at intersections of ridges. Diameter
0.4 mm; height 0.3 mm.
FIRST INSTAR LARVA
Head large, pale brown. Thorax and abdomen white; covered with long
colourless primary setae; with a pair of subdorsal setae, much longer than the
rest, on each of the prothorax, mesothorax and abdominal segment 7.
LAST INSTAR LARVA (Figs 2, 3)
Head pale brown; covered by prothorax. Prothoracic plate pale yellow-
green with a pair of dark red patches, covered with secondary setae and with
subdorsal and lateral raised humps. Mesothorax and metathorax with dorsal
surface pale yellow-green with a median dark green line; lateral surface dark
green with a white curved line. Both meso- and metathorax each with a
pair of subdorsal and lateral tooth-like projections, these projections being
white with an orange base and bearing colourless secondary setae. Abdominal
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(4), September, 1983 57
#27
Figs 1-4. Rapala varuna simsoni (Miskin); (1) egg, lateral view; (2) final instar larva on
flower bud; (3) dorsolateral view of final instar larva; (4) pupa, dorsal view.
segments similar in colour to thoracic segments, abdominal segment 7 with
a pair of dark red patches; segments 1-6 each with tooth-like projection
similar to those of metathorax, those of segment 1 dark red, joined laterally
by a red band, those of remaining segments white with orange bases. Anal
plate pale ‘yellow-green, ringed laterally by 6 white projections. Length
16.7 mm; width 5.3 mm. Prepupa red-brown.
РОРА (Fig. 4)
Pink and white initially, then changing to pale brown with head and
thorax marked with black-brown, wing cases black-brown, abdomen blotched
with dark brown squares and with last segment ringed with black-brown;
surface quite smooth, covered with minute pale brown setae; attached to
silken pad by anal hooks and central girdle. Length 11.3 mm; width 6.0 mm.
NOTES
Eggs are laid singly on flower buds, flowers and young green stems.
First instar larvae burrow into the flower buds and feed internally. Later
instars feed openly on the flowers and because of their shape and coloration
are extremely difficult to locate. Pupae were not found in the field, but
those of the bred specimens occurred on either the upper or lower surfaces
of the leaves of the food plant. Pupal duration was 10 to 11 days. The
immature stages were not attended by ants and parasitism was not recorded.
58 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(4), September, 1983
Adults of both sexes were on the wing as early as 8 a.m. (Easter
Standard Time) and some were still flying as late as 4 p.m. After midday
males established territorial boundaries by flying in circular patterns from
their roosting positions in eucalypt trees to the food plants then back again
Females spent the day either feeding on the A/phitonia blossom or OVipositing
In the Brisbane area, A. exelsa usually flowers during April and May
and in dry seasons flowering does not occur. The food-plant trees durin
1981 commenced flowering as early as February and continued through to
April. R. varuna is normally rare in the Brisbane area, and the coincidence
between its relative abundance this year and the early flowering of its food
plant is most interesting.
Acknowledgements
I wish to thank Mr D. Ironside for the colour transparencies of the
immature stages, Mr К. J. Corcoran for the black and white prints from the
transparencies and Mrs S. Sands for the line drawing of the egg.
References
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. 2nd edition
Angus and Robertson, Sydney, 682 pp., illustr. i
Atkins, A., 1975. Larval foodplants of some Queensland butterflies. News. Bull, ent
Soc, Qd 7(3): 117-119. à
Storey, R., 1977. The litchi as a food plant for lycaenid butterflies. News, Bull. еп;
Soc. Qd 9(4): 162. :
OGYRIS AMARYLLIS AMATA WATERHOUSE (LEPIDOPTERA:
LYCAENIDAE) TENDED BY CAMPONOTUS ANTS
By D. J. Ferguson
Research School of Biological Sciences, P.O. Box 475, Canberra City, A.C.T. 2601
In September 1981, while searching for the early stages of Ogyris
amaryllis amata at Coppins Crossing on the Molonglo River, Australian
Capital Territory, twelve late-instar larvae and pupae were found in a hollow
of a decayed branch stump. These were actively tended by a number of
sugar ants Camponotus sp. Although O. amaryllis amata is known to be
tended by Iridomyrmex ants (Common and Waterhouse, 1981), it has not
previously been reported that O. amaryllis is also tended by Camponotus
ants. Both Iridomyrmex and Camponotus ants were tending the O. amaryllis
amata larvae and pupae at Coppins Crossing, even on the same tree, but at no
time were the two ants observed co-attending at the same sites.
Reference
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Revised edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney, pp. 1-682.
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(4), September, 1983 159
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN 'ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by M. S. and В. J. Moulds
ALCOCK, John
1980. Communal nesting in an Arc solitary wasp, Cerceris antipodes Smith
(Hymenoptera, Sphecidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(3): 223-228, tables 1-4;
text-fig. 1.
1980. Notes on the reproductive behaviour of some Australian solitary wasps (Hymen-
optera: Sphecidae, Tachysphex and Exeirus). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(4): 259-
262, text-figs 1 & 2.
ALLSOPP, P. G. : HS
1981. Development, longevity and fecundity of the false wireworms Pterohelaeus
darlingensis and P. alternatus (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae). I. Effect of constant
; temperature. Aust. J. Zool. 29(4): 605-619, tables 1-7, text-figs.1-4.
1982. Development, longevity and fecundity of the false wireworms Pterohelaeus
darlingensis and P. alternatus (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae) II. Effect of foód
‘ type. Aust. J. Zool. 30(2): 233-242, tables 1-5; text-figs 1-4.
‘1982. Development, longevity and fecundity of the false wireworms Pterohelaeus
darlingensis and P. alternatus (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae) III. Interspecific
hybridization. Aust. J. Zool. 30(4): 603-610, tables 1-6, text-fig. 1.
1982. Corrections to Paulian (1980): “Revision to taxonomique des Liparochrus
Erichson, genre Australo-melanésien de Coléopteres Hybosoridae, Scarabaeoi-
dea”. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 21(3): 199-200. 3
ANDERSON, J. M. E.
1981. Population dynamics of Scymnodes lividigaster (Mulsant) and Leptothea galbula
(Mulsant), Australian ladybirds (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae). Gen. appl. Ent.
13: 15-28, text-figs 1-7.
1981. Biology and distribution of Scymnodes lividigaster (Mulsant) and Leptothea
galbula (Mulsant), Australian ladybirds (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae). Proc. Linn.
Soc. N.S.W. 105(1): 1-15, tables 1-4, text-figs 1-11.
1982. Seasonal habitat utilization and food of the ladybirds Scymnodes lividigaster
(Mulsant) and Leptothea galbula (Mulsant) (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae). Aust.
J. Zool. 30(1): 59-70, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-6.
ANDREWS, R. H. and BULL, C. M.
1982. A comparison of mating behaviour of the reptile ticks Aponomma hydrosauri
and Amblyomma albolimbatum. Aust. J. Zool. 30(4): 635-642, tables 1-3,
text-figs 1 & 2.
BINNINGTON, K. C. and RICE, M. J.
1982. A technique for recording efferent neurone activity from normal and poisoned
cattle ticks [Boophilus microplus (Canestrini)]. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 21(3): 161-
166, text-figs 1-11.
BISHOP, A. L.
1981. The spatial dispersion of spiders in a cotton ecosystem. Aust. J. Zool. 29(1):
15-24, 4 tables, text-figs 1-4.
BOCK, lan R.
19: 2. Drosophilidae of Australia V. Remaining genera and synopsis (Insecta: Diptera).
Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 89: 1-164, text-figs 1-118.
BRITTON, E. B. and STANBURY, P. J.
1941. Type specimens in the Macleay Museum, University of Sydney VIII. Insects:
beetles (Insecta: Coleoptera). Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 105(4): 241-293.
BROOKES, Helen M.
1982. Epicoccus Cockerell and its type-species, Epicoccus acaciae (Maskell), redes-
cribed (Homoptera: Coccoidea: Pseudococcidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 21(3):
237-240, text-figs 1-2.
60 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(4), September, 1983
BROWN, G. R.
1982. Three new species of Hemithynnus Ashmead from Australia (Hymenoptera:
Tiphiidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 21(3): 167-174, text-figs 1-13.
BULL, C. M. and KING, D. R.
1981. A parapatric boundary between two species of reptile ticks in the Albany area,
Western Australia. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 105(4): 205-208, text-fig. 1.
CARVALHO, Jose C. M. and GROSS, Gordon F.
1982. Australian ant-mimetic Miridae (Hemiptera: Heteroptera) I. The Leucophoro-
ptera group of the subfamily Phylinae. Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 86: 1-75,
text-figs 1-127.
CLAY, Theresa
1981. A report on a collection of lice (Boopidae: Phthiraptera) on Petrogale (rock
wallabies). Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 105(1): 65-78, table.1, map, text-figs 1-27.
CLYNE, D.
1977. A guide to Australian spiders. Thomas Nelson (Australia), Melbourne. Pp i-
vii, 1-168, text-figs 1-19, col. figs 1-236. REPRINT. First published 1969.
COBBINAH, J. R., MORGAN, F. David and DOUGLAS, T. J.
1982. Feeding responses of the gum leaf skeletoniser Uraba lugens Walker to sugars,
amino acids, lipids, sterols, salts, vitamins and certain extracts of eucalypt
leaves. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 21(3): 225-236, tables 1-13, text-figs 1-4.
FAIN, A. and DOMROW, R.
1980. A new species of Myianoetus Oudemans (Acarina: Anoetidae) from a cerato-
pogonid fly in Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 7(4): 41-44, text-figs 1-3.
HICKMAN, V. V.
1981. New Tasmanian spiders of the families Archaeiae, Cycloctenidae, Amauro-
biidae and Micropholcommatidae. Pap. Proc. К. Soc. Tasm. 115: 47-68, text-
figs 1-33.
HOCKINGS, F. D.
1980. Friends and foes of Australian gardens. Reed, Sydney. Pp. 1-151, illustr.
HOUSTON, Terry F.
1981. A revision of the Australian hylaeine bees (Hymenoptera: Colletidae). II.
Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 80: 1-128, text-figs 1-241.
HOUSTON, W. W. K., FEEHAN, J. E. and RUNKO, S.
1982. Methods for harvesting large numbers of dung beetles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeid-
ae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 21(3): 217-219, text-fig. 1.
HYNES, H. B. N.
1982. New and poorly known Gripopterygidae (Plecoptera) from Australia, especially
Tasmania. Aust. J. Zool. 30(1): 115-158, text-figs 1-12.
POLHEMUS, John T.
1982. Marine Hemiptera of the Northern Territory including the first fresh-water
species of Halobates Eschscholtz (Gerridae, Veliidae, Hermatobatidae and
Corixidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 21(1): 5-11, text-figs 1-5.
PRESIDENTE, P. J. A., BARNETT, J. L., HOW, R. A. and HUMPHREYS, W. F.
1982. Effects of habitat, host, sex and age on the parasites of Trichosurus caninus
(Marsupialia: Phalangeridae) in north-eastern New South Wales. Aust. J. Zool.
30(1): 33-47, tables 1-5, text-figs 1-8.
Acari: 7 species listed
RAVEN, R. J.
1981. A review of the Australian genera of the mygalomorph spider subfamily
Diplurinae (Dipluridae: Chelicerata). Aust. J. Zool. 29: 321-363.
REYE, Eric
1980. Biting midges. N. Qd Nat. 145(No.177): 8-10.
ROTH, L. M.
1982. A taxonomic revision of the Panesthiinae of the world IV. The genus Ancaud-
ellia Shaw, with additions to parts I-III, and a general discussion of distribution
and relationships of the components of the subfamily (Dictyoptera: Blattaria:
Blaberidae). Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 82: 1-142, tables 1-6, text-figs 1-64.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices
need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be
sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.
WANTED. Stag beetles (Coleoptera: Lucanidae) from Australia. Can exchange
for specimens from Europe. Dr Luca Bartolozzi, Universita Degli Studi
Di Firenze, Instituto Di Zoologia, Via Romana, 17, 50125, Firenze, Italy.
WANTED. Copy of “Biogeography of the Southern End of the World" by
P. J. Darlington Jnr. McGraw-Hill, 1968. G. Williams, C/- Post Office,
Lansdowne via Taree, N.S.W. 2430.
EXCHANGE or buy Coleoptera from Australia, New Guinea and New Zealand
—offers coleoptera from Europe, Africa, Madagascar. Lists on request.
Jacques Diedrich, 82 Boulevard Pascal, 21000 Dijon, France.
WANTED. "Butterflies of the Australian Region" by B. D'Abrera (Lansd-
owne Press). D. Richardson, 7 Linden Ave, Pymble, N.S.W. 2073.
FOR SALE. “Catalogue of the Araneae described between 1940 and 1981"
by Prof. Paolo Brignoli. 784 pages. 1983. US$90 (post free).
Sponsored by British Arachnological Society. Supplements Roewer's
Katalog der Araneae (1942-53) listing species overlooked by Roewer and
those since described. Orders direct to the publisher: Manchester Uni-
verstiy Press, 51 Washington St., Dover, New Hampshire 03820, U.S.A.
FOR SALE. Republication of Frederick Valentine Melsheimer's 1806 “A
Catalogue of Insects of Pennsylvania", the first separate work devoted
to American insects. The facsimile lists more than 1300 species of
Coleoptera (other orders were not completed), and includes a short
biography of Melsheimer. Price: US$5.00 (overseas, airmail $6.50).
Checks payable to Entomological Society of Pennsylvania, c/- Ent.
Dept., Pennsylvania State University, University Park, PA 16802, USA.
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in duplicate.
All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper
considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than six printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Reprints: Authors may purchase reprints at the following rates per page: $12 for
50 copies, $16 for 100 copies and $22 for 200 copies. There are no free reprints. Papers
exceeding two printed pages in length will only be accepted if a minimum of 50 reprints
is purchased.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they
are to appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Colour plates are offered to authors at the following subsidized prices: first plate $265;
additional plates $185 each. Photographs are best submitted as colour transparencies
although paintings are also suitable. Plates using two or more photographs are more
expensive; thus where a number of set specimens are to be illustrated on a plate such
specimens are best photographed on a single slide.
Address papers to: The Editor,
Australian Entomological Magazine,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.
CONTENTS |
FERGUSON, D. J. Ogyris amaryllis amata Waterhouse (Lepidoptera:
Lycaenidae) tended by Camponotus апїз.................. 59
GUNNING, В. У. and EASTON, С. 5. A mutant strain of Heliothis
armiger (Hübner) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) detectable in larval
andfadultsstages СИИ ре 55
LAMBKIN, Т. А. The early stages of Rapala varuna simsoni (Miskin)
(Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) from south-eastern Queensland ..... S6
McQUILLAN, P. B. Observations on Scaraphites rotundipennis (Dejean)
(Coleoptera: Carabidae) a pest of golf courses on Flinders
Island A, DU IE A A A LEST AS 41
NEW, T.R. The food of adult Osmylidae: Kempyninae (Neuroptera).. 45
SMITHERS, C. N. Migration records in Australia. 4. Pieridae (Lepid-
optera) other than Anaphaeis java teutonia (F.) ............ 47
RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian
entomology. Complied by M. S. and B. J. Moulds ...........
ENTOMOLOGICATAN OU @Е5 ЕНИН АИ ИИК ИЕ ИНИН
HILLCREST HOLIDAY LODGE
and 4WD HIRE
Hope St, P.O. Box 136, Cooktown 4871
Ph. Cooktown 5.
Single, double and family accommodation at reasonable rates. Write for brochure.
We have a keen interest in insects and would be pleased to assist guests with a
similar interest. Soon we plan to establish organised field trips to various Cape
York Peninsular collecting localities—inquiries welcome.
DATA LABELS — PRINTED TO ORDER
$10.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)
Labels must be ordered in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 labels.
Delivery 4-6 weeks. Payment with order please.
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia
BOOKS & EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT AND BOOK CATALOGUES
ARE AVAILABLE FREE ON REQUEST
MAIL ORDERS ARE A SPECIALTY
Australian Entomological Supplies
35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 4614
BRANCH: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43 3972
ISSN 0311-1881
AUSTRALIAN ow.
VICTORIA
ENTOMOLOGICAL ”
MAGAZINE -
Aust. ent. Mag.
Edited by M. S. Moulds
VOLUME 10, PART 5
DECEMBER, 1983
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand
and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional
entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.
SUBSCRIPTIONS
All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:
Australian Entomological Press,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,
Australia. І
Individual Subscriptions
$12.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea
A$13.00 (US$ 12.00 or Stg.£7.50) per annum overseas
Institutional Subscriptions
$16.00 (US$14.50 or Stg.£9.00) per annum
COVER
Illustrated by Stephen Underwood
The Bentwing Swift Moth, Zelotypia stacyi Scott (family Hepialidae)
is one of Australia's largest moths with species often having a wing span in
excess of 230 mm. Adults are tawny brown with silver-white markings and
the spectacular raised eye spot gives the fore wing the appearance of a
reptilian head. The larvae feed on only a few species of eucalypt including
the Sydney blue gum, £. salinga, and grow to some 130 mm over a period of
S-6 years. The species occurs in south-eastern Queensland and eastern New
South Wales. It is now exceedingly rare in New South Wales.
Published by
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,
N.S.W. 2065, Australia.
Phone: 43-3972
Printed by
Drawing Office Printers Pty. Ltd.
253 Condamine St, Balgowlah,
N.S.W. 2093
Australian Entomological
Magazine
Aust. ent. Mag.
Volume 10, Part 5 = December, 1983
A NEW SPECIES OF LAS/ OGUS-ENDERLEIN
(PSOCOPTERA: PSOCIDAE) FROM NEW SOUTH WALES
By C. N. Smithers
The Australian Museum, 6-8 College Street, Sydney
Abstract
Material recorded as Blaste michaelseni (Enderlein), from Muogamarra Nature
Reserve, near Sydney (Smithers, 1977) has been re-examined and found to represent a
new species. This is described as Lasiopsocus simulatus sp.n.
Introduction
During work on a collection of Psocoptera from South Australia it was
necessary to examine again a specimen from Muogamarra Nature Reserve, New
South Wales, which had been identified as Blaste michaelseni (Enderlein)
(Smithers, 1977) because undoubted material of that species now available
raised some doubt as to the reliability of the earlier identification. The
identification has been found to be in error and the specimen is now regarded
as belonging to an undescribed species. In order to validate the name prior
to publication of studies on the South Australian material it is described here
as Lasiopsocus simulatus sp. n. Originally described as a genus by Enderlein
(1907) Lasiopsocus was placed as a subgenus of Blaste Kolbe by Roesler
(1944).
Lasiopsocus simulatus sp. n.
Blaste michaelseni (Enderlein). Smithers, 1977, Rec. .4ust. Mus 31(7):282 (nec Enderlein
1907).
Types. NEW SOUTH WALES: 1 д (holotype), ex Eucalyptus sp., Muogamarra Nature
Reserve, 1.viii.1974, С. N. and A. S. Smithers. In the Australian Museum. This specimen
was previously recorded as Blaste michaelseni (Smithers, 1977).
62 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(5), December, 1983
MALE
Coloration (in alcohol). Very similar to L. dicellus Smithers. Head pale,
but brown as follows: a double row of irregular confluent spots adjacent to
each compound eye, across back of vertex and on either side of median
epicranial suture; a broad spot on frons anterior to ocelli; a line in position
of anterior arms of epicranial suture from ocelli to antenna base; a ring
around antenna base; a mark below compound eye on gena; postclypeal
stripes and the labrum. Median postclypeal stripes closer and darker than
lateral stripes. Ocellar tubercle black. Scape and pedicel brown; flagellum
very dark brown. Eyes black. First and second maxillary palp segments pale,
third brown, fourth dark brown. Dorsum of mesothorax. dark, shiny brown,
a little paler where parapsidal sutures meet. Fore legs pale brown, except for
darker apex of tibia and tarsal segments. Meso- and metathoracic legs similar
but coxae dark brown. Fore wings hyaline, without pattern; pterostigma
brown; veins dark brown. Hind wings hyaline; veins brown. Abdomen pale,
terminal structures very dark brown.
Morphology. Length of body: 3.6 mm. General morphology, size and
appearance very similar to L. dicellus. Length of flagellar segments: fı: 1.2
mm.; fj: 0.96 mm. Eyes fairly large but not reaching level of vertex. IO/D:
1.9; PO: 0.91. Measurements of hind leg: F: 1.20 mm.; T: 2.40 mm.;
tı: 0.56 mm.; tz: 0.16 mm.; rt: 3.5: 1; ct: 22, 2. Fore wing length: 5.3 mm.;
width: 1.5 mm. Hind wing length: 4.0 mm.; width: 1.3 mm. Venation as in
L. dicellus. Epiproct and associated structure (fig. 4) similar to those of
L. dicellus but dorsal flaps a little narrower and the lobe which lies over the
epiproct has straight sides and is a little wider apically. Ventroposterior
extension of the ninth tergite with dorsal side of apex more pointed (fig. 3).
Hypandrium (fig. 1) similar to that of L. dicellus but with a more rounded
hind margin (transverse in L. dicellus). Phallosome (fig. 2) similar to that of
L. discellus but distal teeth relatively longer.
FEMALE
Unknown, but probably has patterned wings.
Discussion
L. simulatus differs from L. michaelseni Enderlein, the type species of
the genus from Western Australia, in being smaller and darker, with a fore
wing length of less than 6 mm as opposed to 7 mm in L. michaelseni. The
wing setae are large and conspicuous in L. michaelseni but small and
inconspicuous in L. simulatus. The structures associated with the epiproct
differ in proportions and the arms of the phallosome are narrower in
L. michaelseni than in L. simulatus.
L. dicellus Smithers, from South Australia, and L. simulatus are very
similar to one another and it is possible that the minor differences in the
form of the hypandrium (hind margin in particular),phallosome (proportions
of parts) and structure associated with epiproct (proportions of structures)
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(5), December, 1983 63
Figs 1-4. Lasiopsocus simulatus sp. n.: (1) hypandrium; (2) phallosome; (3) ventro-
posterior extension of ninth tergite; (4) epiproct and associated structures.
are not indicative of specific difference. On the other hand L. dicellus
paratypes from South Australia do not show proportions similar to the single
specimen from Muogamarra Nature Reserve. For the present, therefore, it is
considered that they are two very closely related species differing but slightly
in the proportions of their terminal abdominal structures.
Acknowledgement
I would like to thank Martyn Robinson for preparing the illustrations to
this paper.
References
Enderlein, G., 1907. Copeognatha. In Michaelsen, W. and Hartmeyer, R. Die Fauna
Sudwest-Australiens. 1: 233-240, 6 figs.
Roesler, R., 1944. Die Gattungen der Copeognathen. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 104: 117-166.
Smithers, C. N., 1977. The Psocoptera of Muogamarra Nature Reserve. Rec. Aust. Mus.
31(7): 251-306, 98 figs.
64 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(5), December, 1983
A CAUTIONARY NOTE ON THE USE OF OVIPOSITION RECORDS
AS LARVAL FOOD PLANT RECORDS
By R. L. Kitching* and M. P. Zalucki*
*School of Australian Environmental Studies, Griffith University, Nathan, Qld 4111
*Department of Entomology, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Qld 4067
Abstract
Butterflies may lay their eggs on species of plant which are unsuitable as sources
of food for their larvae. This has led to some misleading records in the secondary
literature. This contention is illustrated by detailed treatment of three examples: Euploea
core/Asclepias spp., Cressida cressida/Aristolochia elegans and Danaus plexippus/Araujia
hortorum. The reasons why such ‘mistakes’ in oviposition occur and their coevolutionary
history is discussed.
Introduction
Comments received recently from a journal referee prompt us to point
out the care which must be taken in using the presence of eggs of particular
species of insects on a plant, as evidence that the plant is necessarily to be
considered a food plant for the insect. This seems to be an especially pertinent
problem when the insect or the plant or both are recent arrivals in the region
concerned. Records based on observations of eggs or early instar larvae which,
unbeknown to the observer, fail to develop, frequently get into the secondary
literature such as hand-lists and field guides. The authors of such works, of
course, must use published food plant records and are not in a position to
check out all of them themselves, especially as this may require extended
periods of observations to resolve the questions we raise here. It is therefore,
a case of caveat emptor as far as the entomologist using such information is
concerned. We illustrate this contention with three case histories from our
own work or that of our colleagues on the ecology of butterflies.
Case 1: Euploea core Cramer and Asclepias spp.
In extended studies of the oviposition dynamics of Danaus plexippus L.
and D. chrysippus L. we monitored eggs laid on patches of Asclepias fruticosa
L. (Zalucki and Kitching, 1982). Throughout our period of observation, the
highly distinctive globular eggs of Euploea core occurred regularly on our
sentinel plants. Common and Waterhouse (1981) and Fisher (1978) record
“Asclepias spp.” as a food plant for both Е. core and its congener E. eichhorni
Staudinger. We followed the subsequent progress of these eggs throughout a
season, and although they hatched, on no occasion did we find feeding larvae
on the plants. In our experience, then, there seems no reason to include
Asclepias spp. as food plants of E. core although they do provide a way of
monitoring the egg-laying phenology of the species (Kitching and Zalucki,
1981). Casual observations suggest that A. curassavica L. and A. physocarpa
(E. Mey) Schlecht may act in the same way as А. fruticosa. The species of
Asclepias concerned were introduced to Australia from the West Indies in
the case of A. curassavica and from southern Africa in the case of the other
two species (Everist, 1974). The range of E. core does not encompass either
of these areas and one must suppose that the two species have not been in
contact long enough for the processes of coevolution to have altered the
behaviour patterns of the butterfly. It must be supposed, though, that the
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(5), December, 1983 65
visual and chemical signals emitted by Asclepias are very similar to those
given out by acceptable food plants such as native Parsonsia spp. and the
exotic oleanders, Nerium spp.
Case 2: Cressida cressida (F.) and Aristolochia elegans (Mast.).
The Dutchman’s pipe vine, A. elegans, is a commonly-grown garden
plant in subtropical parts of Australia. In extended observations, we have
found that it is very attractive to ovipositing females of Cressida cressida and
may be inundated with the bright orange eggs of the butterfly. Indeed, at
peak periods of female activity, two plants kept under close observation had
hardly a leaf of the current year’s growth without one or more eggs. First
instar larvae will not, in our experience, feed on this species and die if denied
access to more acceptable food plants such as the native species, A. indica L.,
A. pubera R.Br. and A. thozetii F.Muell. A. elegans as cultivated Dutchman's
pipe”, is listed as a food plant by Burns and Rotherhan (1969) although both
Common and Waterhouse (1981) and McCubbin (1971) note its unpalatab-
ility. As in the case of Asclepias spp. and Euploea, A. elegans may act,
nevertheless, as a useful tool in the study of the population dynamics. of
Cressida cressida females for which it may act as a ‘supernormal’ stimulus for
oviposition (sensu Tinbergen, 1951).
Case 3: Danaus plexippus L. and Araujia hortorum Fourn.
The moth-plant, Araujia hortorum, is widely recorded as a food plant
of Danaus plexippus (Common and Waterhouse, 1981; McCubbin, 1971;
Fisher, 1978; D’Abrera, 1971). In experiments in which we offered female
D. plexippus a choice of plants on which to oviposit only 14 of a total of
824 eggs were laid on A. hortorum when offered in combination with
Asclepias curassavica, A. fruticosa and A. physocarpa.
Of more significance, perhaps, is the observation that of these 14 eggs,
none developed past the third larval instar. Also the developmental rate of
- these larvae was about half that of larvae reared on A. fruticosa and A.
curassavica at the same time and under otherwise identical conditions. Mr D.
James (pers. comm.), however, has reared larvae successfully on A. hortorum
from the fourth larval instar.
Discussion
These three case histories from our own observations illustrate the
difficulties inherent in using oviposition records as indications of food plants
and, secondarily, point up the complications associated with any attempt to
define the term ‘food plant’. The examples can be multiplied. Polyura
pyrrhus (L.) will lay on Jacaranda sp., Euploea core will lay eggs on frangipani
leaves and Coleman (1962) records Graphium sarpedon L. ovipositing in
large numbers on leaves of cultivated avocadoes. Recent observations of
D. P. Sands (pers. comm.) on E. core indicate that this species may occasion-
ally complete its larval life successfully on frangipani. These observations of
course do not mean that the species of butterfly concerned will never feed
on the plants named and the quoted references may well reflect genuine
records of feeding. However we have been unable to bear them out.
66 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(5), December, 1983
The key to why the insects should make “mistakes” in their oviposition
behaviour lies in current notions of coevolution. These suggest, among other
things, that two species that are in contact over a long period of time may
develop finely tuned interactions to the advantage of individuals of one or
other or both species. A butterfly in contact with a range of potential food
plants will develop, through time, mechanisms of choice that ensure the
survival of its offspring. Individuals which deposit eggs on unsuitable plants
will leave less offspring than otherwise and eventually this tendency will be
eliminated from the population. Alternatively the butterfly may develop
biochemical or other mechanisms to overcome the defence mechanisms of
the plant concerned. Both of these evolutionary mechanisms, however, take
time. The insect, of course, may be able to cope fortuitously with the new
contact as in the case of the Indo-Australian Е. core and the Mediterranean
Nerium spp. Їп a similar case the northern Queensland species, Pachliopta
polydorus L., is able to use Aristolochia elegans in addition to the native
species of Aristolochia (D. P. Sands, pers. comm.).
In the three case histories described above, the butterfly/plant contact
is post-European settlement of Australia. The chemical and visual signals eman-
ating from the unsuitable plant species must be sufficiently similar to those of
plants that are acceptable to the butterflies due to previous coevolutionary
episodes. Given sufficient time it is likely that these ‘mistakes’ in oviposition
will be eliminated or circumvented by physiological changes in the larvae.
The D. plexippus/Araujia hortorum case suggests that defining a
‘food plant’ of a butterfly simply as a species of plant on which the larvae of
the species is seen to feed, is not enough. A better but still workable definition
would be “a plant on which the species can complete its immature feeding
period and then successfully complete pupal/adult metamorphosis”. Even
this may not suit the purists as there could well be second or later generation
effects due to a plant species that is only marginally unsuitable. This later
extension of the problem, however, requires for its resolution substantial
amounts of close observation of the species concerned which will be out of
the question for all but a small proportion of species.
References
Burns, A. and Rotherham, E. R., 1969. Australian butterflies in colour. А.Н. and A. №.
Reed, Sydney, Melbourne, Wellington and Auckland. 112 pp.
Coleman, P. H., 1962. Blue triangle + avocado = ? Commun. ent. Sect., R. zool. Soc.
N.S.W. 14: 26.
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. 2nd edition,
Angus and Robertson, Sydney and Melbourne. 682 pp.
D'Abrera, B., 1971. Butterflies of the Australian region. Lansdowne, Melbourne. 415 pp.
Everist, S. L., 1974. Poisonous plants of Australia. Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 684 pp.
Fisher, R. H., 1978. Butterflies of South Australia. Government Printer, Adelaide. 272 pp.
Kitching, R. L. and Zalucki, M. P., 1981. Observations on the ecology of Euploea core
corinna (W. S. Macleay) with special reference to an overwintering population
(Nymphalidae: Danainae). J. Lepid. Soc. 35: 106-119.
McCubbin, C., 1971. Australian butterflies. Nelson, Melbourne. 206 pp.
Tinbergen, N., 1951. The study of instinct. Oxford University Press, Oxford. 221 pp.
Zalucki, M. P. and Kitching, R. L., (1982). Dynamics of oviposition in Danaus plexippus
L. on Asclepias spp. J. Zool., Lond. 198: 103-116.
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(5), December, 1983 67
PARASITISM OF THE AUSTRALIAN PLAGUE LOCUST CHORTOICETES
TERMINIFERA (WALKER) (ORTHOPTERA: ACRIDIDAE) BY
PRIONYX SAEVUS (SMITH) (HYMENOPTERA: SPHECIDAE)
By G. L. Baker and R. Pigott
Biological and Chemical Research Institute, New South Wales Department of
Agriculture, P.M.B. 10, Rydalmere, N.S.W. 2116
and
New South Wales Department of Agriculture, Dubbo, N.S.W. 2830
Abstract
The sphecid Prionyx saevus (Smith) is recorded parasitising the Australian plague
locust, Chortoicetes terminifera (Walker), in western New South Wales during an out-
break in 1979. Observations on nesting behaviour are given and evidence is presented of
possible migration with host swarms. The inquiline Protomiltogramma cincta Townsend
is recorded infesting a high proportion of hosts at one P. saevus nesting site. Despite the
cohspicuous activity of P. saevus described, it is concluded that P. saevus caused an
insignificant reduction of host numbers during the outbreak.
Introduction
The observations of the behaviour of Prionyx saevus (Smith) reported
in this paper were made during the course of routine surveys of activity by
the Australian plague locust, Chortoicetes terminifera. (Walker), during the
initial phase of the 1979 plague (Baker 1979). Р. saevus was observed at
fourteen localtions in the Far North West and Lower Darling districts of New
South Wales between January—April 1979, and at nine locations in the Central
Western Plain during November—December 1979 (Fig. 1). Observations in
January 1979 were of concentrated nesting activity by P. saevus during a
period of active swarm migration by its host C terminifera. This paper reports
on two of these populations of P. saevus: Weinteriga Tank (142° 51'E, 32°
04' S) and Boolaboolka Lake (143° 07' E, 32° 36' S). Further sightings in
March and April 1979 were of less conspicuous activity by individual P. saevus
associated with low density residual populations which remained in the Far
North West following mass emigration on 20th March, 1979 (Baker 1979).
Sightings in the Central Western Plain in November—December 1979 were of
small concentrations and individuals associated with actively migrating swarms.
P. saevus has not previously been reported as a parasite of C terminifera.
The yellow-winged locust, Gastrimargus musicus (F .) has been recorded as a
host of P. saevus in Queensland (Common 1948). A specimen of P. saevus in
the Australian National Insect Collection is pinned with a female Zabrala
ceripes Sjóst. (Acrididae) (E. Evans, pers. comm.).
Female sphecids capture prey which they paralyse and bury in a ground
nest; an egg is placed on the immobilised prey and after hatching the larva
develops as an external parasite, killing its host (Evans 1958). Sphecids have
been variously termed predators (Greathead 1963) and parasites (Rees 1973).
The latter convention has been adhered to in this paper.
68 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(5), December, 1983
| | D BRISBANE
| |
|
|
Walla: |
| Q eee |
| ө Же || n= magos —
AA Ф Ф |
I *White Cliffe al N
| ®
| Ф ча А А
! Broken Hille | А...
| O B.La. bolle
| чөө 4 A
ee Apa o EE Res SERES [ye e dA
ADELAIDE @ | |
MELBOURNE *;
| 1 w
SCALE
148°
A Me. 3** Kilometres
140* 144*
Fig. 1. Records of Prionyx saevus associated with Chortoicetes terminifera swarms during
the 1979 plague: O, 29-30th January, 1979; O, 1-6th March, 1979; ©, 13th April,
1979; A, November-December, 1979; W.tk., Weinteriga Tank; B.La, Boolaboolka
Lake.
Life history of P. saevus
Distribution of nesting sites:
At both the Weinteriga Tank (Fig. 2) and Boolaboolka Lake sites (Fig.
3) nest of P. saevus were restricted to the coarse red sand used in the
road's construction. Few nests were located on the outside fall of the table-
drain and none in undisturbed soil (heavy grey clays) beyond the table-drain
(Fig. 4).
Intense nesting activity was confined to an area of approximately 0.6ha
at both sites (40 x 150 m: Weinteriga Tank site; 40 x 120 m: Boolaboolka
Lake site). At the Boolaboolka Lake site the length of the roadway over which
P. saevus was active corresponded to the width of a low density drift of
C. terminifera. At this site, the concentration of nesting sites appeared to be
primarily dictated by the abundance of prey.
Nest density:
Nests within the nesting area at the Weinteriga Tank site were at a
radial spacing of approximately 1.5 metres; sufficient to prevent overlapping
of chambers. At the Boolaboolka Lake site the maximum nest density was
1: 2.76 m? (94 nests in an area of 260 m?) and the average nest density on
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(5), December, 1983 69
Figs 2-3. Prionyx saevus nesting sites: (2) Weinteriga Tank, 29th January, 1979, viewed
towards the north-east; (3) Boolaboolka l.ake, 30th January, 1979, viewed
towards the north-west.
70 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(5), December, 1983
the shoulder of the road (the preferred location) was 1: 4.57 m? (225 nests
in 1030 m?) (Fig. 4).
Nest construction:
Nests are of diagonal type according to the classification system of
Evans (1958) and multi-chambered. The number of chambers in six nests
excavated at the Weinteriga Tank site ranged from 5 to 11 (mean = 7).
Chambers were located at depths ranging from 9 to 23 cm with the majority
located between 10 and 13 cm (Fig. 5). Soil from the nest was always dep-
osited on the lower slope with chambers radiating out from the entrance
below the upper slope (Fig. 2). One instance of small pebbles (10-15 mm)
being placed over the entrance was observed. The majority of nests had a
conspicuous entrance with no evidence of any attempt at concealment
(Fig. 2).
One series of observations made at the Weinteriga Tank site on 29.i.1979
between 1500-1600 hrs typifies the behaviour of a P. saevus female: the
host was taken prior to chamber construction and concealed in a hide a
short distance from the nest. The hide consisted of a large clod of clay
located 2.55 m from the nest. During the construction of the chamber five
brief visits were made to the hide at intervals ranging from 2-25 minutes.
When chamber construction was complete (56 minutes after observations
commenced) the host was transferred to a new hide: under a “paddy melon
vine” 18 cm from the nest entrance (Fig. 6). The female re-entered the nest
five times over a two minute period bringing minimal soil to the surface. This
activity may have been to clear the tunnel rather than further expand the
chamber. The host was then brought to the nest entrance and placed with its
head at the nest entrance. The female then entered the nest and immediately
turned and commenced to back into the nest pulling the host in head first
(Fig. 7). The female re-emerged after 6.5 minutes and commenced filling by
flicking soil roughly into the nest with forelegs. The nest was entered for
four brief periods of 5-15 seconds over a two minute period. The female then
vacated the area with no attempt having been made to conceal the nest
entrance.
In observations on other females the interval between entering nest
with host and the commencement of filling occupied one minute 40 seconds
and two minutes 10 seconds. Filling consistently occurred over a 2-3 minute
period.
Host range and oviposition:
All 77 hosts recovered from chambers were adult female C. terminifera.
The host is placed in the chamber head-in with a lateral surface uppermost.
A single egg is laid on each host. The egg is laid on the upper lateral surface
with the anterior end opposed to the membranous area immediately posterior
to the epimeron of the metathorax. The remainder of the egg is arched over
the hind-femur (Fig. 8). Evans (1958) reports a similar placement of eggs in
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(5), December, 1983 71
0 4 16 121 o 0, 104 15 o 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50m
N
ю > ол ې‎ о — ww
ч о — © о-о > со о —
50
= No
100
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
:
H
:
Н
H
:
H
H
Н
Н
Н
Н
ROAD SURFACE
Moo Bo
150
m
Fig. 4. Distribution of Prionyx saevus nests within a plot of 0.75 ha at the Boolaboolka
Lake site, 30th January, 1979. Number in sub plots of 25 m? indicated.
=
o
DEPTH (cm)
N
o
30
0 5 10
NUMBER
Fig. 5. Frequency distribution histogram of the depth of Prionyx saevus chambers in red
sand at Weinteriga Tank site.
72 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(5), December, 1983
Figs 6-7. Transport of Chortoicetes terminifera by Prionyx saevus: (6) two views of
female P. saevus straddling C. terminifera during transport from hide to nest.
Note base of antenna grasped in mandibles and fore legs crossed under neck
of host; (7) transporting host into nest.
several North American species of Prionyx. Frequently the paralysed locust
had lost one hind leg (13 out of 42 at the Weinteriga Tank site; 11 of 35 at
the Boolaboolka Lake site) and the egg was invariably deposited on that side.
Larval and pupal development:
No eggs had hatched when hosts were examined on 29-30th January,
1979. Hosts bearing eggs were collected at both sites but all eggs failed to
hatch due, in part, to infestation by larvae of the inquiline, Protomiltogramma
cincta Townsend (17 out of 19 hosts from Boolaboolka Lake site infested).
At a subsequent inspection of the nesting sites on 6th March, 1979,
19 empty P. saevus pupal cases were recovered from three nests at Weinteriga
Tank site and one empty pupal case and one viable pupa were recovered from
six P. saevus nests at Boolaboolka Lake site: development from egg to adult
Fig. 8. Two views of Prionyx saevus egg on lateral surface of pterothorax of Chortoícetes
terminifera.
having been completed in less than the 35-36 day interval between observat-
ions. Soil temperature at a depth of 10 cm during February would approximate
the mean monthly temperature of 26.3°C (Menindee; Bureau of Meteorology).
Migration of P. saevus with C. terminifera
A swarm of C. terminifera (> 1000/100 m?) was reported at the Wein-
teriga Tank site on the afternoon of 28.1.1979 together with large numbers
of P. saevus (R. Fitzgerald, pers. comm.). When the site was inspected at
1400 h on 29.1.1979 the C. terminifera adults were at a density of only
10/100 m? and few P. saevus were present; three adults sighted between 1400-
1600 h. There was ample evidence of considerable prior activity by P. saevus
in the area. A light drift of C. terminifera (~ 500/100 m?) was present at
the Boolaboolka Lake site between 1000 and 1200 h on 30.i.1979. P. saevus
was still active in the area (12 individual P. saevus observed in two h period),
however, the large number of nests (260 in an area of 0.75 ha) would indicate
intense prior activity by P. saevus. The apparently rapid decline in the
abundance of P. saevus at both sites appears to have coincided with a
reduction in host density following departure of the swarm from the nesting
area, indicating dispersal (or migration with the departing swarm) by P. saevus
is in response to a decrease in the availability of prey. Migratory behaviour
74 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(5), December, 1983
has been reported for Sphex aegyptius Lep. which preys on Schistocey,
gregaria Forskal (Haskell 1955). g
Discussion
The influence of parasitism by P. saevus on the population dynami С
of C. terminifera during outbreaks is slight. If the level of activity at the
Boolaboolka Lake site is typical, then 2.5 x 10? hosts ha" would be m
from a possible host population of 40 x 10? Һа”! (in the P. saevus Destin;
area) or 5.2 x 10% (in the swarm) (based on typical locust densities reported
in Casimir 1976). P. saevus was associated with only three of 43 C terminifey,
swarms observed in the Far North West during late January 1979.
The influence of P. saevus on the population dynamics of C. terminifera
may be of more importance at low host densities. In a study by Clark e; al
(1969), densities of C. terminifera of less than 200 ha were recorded in the
Channel country of Queensland. At such densities, the activity of a single
P. saevus female could significantly reduce the reproductive capacity of the
population through its selective parasitism of female hosts.
Acknowledgements
We wish to thank Mr G. A. Holloway, the Australian Museum, Sydney
for identifying P. saevus; Mr B. J. Loudon, N.S.W. Department of Agriculture.
Rydalmere, for identifying Р. cincta; Mr J. Fitzgerald Australian Plague
Locust Commission, Canberra, for advising us of activity by P. saevus at the
Weinteriga Tank site; Miss M. Davison, N.S.W. Department of Agriculture
Rydalmere, for assistance with the collection of P. saevus cocoons; Prof. Ң. E.
Evans, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, U.S.A., for critical reading of
the manuscript.
References
Baker, С. L., 1979. Outbreak of the Australian plague locust. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 90(4):
2-4.
Casimir, M., 1976. The aerial spraying of locusts in New South Wales from 1955 to
1970. N.S.W. Dept. agric. Sci. Bull. 86: 40 pp.
Clark, D. P., Ashall, C., Waloff, Z. and Chinnick, L., 1969. Field studies of the Australian
plague locust (Chortoicetes terminifera Walk.) in the 'channel country? of
Queensland. Anti-locust Bull. 44: 101 pp.
Common, I. F. B., 1948. The yellow winged locust, Gastrimargus musicus Fabr., in
central Queensland. Qd J. agric. Sci. 5: 153-219.
Evans, H. E., 1958. Studies on the nesting behaviour of digger wasps of the tribe Sphecini.
Part 1: Genus Prionyx Dalhbom. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 51: 177-186.
Greathead, D. J., 1963. A review of the insect enemies of Acridoidea (Orthoptera). Trans,
R. ent. Soc. Lond. 114: 437-517.
Haskell, P. T., 1955. Further observations of the occurrence of Sphex aegyptius Lep.
(Hym., Sphecidae) with swarms of the desert locust. Ent. mon. Mag. 91: 284-
285.
Rees, N. E., 1973. Arthropod and nematoda parasites, parasitoids and predators of
Acrididae in America north of Mexico. U.S. Dept. agric. Tech. Bull. 1460:
288 pp.
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(5), December, 1983 75
A NEW SPECIES OF LANG/A MOORE (LEPIDOPTERA: SPHINGIDAE)
FROM NORTHERN AUSTRALIA
By M. S. Moulds
c/- Entomology Dept., Australian Museum, 6-8 College St, Sydney, 2000
Abstract
Langia tropicus sp. п. from northern Australia is described, figured and distin-
guished from L. zenzeroides Moore from the Himalayan Mountains, China, Formosa
and Japan.
Introduction
The genus Langia was erected by Moore (1872) to accommodate
L. zenzeroides Moore and L. khasiana Moore. The latter is now considered
a synonym of the former. Four subspecies of L. zenzeroides are recognised:
L. z. zenzeroides from the western and eastern Himalayas, L. z. nina Mell
from south-eastern China, L. z. formosana Clark from Taiwan (= Formosa)
and L. z. nawai Rothschild and Jordan from Japan. The species is also
recorded from Korea but the subspecific status of the specimens is unknown
(Inoue 1973).
A second species of Langia, similar in general appearance to L. zenzer-
oides and to date only known from tropical Australia, is described below.
The following abbreviations are used: AM Australian Museum, Sydney;
ANIC Australian National Insect Collection, C.S.I.R.O., Canberra; BMNH
British Museum (Natural History), London; DPP Department of Primary.
Production, Darwin; DPIM Department of Primary Industries, Mareeba;
MSM M. S. Moulds collection.
Langia tropicus sp. n.
(Figs 1-3)
Types:— Holotype 6, NORTHERN TERRITORY, Koongarra, 15 km E of Mt. Cahill,
12°52'S, 132%50'E, 7.iii.1973, M. S. Upton, ANIC Registered Type No. 3314 (ANIC).
Paratypes:- NORTHERN TERRITORY: 2 д, same locality as holotype, 7.iii.1973,
9.11.1973; 1 9, Daly River Mission, 15.x.1974, J. Е. Hutchinson (ANIC). 1 $ Darwin,
[no date], F.P. Morris (with genitalia slide) (AM). 2 д, 1 9, Mainoru, ENE of Katherine,
22.xi.1981, A. Walford-Huggins (MSM). 1 д, 1 9, Darwin, 23.xi.1970, R. С. Byrnes
(genitalia slide preparation from д); 1d, Berrimah [near Darwin], 8.iii.1972, B. Abbey;
1 ©, Beeboom Crossing, Daly К. on Tipperary Station, 28.xi.1972, T. Angeles & N.
Forrester; 1 9, Daly Waters, 27.1.1973, T. Weir & A. Allwood (DPP). 1 d, Mainoru,
ENE of Katherine, 22.xi.1981, A. Walford-Huggins (BMNH). WESTERN AUSTRALIA:
2 9, Kimberly Research Station [near Kununurra], 17.xii.1952 and 30.xii.1953, R. Lukins;
1 9, same locality, 25.1.1957, E. C. B. Langfield (ANIC). QUEENSLAND: 1 2, Coen,
2.1.1922, №. McLennan (AM). 1 $, Station Ck. Spray, Silver Plains [E of Coen], 5.1.1959,
J. І. Wassell; 1 9, Silver Plains Homestead, 22.11.1962, J. І. Wassell; 15, Chillagoe, [no
date or collector] (ANIC). 1 9, Holroyd River, S of Coen, 29.xi.1974, M. Walford-Huggins
(MSM). 1 9, Roth Ck, via Georgetown, 8.1.1980, В. I. Storey (DPIM).
Range:— Kununurra in far north-eastern Western Australia, across the northern
third of Northern Territory and in northern Queensland from near George-
town, Chillagoe Caves and the Coen district.
76 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(5), December, 1983
MALE (Fig. 2)
Grey and reddish brown with a complex of black or blackish brown
markings giving the appearance of dead or burnt wood.
Head. Densely covered by long brown scales; antennae pale orange-brown;
labial palpi brown.
Thorax. Densely pilose; above brown anterior to wings; majority of area
between wings light grey but boldly bordered along anterior and posterior
margins by dark brown; beneath brown of similar tone, or nearly so, to that
above anterior to wings.
Legs. Velvet blackish brown. Coxae densely brown pilose, femur with a ridge
short brown pilose.
Wings. Fore wing with a characteristic scalloped termen, the scalloped recesses
usually deepest between veins Ra,4 and Rs, M, and M2, M; and Ms, and
Мз and CuA,, the termen indents again before CuA, and thereafter remains
almost straight to tornus. Hind wing with termen only gently scalloped, or
in some specimens not at all; tornal angle pointed and prominent.
Colour of fore and hind wings grey to reddish brown with black
or blackish brown markings variable in both tone and clarity.
Fore wing above with termen edged black, the edging produced to
form a small triangular-shaped marking near apex between R3,4 and Rg;
apical and subapical area pale; subterminal area blackish grey with veins
usually reddish brown and often with inner edge marked darker; remainder
of wing grey to brownish grey with dark markings; a black or dark brown
zig-zag shaped postmedian band, sometimes broken and indistinct; a median
black band gently curved towards wing base near inner margin, indistinct
and broken in costal half, distinct and usually broad towards inner margin;
between this broad marking and wing base two pairs of parallel black lines
usually distinct at inner margin but fading towards costa at about midway;
black lines also on distal side of the median band, usually very indistinct.
Fore wing below with a dark zig-zag subterminal line similar to the
postmedian zig-zag line above, this marking on the underside usually distinct
for its entire length although, on some specimens, it can be indistinct or
almost absent; between this zig-zag marking and termen the wing ground
colour is darkest and similarly marked to upper side, the remainder paling
as it approaches the base; a dark median straight band usually present
although mostly indistinct; a similar postmedian band also usually present
but less distinct.
Hind wing above reddish brown to grey; termen narrowly edged black;
a black subterminal band distinct at tornus but fading usually about mid
way between tornus and apex; often with a similar, but usually less distinct,
band parallel and near to subterminal band on its basal side; remnants
of a postmedial band are sometimes visible; a median band nearly always
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(5), December, 1983 77
Fig. 1. Langia tropicus sp. n., female upperside, paratype, Station Ck. Spray, Silver
Plains, Cape York Peninsular, Queensland.
present, usually distinct but with edges not sharply defined; usually with a
black area near inner margin extending from median band almost to base,
this marking not sharply defined.
Hind wing below pale, finely speckled black; termen and inner margin
narrowly edged black, this edging clearest from tornus to about CuA,; an
irregular zig-zag subterminal line, usually distinct; a postmedian line some-
times visible; a median band usually present but often broken and indistinct,
this and the postmedian band fading between 1A + 2A and inner margin.
Length of male fore wing: 34-43 mm; mean 39.5 mm (n =7).
Abdomen. Above with anterior two fifths or so black or dark brown, remain-
der grey and usually with a broken, black midline; beneath mostly black
or dark brown; usually densely brown pilose at base and posterior margin
of each tergite bearing brown cilia.
Male genitalia (Fig. 2). Uncus and gnathos of almost equal length, both
heavily sclerotised at apex; uncus slightly bifurcate in dorsal view; gnathos
in lateral view upcurved and with a small offset pointed apex. Valva broad,
oval. Harpe heavily sclerotised around apex; terminating in a long, upward-
78 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(5), December, 1983
Figs 2, 3. Langia tropicus sp. n., genitalia: (2) male, lateral view with left valva removed,
paratype, Darwin, N.T.; (3) female, Daly Waters, N.T.
pointing spine preceeded by usually two (sometimes none, one or three) short,
upward-pointing spines. Aedeagus short, straight, apically with a small, stout,
sclerotised.spine.
FEMALE (Figs 1, 3)
Similar to male but usually larger. Wings with tornus less pointed;
ground colour paler and markings in general not as well developed.
Length of fore wing: 40-52 mm; mean 46.0 mm (n=10).
Female genitalia (Fig. 3). Ductus bursae long, robust; corpus bursae simple,
only slightly greater in diameter than ductus bursae; signum absent.
Comments
L. tropicus sp. n. is readily distinguished from the Oriental L. zenzer-
oides by the clearly marked light and dark lunules in the crenulations along
the termen on the upperside of the fore wing on L. zenzeroides, such markings
being absent on L. tropicus; the fore wing crenulation adjoining tornus is deep
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(5), December, 1983 79
and similar to others of fore wing on L. zenzeroides but on L. tropicus this
crenulation is very shallow; the thorax above between the wings is all grey
on L. tropicus while on L. zenzeroides there is a bold, dark, curved marking
along either side of the thorax adjoining the wings; and specimens of L.
zenzeroides are nearly always larger than the largest individuals of L. tropicus.
The male genitalia of L. tropicus and L. zenzeroides are markedly
different. The valva of L. tropicus is broadly oval but that of L. zenzeroides
is long, gently curved upwards and narrowing towards a bluntly pointed apex;
the harpe of L. tropicus terminates in a long spine but that of L. zenzeroides
: forms a long, horizontal, ventral process lobate at apex; and the uncus of
L. tropicus is only slightly bifurcate but that of L. zenzeroides is deeply
so while the gnathos of L. tropicus is a single structure but paired on L.
zenzeroides. Male genitalia of L. zenzeroides are figured by Bell and Scott
(1937: text-fig. 43, these figures being direct copies from Rothschild and
Jordan); Mell (1922, pl. XXXV, fig. 11) and Rothschild and Jordan (1903:
pl. XXIV, figs 25, 26; pl. XXX, fig. 48; pl. XXXIII, figs 14, 15).
Female genitalia of the two species could also be very different but
details concerning that of L. zenzeroides were unavailable.
The early stages of L. tropicus are unknown. Larvae of L. zenzeroides
feed on apple, pear, cherry, apricot, Japanese apricot and medlar (all family
Rosaceae) (Bell and Scott 1937, Mell 1922). Detailed descriptions of the
life history of L. zenzeroides are also provided by Bell and Scott, and Mell.
Acknowledgements
I wish to thank Allan and Maria Walford-Huggins for donation of
specimens and the Curators of the Australian Museum, Sydney, Australian
National Insect Collection, Canberra, Department of Primary Production,
Darwin and Department of Primary Industries, Mareeba, who kindly loaned
specimens. Provision of research facilities by the Trustees of the Australian
Museum is gratefully acknowledged. Mr E. D. Edwards and Dr C. N. Smithers
kindly offered helpful comments on the manuscript.
References
Bell, T. R. D. and Scott, F. B., 1937. The fauna of British India including Ceylon and
Burma. Moths, Vol. 5. Sphingidae. Taylor and Francis, London. 537 pp.,
pls I-XV.
Inoue, Hiroshi, 1973. An annotated and illustrated catalogue of the Sphingidae of
Taiwan (Lepidoptera). Bull. Fac. domestic Sci., Otsuma Woman’s Univ. 9:
103-139, pls 1-12.
Mell, R., 1922. Biologie und Systematik der südchinesischen Sphingiden. R. Friedlander
and Son, Berlin. 2 vols. 331 pp., 35 pls.
Moore, F., 1872. Descriptions of new Indian Lepidoptera. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 1872:
555-583.
Rothschild, W. and Jordan, K., 1903. A revision of the lepidopterous family Sphingidae.
Novit. zool. 9, Supplement. 972 pp., 67 pls.
80 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(5), December, 1983
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by M. S. and B. J. Moulds
CALLAN, E. McC.
1981. Further records of Macrosiagon (Coleoptera: Rhipiphoridae) reared
eumenid and sphecid wasps in Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 7(6): 81-83.
COMMON, 1. F. В. and BEATTIE, W. М.
1982. An introduced moth, Ithome lassula Hodges (Lepidoptera: Cosmopterigidiae)
attacking Leucaena in northern Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 21(3): 195-197.
text-figs 1-8. 2
СООК, I. М. and SPAIN, A. V.
1981. Rates of development of the immature stages of the buffalo fly, Haematobia
irritans exigua de Meijere (Diptera: Muscidae), in relation to temperature
Aust. J. Zool. 29(1): 7-14, 4 tables. 3
DEBENHAM, M. L.
1979. An annotated checklist and bibliography of Australasian region Ceratopogon-
me LUCES Nematocera). Commonw. Dep. Health Ent. Mon. 1: i-xiy,
DORONILA, A. and DANTHANARAYANA, W.
1982. Occurrence of Culex annulirostris Skuse (Diptera: Culicidae) in Melbourne
J. Aust. ent. Soc. 21(3): 182. 1
DREW, В. A. I., HANCOCK, D. L. and ROMIG, M. C.
1981. Australian Dacinae (Diptera: Tephritidae): new species from Cape York
Peninsula, a discussion of species complexes and key to species. Aust. J. Zoo],
29 (1): 49-91, text-figs 1-16.
EDGE, V. E. and JAMES, D. G.
1982. Detection of cyhexatin resistance in twospotted mite, Tetranychus urticae
Koch (Acarina: Tetranychidae) in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 21(3): 198,
table 1.
EVANS, D. E.
1981. Thermal acclimation in several species of stored-grain beetles. Aust. J. Zool.
29(4): 483-492, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-2.
EVANS, Howard E.
1980. Tne Platycephalus group of the genus Rhabdepyris Kieffer (Hymenoptera:
Bethylidae: Epyrinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(4): 377-381, text-figs 1-9.
MADDEN, J. L.
1981. Factors influencing the abundance of the European wasp (Paravespula german-
ica [F.]). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 20(1): 59-65, table 1, text-figs 1-5.
MORCOMBE, M.
1978. Australian nature close-up. Landsdowne Press, Dee Why West. Pp. 1-96, illustr.
O'BRIEN, R. W. and SLAYTOR, M.
1982. Role of microorganisms in the metabolism of termites. Aust. J. biol. Sci.
35(3): 239-262, table 1, text-fig. 1.
PARSONS, P. A.
1981. Longevity of cosmopolitan and native Australian Drosophila in ethanol atmos-
pheres. Aust. J. Zool. 29(1): 33-39, table 1, text-figs 1-4.
PAULIAN, R. gr
1980. Révision taxonomique des Liparochrus Erichson, genre Australo-Melanesien de
Coléoptéres Hybosoridae, Scarabaeidae. Annis soc. ent. Fr. (ns)16(3): 389-433.
PEARSE, F. Kay and MURRAY, N. D.
1981. Clinal variation in the common brown butterfly Heteronympha merope merope
(Lepidoptera: Satyrinae). Aust. J. Zool. 29(4): 631-42, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-5.
PETERSON, Magnus
1982. Stigmodera (Themognatha) coronata, a new jewel beetle (Coleoptera: Buprest-
idae) from south-western Australia. Victorian Nat. 99(1): 4-9, text-figs 1-15.
from
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices
need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be
sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.
EXCHANGE. Specimens and information on Hymenoptera - especially small
species including Diapriidae. F. D. Chambers, Te Namu Rd, Opunake,
Taranaki, New Zealand.
WANTED. Secondhand copy of “Henderson's Dictionary of Biological, Bot-
anical, . . . (and other scientific terms)". Revised by J. H. Kenneth,
1953. D. G. Jones, P.O. Box 104, Spit Junction, NSW, 2088.
ACCOMMODATION. Self contained, shared field accommodation is available
at Lansdowne, near Taree on the north coast of New South Wales.
Set in wet sclerophyll forest and rainforest, the location also allows
ready access to coast and riverine habitats and a variety of montane
forests. Guided field trips can be arranged. Write to Geoff Williams, c/-
P.O. Lansdowne, N.S.W. 2430 or phone 065 567214.
INSECT COLLECTING & PRESERVATION/IDENTIFICATION
Sydney Technical College is offering the above course in 1984 for
amateur collectors and others. There will be 16 sessions held on Fridays
6-9 p.m. commencing 17 Feb., 1984. The course is free.
Course location: School of Biological Sciences, Building E, Sydney
Technical College, Cnr. Harris & Thomas Streets, Ultimo.
Enrolment: Monday, 6th February between 1 and 7 p.m. at above.
Contact: until 31 January, office 217 3852/217 3541; after 31 January,
G. Bedford 217 3520 or N. Young 217 3352. It is important that
interested people telephone so their names are placed on the list.
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in duplicate.
All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper
considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than six printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will only be accepted if a minimum of 50 reprints is purchased. Reprints
are charged at the following rates per page: $14 for 50 copies, $18 for100 copies and
$24 for 200 copies. There are no free reprints.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they
are to appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Colour plates are offered to authors at the following subsidized prices: first plate $265;
additional plates $185 each. Photographs are best submitted as colour transparencies
although paintings are also suitable. Plates using two or more photographs are more
expensive; thus where a number of set specimens are to be illustrated on a plate such
specimens are best photographed on a single slide.
Address papers to: The Editor,
Australian Entomological Magazine,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.
CONTENTS (o ne
- \ = С.Ж
BAKER, С. І. and PIGOTT, К. Parasitism of the Australian plague
locust Chortoicetes terminifera (Walker) (Orthoptera: Actididae) V
by Prionyx saevus (Smith) (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) ..... © “
KITCHING, К. І. and ZALUCKI, М. Р. А cautionary note on the use
of oviposition records as larval food plant records........... 64
MOULDS, М. S. A new species of Langia Moore (Lepidoptera: Sphing-
1d18)HTOMMOLACIAU ш ETT C TE EET TT 75
SMITHERS, C.N. A new species of Lasiopsocus Enderlein (Psocoptera:
Psocidae)ffromsNewiSouthiWalesee T 61
RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian
entomology. Compiled by M. S. and B. J. Moulds ........... 80
ENTOMOLOGICATRN O10] GES КЕКЕ УЕ КИИ inside back cover
Coleoptera
Write for Catalogue
"Iradewing a ERN
82 Balaclava Rd, Cairns, N.Qld, 4870
Phone: (070) 54 3643
AUSTRALASIAN BUTTERFLY COMPANY
P.O. Box 330, Lane Cove, N.S.W. 2066, Australia
Phone: Sydney (02) 428 2552
SUPPLIES OF BUTTERFLIES, MOTHS AND BEETLES
Please write for our catalogue of species available
DATA LABELS — PRINTED TO ORDER
$10.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)
Labels must be ordered in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 labels.
Delivery 4-6 weeks. Payment with order please.
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholrn Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia
BOOKS & EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT AND BOOK CATALOGUES
ARE AVAILABLE FREE ON REQUEST
MAIL ORDERS ARE A SPECIALTY
Australian Entomological Supplies
35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 4614
BRANCH: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43 3972
ISSN 0311-1881
AUSTRALIAN
ENTOMOLOGICAL
MAGAZINE
Aust.
ES
3
>
~
М
v
VOLUME 10, PART 6
APRIL, 11984
Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted
principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand
and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional
entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.
SUBSCRIPTIONS
All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:
Australian -Entomological Press,
14 Chisholm Street,
Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,
Australia.
Individual Subscriptions
$13.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea
A$14.00 per annum overseas
Institutional Subscriptions
A$17.00 per annum
COVER
Illustrated by Stephen Underwood
The Bentwing Swift Moth, Zelotypia stacyi Scott (family Hepialidae)
is one of Australia’s largest moths with species often having a wing span in
excess of 230 mm. Adults are tawny brown with silver-white markings and
the spectacular raised eye spot gives the fore wing the appearance of a
reptilian head. The larvae feed on only a few species of eucalypt including
the Sydney blue gum, Е. salinga, and grow to some 130 mm over a period of
5-6 years. The species occurs in south-eastern Queensland and eastern New
South Wales. It is now exceedingly rare in New South Wales.
Published by
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,
N.S.W. 2065, Australia.
Phone: 43-3972
Printed by
Graphic Associates
F10, Oi Man Commercial Complex,
Kowloon, Hong Kong
Australian Entomological
. <=
Magazine ¿KE MU
NS. N
Aust. ent. Mag. 22 JUN 1984
E d
Volume 10, Part 6 SÍ VApn ida
oL Ro it
THE EARLY STAGES OF PH/LIRIS FULGENS KURANDAE
WATERHOUSE AND PH/L/RIS DIANA PAPUANA WIND AND
CLENCH (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)
By G. A. Wood
P.O. Box 122, Atherton, N. Qld 4883
Abstract
The early stages of Philiris fulgens kurandae and Philiris diana papuana are
described. The food plant of both species is Litsea leefeana (F. Muell.) Merr. (fam.
Lauraceae).
Introduction
While examining leaves of Litsea leefeana (F. Muell.) Merr. (Lauraceae)
at Iron Range, Queensland, in September 1982 several lycaenid ova and
larvae were found, These were well camouflaged in skeletonized patches
beneath the leaves. When reared the larvae were found to belong to different
species Philiris fulgens kurandae Waterhouse and Philiris diana papuana Wind
and Clench. The life history of both species has previously been unrecorded
(Common and Waterhouse 1981).
Philiris fulgens kurandae Waterhouse
Egg. Domed, white, densely pitted and spined, 0.6 mm diameter.
First instar. Densely haired, pale yellow, 1.6 mm long.
Second instar. Green with a brown median dorsal line surrounding an inner
broken yellow line. Prothoracic plate with an interupted, pale brown,
dorsolateral arc. Spiracles white. Hair restricted to a dense lateral fringe.
Length 3 mm.
Third instar. Similar to second instar but markings slightly less distinct.
Length 5 mm.
Fourth instar. Green, except for an orange dorsal line and faint orange mottles
at segment edges. Hair restricted to a dense lateral fringe. Length 9 mm.
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(6), April, 1984
instar larva
(3) 5th
Й
(1) 5th instar larva and (2) pupa of Р, fulgens kurandae
and (4) pupa of P. diana pupa papuana.
1-4.
igs
F
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(6), April, 1984 83
Fifth instar. (Fig. 1). Similar to fourth instar but markings less distinct.
Length 13 mm.
Duration of larval stage approximately 40 days.
Pupa (Fig. 2). Pale green with scattered orange mottles. Thoracic midline
brown, terminating in a patch of brown mottles on mesothorax. Abdominal
segments with a brown dorsal line, meeting the brown marginal metathorax.
Spiracles dark brown. The pupa is attached to a silken pad on the underside
of a leaf of the food plant by anal hooks and central girdle. Length 9 mm.
Pupal duration 9 to 11 days.
Philiris diana papuana Wind and Clench
Egg. Domed, white, densely pitted and spined, 0.6 mm diameter.
First instar, Densely haired, pale yellow, 1.6 mm long.
Second instar, Finely haired. Orange, with a distinctly coloured dorsal region
consisting of a yellow line terminating in two purple areas, the anterior being
the larger, all these markings surrounded by a narrow green margin. Viewed
dorsally, prothoracic plate with an arc of purple and remaining segments
with a small purple area at anterior corners. Spiracles white. Length 4 mm.
Third instar. As in second instar but markings less distinct and lacking the
purple areas on segment corners. Length 7 mm.
Fourth instar, As in third instar except colours less distinct. Length 11 mm.
Fifth instar (Fig. 3). Orange, dorsal region green with two rows of yellow
mottles. Lateral hairs longest, and forming a fringe around the body. Length
17 mm.
Duration of larval stage approximately 45 days.
Pupa (Fig. 4). Covered with small bristle-like projections, Brown and cream
in colour. Wing cases with brown and cream longitudinal stripes. Median
dorsal line brown, bifurcate after the mesothorax and following the wing
margins, dorsal midline of abdominal segments pale brown. Attached to a
silken pad on the upperside of a leaf of the food plant, by anal hooks and
central girdle. Length 13 mm.
Pupal duration 11 to 13 days.
Acknowledgement
I wish to thank B. P. M. Hyland, Division of Forest Research, C.S.LR.O.,
Atherton, for identifying the food plant.
Reference
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Second edition,
Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 682 pp.
84 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(6), April, 1984
A NOTE ON HESPERILLA CHAOSTOLA LEUCOPHAEA COUCHMAN
(LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE)
By R. G. Douglas
P.O. Box 140, Kingston, Tasmania, 7150
Abstract
The rare and endangered Australian skipper butterfly Hesperilla chaostola
leucophaea is rediscovered in south-eastern Tasmania and a new locality record given.
Common and Waterhouse (1981) note that the skipper Hesperilla
chaostola leucophaea Couchman is rare and very local in Tasmania. Colonies
of the insect have previously been located on Mount Knocklofty in Hobart
and in Kingston to the south of the city. Solitary records also exist for
Huonville (in 1902) and Bicheno (in 1945). As a result of housing develop-
ment in the two colony areas Couchman and Couchman (1978) list the
insect as an endangered species with no recent record of collection.
Searching of Mount Knocklofty has not revealed the existence of a
colony there in recent years. Housing and fire may have eliminated it.
However despite the urban settlement in the Kingston area, this author
is able to report the continued existence of the skipper in this type locality.
In the three years 1980, 1981 and 1982 the insect has been taken. While the
foodplant is relatively abundant, Hesperilla chaostola leucophaea does not
occur in any numbers. Unfortunately the colony’s future is threatened. At
November 1982 a further housing subdivision was being made into the area
occupied by the insect. It must still be considered rare and the future of the
Kingston colony exceedingly tenuous.
Couchman and Couchman (1978) suggested that the insect may occur
in the Channel area in a habitat similar to that at Kingston, a sandy hillside
with a northerly aspect. This suggestion has been confirmed with the location
by this author of a colony of the insect on The Sheppards Hill at Coningham,
an area approximately 12 km south of the type locality. Specimens have been
taken in 1981 and 1982 in the area. At present this colony is not threatened
by housing development, but is in an area which frequently suffers bushfire.
Acknowledgement
I wish to thank L. E. and R. Couchman for their continued interest
and encouragement in the study of this butterfly.
References
Common, 1. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Revised edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney. Pp. i-xiv, 1-682, illustr.
Couchman, L. E. and Couchman, R., 1978. The butterflies of Tasmania. In: Tasmanian
Year Book No. 11, 1977. Pp. 66-96, 6 pls.
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(6), April, 1984 85
INSECTS ASSOCIATED WITH ALOCAS/A MACRORRHIZA (L.)
С. DON (ARACEAE) IN QUEENSLAND
By В. К. Cantrell
Entomology Branch, Department of Primary Industries, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068
Abstract
Insects recorded feeding or resting on Alocasia macrorrhiza (L.) С. Don are listed,
and life history data provided where available.
Introduction
During a study of the pollination of Alocasia macrorrhiza (L.) G. Don
(“cunjevoi” or “spoon lily”) in Queensland from October 1981 to February
1982, all insects observed to be associated with this plant were recorded, but
particularly those present on the inflorescences.
The stands of A. macrorrhiza observed in south-eastern Queensland
were on private property adjacent to large reserves of rainforest at Mt
Glorious, Mt Nebo and Mt Tamborine, ca 650 m, 520 m and 500 m above
sea level respectively and in simulated rainforest recently established at Mt
Coot-tha Botanic Gardens and the University of Queensland in Brisbane. At
all sites plants occurred in scattered clumps, often in or near small streams.
In addition, some mature seed heads from Tolga, northern Queensland,
growing in an area of remnant rainforest were examined.
Representative specimens of all species are lodged in the Entomology
Branch, Department of Primary Industries, Queensland (QDPI).
Insects encountered
Insects on inflorescences
Insects recorded within the open spathal chamber containing the female
flowers and later on the spadix after closure of the spathal chamber have been
reported by Hamilton (1898), McAlpine (1978), Shaw et al. (1982) and Shaw
and Cantrell: (1983).
Insects within mature seed heads
Insects recorded within sealed spathal chambers at maturity have been
reported by McAlpine (1978), Shaw et al. (1982) and Shaw and Cantrell
(1983). Some mature heads from Tolga contained the aphid Pentalonia
nigronervosa f. caladii van der Goot; this insect has previously been recorded
from Alocasia by Eastop (1966), but he does not state on which species or
which part of the plant aphids were found.
Insects feeding on A. macrorrhiza
All species observed feeding on A., macrorrhiza during some part of
their life cycle are listed in Table 1.
Insects resting on A. macrorrhiza
A large number of insects are known to use the leaves of this plant
as resting sites and some have been listed by McAlpine (1978); others recorded
in this study are shown in Table 2.
86 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(6), April, 1984
Life history information
Since most of the collections of species feeding on cunjevoi were
immature stages, requiring rearing to adults for identification, some life
history data became available and is presented below. Rearing was done in
the laboratory at ca 25°С.
Cruria donovani (Boisduval) larvae were usually found inside “buds”
at rainforest sites, gaining entry by chewing a hole near the base of the spathal
chamber and feeding on the developing ovaries and spadix. On other occasions
larvae were feeding on unfurled leaves so that when these leaves opened they
presented a tattered appearance and/or collapsed due to weakening of the
leaf stalk. Larvae are yellow to orange with transverse rows of roughly
circular black spots bearing long pale hairs on each segment, and a black head
capsule. Mature larvae may reach 4.0 cm and presumably leave the plant to
pupate in the soil since reared larvae constructed loose cells in wood shavings
provided for this purpose. The duration of the pupal period was 17-20 days
(mean 19). The adult moth has a wingspan of 4.5-5.5 cm, and is mainly black
with small patches of yellow on the forewing and a broad yellow band on the
hindwing. The abdomen is banded black and yellow with an orange tip.
McAlpine.(1981) lists additional hosts.
Spodoptera litura (F.) larvae were collected on two occasions only,
both at the University of Queensland feeding on leaf blades. These pupated
in the soil, but only one survived, lasting 10 days in this stage. The larva and
adult have been figured by Goodyer (1978). Later R. E. Teakle (pers. comm.)
reared two adults from A. macrorrhiza in a garden at Moggill, near Brisbane.
S. litura is known to have a wide host range and is probably only an
occasional feeder on A. macrorrhiza.
Theretra tryoni Miskin was present at all sites visited and in my garden
at suburban Yeerongpilly. In addition, unpublished QDPI records list feeding
observations at Brisbane and Kenilworth. Larvae normally rest by day head
downwards near the base of the plant in a sheathing leaf base, climbing up at
night to feed. Typical of many sphingid larvae, this species has paired
eye-spots on abdominal segments 1 and 2 and a caudal horn. Two light lines
run along the body dorso-laterally, converging near the horn. Larvae occurred
in two distinct colour forms, pale green and brown, a fact previously noted
by Moulds (1981). As the larvae may reach 9-10 cm at maturity they can
cause severe damage to leaves before pupating in the soil. Pupae are mottled
brown with the proboscis closely adhering, and average 5.5 cm in length,
terminating in two fine spines. Duration of the pupal period was 15-20 days
(mean 17). Adults are drab brown with a wingspan of about 7.0 cm. Two
parasites were recorded in larvae from Brisbane, both tachinid flies: Blepharipa
sp. and Carcelia (Senometopia) sp.
Pachycolpura sp. adults and nymphs were commonly seen feeding
together on leaf stalks at all rainforest sites, but appeared to cause negligible
damage to the plant. No rearing of nymphs was made.
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(6), April, 1984 87
TABLE 1
Insects recorded feeding on А. macrorrhiza
Order Family Genus & species Life stage Locality*
Lepidoptera Agaristidae Cruria donovani larva G,N, T
Noctuidae Spodoptera litura larva B
Sphingidae Theretra tryoni larva B, G, N, T
Hemiptera Coreidae Pachycolpura sp. nymph, adult G,N,T
Ricaniidae Scolypopa australis nymph, adult T
* B, Brisbane; G, Mt Glorious; N, Mt Nebo; T, Mt Tamborine
TABLE 2
Insects recorded resting on A. macrorrhiza
Order Family Genus & species Position on plant Locality*
Orthoptera Gryllacrididae Hadrogryllacris sp. leaf base B
Blattidae Rhabdoblatta sp. leaf base T
Tettigoniidae Salomona sp. leaf base G,N, T
Hemiptera Issidae Undetermined leaf blade G
Coleoptera Chrysomelidae Aproidea balyi Pascoe leaf blade B
Buprestidae Undetermined leaf blade B
Elateridae Undetermined leaf blade G
Diptera Ceratopogonidae Undetermined leaf base T
Stratiomyidae Acanthasargus leaf blade B
flavipes Hardy
Dolichopodidae Sciapus sp. leaf blade G,N
Chloropidae Undetermined leaf blade N
Muscidae Musca
vetustissima Walker leaf blade B
Sarcophagidae Tricholioproctia sp. leaf blade B
Tachinidae Carcelia
(Euryclea) sp. leaf blade G
Palexorista sp. leaf blade B
Trigonospila sp. leaf blade B
Sumpigaster sp. leaf blade B
Zosteromeigenia
mima Townsend leaf blade N
ER‏ ا a‏ م لے
All adults except some immatures of Salomona sp. and Ceratopogonidae‏ +
B, Brisbane; G, Mt Glorious; N, Mt Nebo; T, Mt Tamborine‏ *
Scolypopa australis (Walker) was only recorded at Mt Tamborine.
Nymphs were noted first (12.xii.1981), with the first adults appearing two
weeks later (27.xii.1981). Nymphs are mottled brown and white with a fan
of waxy abdominal filaments held over the body giving a “seed-like” appear-
ance. Fletcher (1979) described all life stages. Like Pachycolpura sp. they did
not appear to cause any damage.
Little information is available for insects using the plant as a resting
site. The Orthoptera are all nocturnal and were found resting by day concealed
88 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(6), April, 1984
well down in sheathing leaf bases. Salomona sp. (Mo. 3 in the Australian
National Insect Collection, CSIRO, Canberra) is known to occur from Cook.
town in Queensland to Bateman's Bay in New South Wales; near its southern
limit it is found in a similar situation in Crinum (Amaryllidaceae) (D. C. E,
Rentz, pers. comm.). The sheathing leaf bases are sometimes water filled and
larvae of Ceratopogonidae were found in them on a number of occasions at
Mt Tamborine. Dolichopodid flies (Sciapus sp.) were observed on several
leaves at both Mt Glorious and Mt Nebo on the same day (20.xii.1981), with
up to twenty flies resting on a leaf and engaging in apparent “mating chases”,
running rapidly over the leaf in pursuit of one another and making short
flights above the leaf before alighting to continue the sequence. The flies
were very difficult to capture, but the small sample obtained contained both
sexes, and although no actual matings were observed, this appears to be the
best explanation for this behaviour. At the time, leaves were in bright morning
sunshine.
Acknowledgements
I thank Dr D. E. Shaw for stimulating my interest in A. macrorrhiza
and arranging with the Rev. R. D. Collins to provide material from Tolga.
The owners of the sites sampled, Mr A. Hiller, Mr A. L. Marstella and Mr W.
Scattini are thanked for their co-operation. I am also grateful to Mr H.
Caulfield (Mt Coot-tha Botanic Gardens) and Dr A. B. Cribb (University of
Queensland) for permission to use those reserves. Mr K. J. Houston and Dr
D. C. F. Rentz provided insect identifications.
References
Eastop, V. F., 1966. A taxonomic study of Australian Aphidoidea (Homoptera). Aust.
J. Zool. 14: 399-592.
Fletcher, M. J., 1979. The external morphology of Scolypopa australis (Walker) (Homop-
tera: Ricaniidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18: 157-168.
Goodyer, G., 1978. The identification of armyworm, cutworm, budworm and looper
caterpillar pests. V.S.W. Dep. Agric. Bull. 2:12 pp.
Hamilton, A. G., 1898. On the methods of fertilization of some Australian plants. Report
of the seventh meeting of the Australasian Association for the Advancement
of Science 7: 557-565.
McAlpine, D. K., 1978. Description and biology of a new genus of flies related to
Anthoclusia and representing a new family (Diptera, Schizophora, Neurochaet-
idae). Ann. Natal Mus. 23: 273-295.
McAlpine, D. K., 1981. Food plant record for Cruria donowani (Boisduval) (Lepidoptera:
Agaristidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 7(6): 84.
Moulds, M. S., 1981. Larval food plants of hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) affect-
ing commercial crops in Australia. Gen. appl. Ent. 13: 69-80.
Shaw, Dorothy E., Cantrell, B. К. and Houston, К. J., 1982. Neurochaeta inversa
McAlpine (Diptera: Neurochaetidae) and seed set in Alocasia macrorrhiza (L.)
G. Don (Araceae) in southeast Queensland. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 106: 67-
82.
Shaw, Dorothy E. and Cantrell, B. K., 1983. A study of the pollination of Alocasia
macrorrhiza (L.) G. Don in southeast Queensland. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.
106: 323-335.
4
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(6), April, 1984 89
FIRST RECORD OF PH/L/RIS AZULA WIND AND CLENCH
(LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE) FROM AUSTRALIA
By S. J. Johnson and 1. К. Johnson
P.O. Box 1085, Townsville, Queensland, 4810
and
Townsville General Hospital, Eyre St., Townsville, 4810
Abstract
A specimen of Philiris azula Wind and Clench was collected for the first time in
Australia at Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula, northern Queensland.
During a trip to Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula, in June and July
1981 a single male of a Philiris species (Figs 1, 2) was taken which appeared
different from other species of Philiris known to occur in Australia. It has
been identified as Philiris azula Wind and Clench by comparison with males
from Papua New Guinea and examination of the genitalia (Figs 3-6).
The specimen was taken flying around the top of a rainforest tree
about 12 m in height, in company with males of P. fulgens kurandae
Waterhouse, P. ziska titeus D’Abrera and Jonolyce helicon hyllus (Waterhouse
and Lyell). Label data for the specimen reads as follows: Iron Range, 10.vii.
1981, I. R. Johnson (in S. J. Johnson collection).
There are few published records of Philiris azula other than of the
original specimens from near Wau in Papua New Guinea (Wind and Clench,
1947), and the species has not been illustrated except for the male genitalia
which are figured in Tite, (1963). More recently it has been taken throughout
lowland areas of mainland New Guinea (D. P. A. Sands, pers. comm.).
The apices of the fore wings of the Australian specimen are more broadly
black, than in specimens from New Guinea. Males of P. azula (Figs 1, 2) can
be distinguished from those of other Philiris species known to occur in
Australia by the shining, light blue colour of the upper side of the fore and
hind wings and by the reduced dark margins of the hind wings.
Figs 1,2. Philiris azula Wind and Clench: (1) male from Iron Range, northern Queens-
land, upperside; (2) the same, underside. Figured twice natural size.
90 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(6), April, 1984
Figs 3-6. Philiris azula Wind and Clench, genitalia of male from Iron Range, northern
Queensland: (3) genitalia unmounted, lateral view; (4) aedeagus; (5) sociuncus;
(6) valvae from slide preparation.
Acknowledgements
We wish to thank Mr D. P. A. Sands for confirmation of the identification
and Mr R. J. Parker for preparation of the photographs.
References
Tite, G. E., 1963. A revision of the genus Candalides and allied genera (Lepidoptera:
Lycaenidae). Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent)13: 197-259.
Wind, R. G. and Clench, H. K., 1947. New Indo-Australian Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera).
Bull. Brooklyn ent. Soc. 42: 1-16.
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(6), April, 1984 91
FROGGATT'S ACCESSION NOTEBOOKS
By P. J. Gullan
Department of Zoology, Australian National University, Canberra, A.C.T., 2600
Walter Wilson Froggatt was Government Entomologist at the Depart-
ment of Agriculture in New South Wales from 1896 until his retirement in
1923, after which he was Special Forest Entomologist to the Forestry
Commission of New South Wales until 1927 (Sussmilch 1937). He published
more articles on Australian insects than any other entomologist (Musgrave
1932) and amassed large collections of insects. Froggatt labelled his specimens
(Coccoidea, other Hemiptera, Thysanoptera, Coleoptera, and other groups)
with accession numbers. Frequently no other data, except the species name,
appear on the specimen labels. For this reason, the accession notebooks in
which Froggatt recorded collection data are of immense scientific importance.
When I began research on Froggatt's coccoid collection, the whereabouts
of Froggatt's accession notebooks was uncertain. During a visit to the
taxonomic section of the Biological and Chemical Research Institute of the
New South Wales Department of Agriculture at Rydalmere, the first of
Froggatt's notebooks was located in a cupboard in the collection room. This
book lists accession numbers one to 1091, which cover the period from about
1890 to 1923, the year of his retirement from the Department.
It is possible that Froggatt began a second notebook containing
accession numbers greater than 1091 in 1923/24, after his appointment to
the Forestry Commission of New South Wales. If he did, its present
whereabouts is unknown and the Forestry Commission of New South Wales
has been unable to locate any such book (P. Hadlington pers. comm.).
Recently, however, a notebook, completed in 1932 with number 2713,
was found at the Biological and Chemical Research Institute at Rydalmere.
It commences with a “list of Australian coccids from old lists to Green and
Maskell” and lists (without collection dates) many of the earlier numbers
recorded in the first book, sometimes with more detailed collection data or
with different identifications. In some instances, data for particular accession
numbers differ between the notebooks. The first half of this more recent
notebook records some new numbers (greater than 1091), but these start
with number 1500 and lack collection dates until number 1629 (August 12,
1926). Presumably this was the date when Froggatt began to record fully his
recent accessions in this notebook.
Numbers 1092 to 1499 may never have been allocated; certainly there
do not appear to be specimens bearing such numbers in the Australian
National Insect Collection in Canberra, although there are specimens with
numbers just greater than 1500 collected in 1923, the year the first accession
notebook was completed.
It is not known whether Froggatt kept records past 1932; he died on
March 18, 1937,
92 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(6), April, 1984
Copies of the two notebooks are now lodged with the Australian
National Insect Collection in Canberra.
Acknowledgements
I wish to thank Dr E. Schicha and Mr С. Brown, B.C.R.L, Department of
Agriculture, N.S.W., Mr P. Hadlington, Forestry Commission of N:S.W., and Mr M. S.
Upton, C.S.I.R.O., Division of Entomology, Canberra, A.C.T., for their assistance with
information on Froggatt's records. Murray Upton also commented on the manuscript.
References
Musgrave, A., 1932. Bibliography of Australian Entomology 1777-1930: Royal Society
of New South Wales. 380 pp.
Sussmilch, C. A., 1937. Presidential address of the Linnean Society of New South Wales,
containing obituary notice of W. W. Froggatt. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 62:
iii-iv.
A NEW NORTHERN RECORD FOR THE COMMON
SILVER XENICA, OREIXENICA LATHONIELLA (WESTWOOD)
(LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE)
By John Purser
183 Grinsell St., Kotara, Newcastle, N.S.W. 2288
Abstract
The known distribution of Oxeixenica lathoniella herceus Waterhouse and Lyell
is extended northwards to near Bald Rock, approximately 25 km north of Tenterfield,
New South Wales.
Introduction
Oriexenica lathoniella herceus Waterhouse and Lyell is the northern-
most race of this butterfly. It is recorded as occuring south from Dorrigo on
the tablelands of New South Wales to south-western Victoria; two further
subspecies are found in Tasmania (Common and Waterhouse 1981).
Observations
On 18th April 1982 a small colony of Oreixenica lathoniella herceus
was discovered in an insignificant swamp 2 km east of Bald Rock (about
25 km north of Tenterfield) at an elevation of some 1200 m. This locality
is about 160 km north of its previously known northern limit, Dorrigo.
Mr E. D. Edwards has kindly examined my specimens and informs me
that they "have rather more extensive brown areas and narrower black areas
than . . . specimens from the Ebor-Point Lookout area near Dorrigo”.
Two specimens have been lodged with the Australian National Insect
Collection, while I have retained one other.
Acknowledgement
I wish to thank Mr E. Р. Edwards of the C.S.I.R.O. for confirming the identy
of the species and for supplying comparative descriptive information on it.
Reference
Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Second edition.
Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 682 pp.
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(6), April, 1984 93
NEW AND LITTLE KNOWN STONEFLIES (PLECOPTERA:
GRIPOPTERYGIDAE) FROM QUEENSLAND AND VICTORIA
By Günther Theischinger
20 Leawarra Street, Engadine, N.S.W. 2233
Abstract
The adults of five new species and the hitherto unknown female of Kirrama abolos
Theischinger are described. The new taxa are: Dinotoperla hybrida (д, 9), Leptoperla
alata (б, 9), L. dahmsi (д, 9) and L. rotunda (д, 9) from Queensland and Leptoperla
rubiconis (д) from Victoria.
Introduction
Examination of the stonefly collections of the Australian National
Insect Collection (ANIC), the National Museum of Victoria (NMV), the
Queensland Museum (QM) and the University of Queensland (UQ) led to the
discovery of five unnamed species and the hitherto unknown female of a
recently defined genus (Theischinger 1981). The adults of these are described
below, the nymphs remain unknown.
Code numbers in parenthesis appearing with holotype designations are
Queensland Museum type numbers.
Dinotoperla hybrida, sp.n.
(Figs 1-4)
Types. QUEENSLAND: Holotype d (Т.8594) and 8 paratypes (3 $, 5 9), Bellenden Ker
Range, Cable Tower 3, 1054 m, 25-31.x.1981, 5 paratype d, Mt Bartle Frere, 0.5 km N.
of South Peak, 1500 m, 6-8.xi.1981, and 2 paratypes (1 б, 1 9) Bellenden Ker Range,
Summit TV Stn, 1560 m, 1-7.xi.1981, all EARTHWATCH/OM (QM).
Colour pattern and wing venation as presented in general description for
Dinotoperla by Theischinger (1982). Basic colour of head, thorax and legs
yellowish grey to greyish brown. Wings slightly suffused with brownish grey
all over, heavily tinted narrowly along the rather light distal crossveins of
forewing. Abdomen whitish yellow, at least part of all tergites and sternites
heavily sclerotized and darkened (black) in male, only segments VIII-X
sclerotized variably and slightly darkened in female. Male genitalia (Figs 1-3):
Central sclerite of tergite X narrowly sclerotized at base and produced
posteriorly into a long pointed membranous cone. Epiproct slender, hook-like,
with shorter pointed subapical and longer pointed apical ventral spur, a single
pair of dorsal spines close to base. Paraprocts with narrow base, bowed
dorsad, apex simply and slightly pointed. Cerci generally 12 segmented.
Female genitalia (Fig. 4): Subgenital plate a wide lobe. Sternite IX with black
M-shaped pattern of sclerotization. Posterior margin of tergite X rounded.
Cerci with 11-13 segments.
Measurements: Body д 7.0-7.8 mm, 9 8.5-9.5 mm; forewing d 7.0-8.2
mm, 9 8.0-9.5 mm; antennae d 6.0-8.2 mm, 9 7.5-8.5 mm.
94 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(6), April, 1984
Diagnostic characters are the single pair of spines on the epiproct and
the simple apex of the paraprocts in male. D. schneiderae Theischinger and
D. spinosa Theischinger, both from Queensland, appear close allies.
Kirrama abolos Theischinger
(Fig. 5)
Material examined. QUEENSLAND: 1 $, Kirrama State Forest, via Cardwell, 17-18.viii.
1966, С. Monteith (00); 1 $, Mt Finnigan, 850-1100 m, 37 km S. Cooktown, 19-22.iv,
1982, Monteith, Yeates and Cook (QM).
Both specimens, the first one coming from the type locality of K. abolos,
correspond with the description given from the male (Theischinger 1981) in
details of coloration of head, thorax and legs and in wing venation. Abdominal
segments I-VII not sclerotized, pale yellow. Female genitalia (Fig. 5):
Subgenital plate very wide and long, very slightly bilobed, sclerotized all over,
yellowish to blackish brown. Sides of tergites VIII and IX sclerotized, yellow-
ish brown. Paraprocts long, narrow, straight to slightly convergent. Tergite
X brownish yellow, strongly produced posteriorly, with narrow but well
rounded apex.
Measurements: Body 5.5-7.5 mm, forewing 6.8-7.2 mm, antennae
7.5-8.4 mm, cerci 6.0-6.5 mm.
Leptoperla alata, sp.n.
(Figs 6-9)
Types. QUEENSLAND: Holotype d (Т.8596) and 2 paratype д, Mt Spec, via Paluma,
21.iv.1968, С. Monteith (holotype in QM, paratypes in UQ); 1 paratype 9, 2 mi. W. of
Paluma, 28.iv.1969, I. F. B. Common and M. S. Upton (ANIC).
The males (young specimens preserved in alcohol) have head and thorax
yellowish brown, femora and metatibia brownish yellow, darkened basally
and apically, pro- and meso-tibia, and all tarsi and claws brown, transparent
wings and a pale yellowish abdomen, while the single female (pinned) is much
darker and has grey wings dotted whitish on distal crossveins of forewing.
Male genitalia (Figs 6-8): Lateral sclerites of tergite X subtriangular, directed
laterally; posterior sclerite a slim short straight cone. Epiproct with two large
teeth on lateral lobe and a long, narrow hook-shaped tip bearing two
extremely closely set teeth. Paraprocts short; apex wide, flat, rounded.
Subgenital plate oval, median sclerotization swallow-tailed apically. Female
genitalia (Fig. 9): Subgenital plate produced onto sternite IX, wide with
slightly convex hind margin; sclerotization forming a roughly X-shaped pattern.
Paraprocts with short narrow, slightly pointed inner lobe. Hindmargin of
tergite X not angulated.
Measurements: Body d 8.0-8.5 mm, $ 9.0 mm; forewing 5 7.5-8.0 mm,
9 9.5 mm; antennae d 9.0-9.8 mm, $ 11.0 mm; cerci д 6.5-7.0 mm, $ at least
6.2 mm (broken).
Diagnostic characters are the long narrow hook-shaped tip of the
epiproct and the apically much widened paraprocts of the male and the
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(6), April, 1984 95
Figs 1-12.
(1-4) Dinotoperla hybrida sp.n., 1, б genitalia, dorsal view; 2, д genitalia, lateral
view; 3, д genitalia, ventral view; 4, 9 genitalia, ventral view. (5) Kirrama abolos
Theischinger, 9 genitalia, ventral view. (6-9) Leptoperla alata sp.n., 6, д
genitalia, lateral view; 7, d genitalia, dorsal view; 8, d genitalia, ventral view;
9, 9 genitalia, ventral view, (10-12) Leptoperla dahmsi sp.n., 10, d genitalia,
dorsal view; 11, d genitalia, ventral view; 12, $ genitalia, lateral view.
96 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(6), April, 1984
X-shaped sclerotization on the subgenital plate of the female. For affinities
see under L. rotunda sp.n., below.
Leptoperla dahmsi, sp.n.
(Figs 10-13)
Types. QUEENSLAND: Holotype б (Т.8597) and 2 paratypes (1 д, 1 9), Fraser Island,
Central Stn, 14-15.x.1978, С. B. Monteith, 2 paratypes (1 б, 1 9) Cooloola, Camp Milo,
3-13.iii.1970 and 1 paratype $, same locality, 17-28 .viii.1979, E. Dahms (all QM).
Head and thorax brown. Femora yellowish grey with black apex, pro-
and meta-tibia yellowish grey with brownish black base and apex, mesotibia
and all tarsi and claws greyish black. Wings suffused largely with greyish
brown, white patches on distal crossveins of forewing. Abdomen greyish
yellow. Male genitalia (Figs 10-12): Lateral sclerites of tergite X subtriangular,
posterior sclerite a finger-like process. Epiproct rather narrow with 2-3 teeth
on each lateral lobe and narrow tip bearing two closely set teeth. Paraprocts,
long and slender, apical half bent dorsad, apex downcurved and pointed.
Subgenital plate oval, narrow. Female genitalia (Fig. 13): Subgenital plate
produced onto sternite IX, wide; a broad almost rectangular sclerotized bar
with a very dark mark in basal half, each side and some distance from midline.
Paraprocts with long narrow almost pointed inner lobe. Hind margin of
tergite X rounded.
Measurements: Body d 8.0-9.0 mm, 2 9.5-10.0 mm; forewing d 8.8-
9.8 mm, $ 10.0-10.5 mm; antennae d 10.0-12.0 mm, 9 12.0-13.0 mm; cerci
6 9.0-10.5 mm, $ 10.0-11.0 mm.
Diagnostic characters are the narrow pointed paraprocts of the male
and the widely distant sclerotization on the subgenital plate of the female.
For affinities see under L. rotunda sp.n., below.
Leptoperla rotunda, sp.n.
(Figs 14-17)
Types. QUEENSLAND: Holotype б (Т.8595) and 42 paratypes (33 d, 9 9), Bellenden
Ker Range, Cable Tower 3, 1054 m, 25-31.x.1981, 5 paratypes (3 д, 2 9), Bellenden Ker
Range, Summit TV Stn, 1560 m, 1-7.xi.1981, 1 paratype d, same locality, 25-31.x.1981,
2 paratype 9, Bellenden Ker Range, 0.5 km S. of Cable Tower 7, 500 m, 17-31.x.1981,
5 paratypes (4 д, 1 9), Mt Bartle Frere, 0.5 km М. of South Peak, 1500 m, 6-8.xi.1981,
and 1 paratype б, Mt Bartle Frere, NW/Centre Peak ridge, 1400-1500 т, all EARTH-
WATCH/QM (QM).
Head and thorax greyish brown. Pro- and meso-femur and metatibia
largely yellowish grey, distinctively darkened at base and apex; metafemur
grey with yellowish apex; pro- and meso-tibia and all tarsi and claws greyish
black. Wings largely suffused with grey, white patches on distal crossveins of
forewing. Abdomen pale yellowish grey. Male genitalia (Figs 14-16): Lateral
sclerites of tergite X evenly rounded, posterior sclerite a straight short cone.
Epiproct with narrow tip bearing two closely set teeth and with two teeth on
each lateral lobe. Paraprocts narrow at base, with subtriangular ventral keel
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(6), April, 1984 97
Figs 13-20. (13) Leptoperla dahmsi sp.n., 9 genitalia, ventral view. (14-17) Leptoperla
rotunda sp.n., 14, д genitalia, lateral view; 15, д genitalia, dorsal view; 16, 6
genitalia, ventral view; 17, 2 genitalia, ventral view. (18-20) Leptoperla rubi-
conis sp.n., d genitalia: 18, dorsal view; 19, ventral view; 20, lateral view.
98 Aust. ent. Mag. 10(6), April, 1984
in posterior half and small subapical ventral tooth. Subgenital plate broadly
oval with dark median bar. Female genitalia (Fig. 17): Subgenital plate wide,
produced onto sternite IX, a light subtriangular area between the two narrow
trapezoid-shaped sclerotized dark bars. Paraprocts with narrow almost pointed
inner lobe. Posterior margin of tergite X evenly rounded.
Measurements: Body д 7.8-9.2 mm, $ 9.0-10.5 mm; forewing д 7.5-
9.2 mm, $ 9.0-10.0 mm; antennae 6 8.0-9.5 mm, 9 8.5-10.0 mm; cerci d 6.5-
7.5 mm, 9 7.0-8.0 mm.
Diagnostic characters are the rounded lateral sclerites of tergite X and
the toothed paraprocts of the male. L. rotunda sp.n., L. alata sp.n. and
L. dahmsi sp.n., together with L. varia Kimmins from Tasmania, L. smithersi
Theischinger from north-eastern New South Wales, and L. magnicauda
Theischinger and L. uptoni Theischinger, both from north-eastern Queensland,
are considered a monophyletic group within Leptoperla.
Leptoperla rubiconis, sp.n.
(Figs 18-20)
Type. VICTORIA: Holotype б, Victoria, Rubicon, 29.iii.1957, A. Neboiss (NMV).
The single available specimen is very young: head, thorax and legs
appear pale yellowish brown, the abdomen pale yellow, the wings transparent.
Genitalia (Figs 18-20): Lateral sclerites of tergite X rounded, posterior sclerite
straight, short, conical. Epiproct broad, subtriangular, armed with row of
small dorsal teeth along lateral margins, slightly keeled ventrally, tip slightly
bilobed, upturned. Paraprocts narrowing from wide base, widening again and
finally tapering to form a long very slender sinuous wing-like structure.
Subgenital plate oval.
Measurements: Body 7.0 mm, forewing 9.7 mm, antennae at least 6.3
mm (broken), cerci at least 4.2 mm (broken).
The extremely slender paraprocts are diagnostic for the species. L.
neboissi McLellan and L. primitiva McLellan, both hitherto known from
Victoria only (McLellan 1971), are apparently the closest relatives.
Acknowledgements
For the opportunity to study material in their care I am very grateful
to Miss J. C. Cardale (Canberra), Miss M. A. Schneider and Dr G. B. Monteith
(Brisbane) and Dr A. Neboiss (Melbourne).
References
McLellan, I. D., 1971. A revision of the Australian Gripopterygidae (Insecta: Plecoptera).
Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 2: 1-79.
Theischinger, G., 1981. New and little known stoneflies from Australia (Insecta:
Plecoptera).. Aquatic Insects 3: 103-127.
Theischinger, G., 1982. New and little known dinotoperline stoneflies from Australia
(Insecta: Plecoptera: Gripopterygidae). Mem. Qd Mus. 20(3): 489-525.
Aust. ent. Mag. 10(6), April, 1984 99
AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY
Compiled by M. S. and B. J. Moulds
COOKSON, L. and NEW, Т. В.
1980. Observations on the biology of Sextius virescens (Fairmaire) (Homoptera,
Membracidae) on Acacia in Victoria. Aust. ent. Mag. 7(1): 4-10, table 1,
text-fig. 1.
COOPER, D. J.
1981. The role. of predatory Hemiptera in disseminating a nuclear polyhedrosis virus
of Heliothis punctiger. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 20(2): 145-150, table 1, text-figs 1-3.
CORDINGLEY, Charlma L.
1980. Biology of the grape vine moth, Phalaenoides glycine Lewin (Lepidoptera:
Agaristidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(3): 181-187, tables 1-3, text-figs 1 & 2.
1980. Seasonal abundance of the grape vine moth, Phalaenoides glycine Lewin
(Lepidoptera: Agaristidae) and distribution of eggs and larvae in a vineyard.
J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(3): 189-200, tables 1-7, text-figs 1-5.
1981. Reproductive biology of the grape vine moth, Phalaenoides glycine Lewin
(Lepidoptera: Agaristidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 20(1): 25-31, tables 1-5, text-
fig. 1.
1981. Factors causing mortality of the grape vine moth, Phalaenoides glycine Lewin
(Lepidoptera: Agaristidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 20(1): 33-38, tables 1-3, text-
fig. 1.
COSTA, Michael and ALLSOPP, P. G.
1981. Gamasine mites associated with Australian scarabaeid beetles II. The genus
Cosmetolaelaps Womersley, symbionts of Onthophagus Latreille. Aust. J. Zool.
29(2): 269-287, text-figs 1-39.
DOMROW, Robert
1980. The genus Tytodectes Fain (Acari: Hypoderatidae) in Australian birds. J. Aust.
ent. Soc. 19(3): 97-100, text-figs 1-4.
DREW, R. A. l. and HARDY, D. E.
1981. Dacus (Bactrocera) opiliae, a new sibling species of the dorsalis complex of
fruit flies from northern Australia (Diptera: Tephritidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc.
20(2): 131-137, text-figs 1-15.
EDWARDS, Penelope B.
1980. Effect of season and sampling methods on Culicoides (Diptera: Ceratopogon-
idae) species caught at two estuarine sites in southeast Queensland. J. Aust.
ent. Soc. 19(3): 201-209, tables 1-4, text-figs 1 & 2. .
EXLEY, Elizabeth M.
1980. New species and records of Quasihesma Exley (Hymenoptera: Apoidea: Eury-
glossinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(3): 161-170, text-figs 1-18.
FERRAR, P.
1980. Cocoon formation by Muscidae (Diptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(3): 171-174,
text-figs 1-4.
IRELAND, R.
1982. D.R.B. camp at Dalwallinu. Nat. News. (Newsl. W.A. Nat. Club) Aug. 1982:
18-21.
Blattodea: black bush cockroach, banded cockroach
Lepidoptera: meadow argus, Australian admiral, Hyalarcta sp., Olios sp.
Hymenoptera: Rhitodoponerine sp. (hairy rumped ants on york gum)
JONES, R. E., HART, J. R. and BULL, G. D.
1982. Temperature, size and egg production in the cabbage butterfly, Pieris rapae L.
Aust. J. Zool. 30(2): 223-232, table 1, text-figs 1-7.
KAY, B. H. and LENNON, T.
1982. Seasonal prevalence and bionomics of biting midges (Ceratopogonidae) at
ocean shores, New South Wales. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 21(3): 207-216, tables 1-5,
text-figs 1-5.
100 Aust. ent. Mag. 1016), April, 1984
KEY, K. H. L.
1981. The genus Hastella (Orthoptera: Eumastacidae: Morabinae). Aust. J. Zool,
29(3): 401-459, tables 1-4, text-figs 1-60.
KOCH, L. E.
1980. The red-back spider and other venomous creatures. Western Australian Mus-
eum, Perth. Pp. 1-56, illustr.
LEE, D. J., HICKS, M. M., GRIFFITHS, M., RUSSELL, R. C. and MARKS, E. N.
1980. The Culicidae of the Australasian region. Commonw. Dep. Health Ent. Mon.
2. Vol. 1 (1980): i-Ixix, 1-248. Vol. 2. (1982): i-v, 1-286.
LYNDON, E.
1982. Something about spiders. Latrobe Valley Nat. 220: 3.
Aracnida: /xeuticus robustus, Lampona cylindrata (popular notes)
McEVEY, Shane F. and BOCK, lan R.
1982. The Drosophilidae (Insecta: Diptera) of Iron Range, Queensland. Aust. J,
Zool. 30(4): 681-709, table 1, text-figs 1-27.
McQUILLAN, P. B.
1981. A review of the Australian moth genus Thalaina (Lepidoptera: Geometridae:
Ennominae). Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 105(1): 1-23, table 1, text-figs 1-63.
MADDEN, J. L.
1981. Egg and larval development in the woodwasp, Sirex noctilio F. Aust. J. Zool,
29(4): 493-506, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-7.
MAHON, R. J., MIETHKE, P. M. and MAHỌN, J. A.
1982. The evolutionary relationships of three forms of the jarrah leaf miner,
Perthida glyphopa (Common) (Lepidoptera: Incurvariidae). Aust. J. Zool.
30(2): 243-249, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1 & 2.
MAIN, Barbara York
1980. Record of the arachnid order Schizomida in Western Australia. West. Aust.
Nat. 14(8): 236-237.
MARDON, D. K. and ALLISON, F. R.
1982. A new subspecies of Bibikovana rainbowi (Rothschild) (Siphonaptera: Pygio-
psyllidae) with records of other fleas from Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc.
21(3): 183-187, text-figs 1-8.
MATTHEWS, E. G.
1980. A guide to the genera of beetles of South Australia. Part 1 Archostemata and
Adephaga. South Australian Museum, Adelaide. Pp. i-vii, 1-50, text-figs 1-108.
MILES, P. W., ASPINALL, D. and CORRELL, A. T.
1982. The performance of two chewing insects on water-stressed food plants in
relation to changes in their chemical composition. Aust. J. Zool. 30(2):
347-355, tables 1-6, text-fig . 1.
Lepidoptera: Pieris rapae
Coleoptera: Paropsis atomaria
MILES, P. W., ASPINALL, D. and ROSENBERG, Lorraine
1982. Performance of the cabbage aphid, Brevicoryne brassicae (L.), on water-stressed
rape plants, in relation to changes in their chemical composition. Aust. J. Zool.
30(2): 337-345, tables 1-4, text-fig. 1.
MONTEITH, С. B. and STOREY, В. I.
1981. The biology of Cephalodesmius, a genus of dung beetle which synthesizes
“dung” from plant material (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Scarabaeinae). Mem.
Qd Mus. 20(2): 253-277, tables 1-2, text-figs 1-14, pls 1-3.
SCHNITZERLING, H. J., NOBLE, P. J., MACQUEEN, A. and DUNHAM, R. J.
1982. Resistance of the buffalo fly, Haematobia irritans exigua (De Meijere), to two
synthetic pyrethroids and DDT. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 21(1): 77-80, table 1.
SEXTON, S. B. and WILLIAMS, P.
1981. A natural occurrence of parasitism of Graphognathus leucoloma (Boheman)
by the nematode Heterorhabditis sp. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 20(3): 253-255, tables
1 & 2, text-fig. 1.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES
All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices
need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be
sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.
EXCHANGE. Specimens and information on Hymenoptera - especially small
species including Diapriidae. F. D. Chambers, Te Namu Rd, Opunake,
Taranaki, New Zealand.
WANTED. Copy of D'Abrera, "Butterflies of the Australian Region”. Russell
Mayo, 140 Riverview St., Lane Cove, N.S.W. 2066. Ph. (02) 428 2649.
FOR SALE. Mercury vapour lamp, 250 watt clear glass type, plus choke with
long lead to G.E.S. lamp holder, plus one extra lamp holder. Cost $140,
sell $100. Enquiries to Editor please (Ph 487 2792). I am storing the
equipment pending its sale for country entomologist.
WANTED. Carabidae, Cicindelidae and Tenebrionidae from Australia. Can
exchange for specimens of all families from Europe, Africa, Madagascar.
Cesare lacovone, via Paolo Giovio 9, 00179 Roma, Italy.
ry
WILDLIFE ILLUSTRATION SCHOLARSHIP
Newcastle College of Advanced Education
P.O. Box 84, Waratah, N.S.W. 2298
This scholarship will be awarded to one postgraduate student each year which
will allow the winning student to study at the College full time for one year. He
or she will attempt to obtain the College’s Graduate Diploma in Art, (Plant and
Wildlife Illustration) award.
People interested in the scholarship should contact the Head of School of Visual
and Performing Arts, Graham Gilchrist, at Newcastle College of Advanced Educat-
ion by writing to Box 84, P.O. Waratah, 2298 or telephoning (049) 671388.
NOTES FOR AUTHORS
Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double
spaced and in duplicate.
All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper
considered unsuitable.
Papers longer than six printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.
Papers will only be accepted if a minimum of 50 reprints is purchased. Reprints
are charged at the following rates per page: $14 for 50 copies, $18 for100 copies and
$24 for 200 copies. There are no free reprints.
Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they
are to appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.
Colour plates are offered to authors at the following subsidized prices: first plate $265;
additional plates $185 each. Photographs are best submitted as colour transparencies
although paintings are also suitable. Plates using two or more photographs are more
expensive; thus where a number of set specimens are to be illustrated on a plate such
specimens are best photographed on a single slide.
Address papers to: The Editor,
Australian Entomological Magazine,
14 Chisholm Street,
| Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.
CANTRELL, B. К. Insects associated with Alocasia macrorrhiza(L.). - A
(«Шош (Алтасгае)шпОпееп O A 85
DOUGLAS, R. G. A note on Hesperilla chaostola leucophaea
Couchman (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) ................. 84
GULLAN, Р. J. Froggatt's accession notebooks ............... 91
JOHNSON, S. J. and JOHNSON, I. R. First record of Philiris azula
Wind and Clench (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) from Australia .... 89
PURSER, John A new northern record for the common silver
xenica, Oreixenica lathoniella (Westwood) (Lepidoptera: Nym-
phalidae) ¿AER MOS ee ee, Me: Beinn ANLE TUNE 92
THEISCHINGER, Giinther New and little known stoneflies (Plecop-
tera: Gripopterygidae) from Queensland and Victoria ........ 93
WOOD, G. A. The early stages of Philiris fulgens kurandae Waterhouse
and Philiris diana papuana Wind and Clench (Lepidoptera:
Tiycaenidae) 297, OV I E a „Уул ух с кус уы 81
RECENT LITERATURE — Ап accumulative bibliography of Australian
entomology. Compiled by M. S. and B. J. Moulds ........... 99
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES................... inside back cover
PAPILIO INTERNATIONAL
A NEW JOURNAL
devoted entirely to the study of SVALLOWTAIL BUTTERFLIES of the world.
Regular features include: lists of recent literature, descriptions, taxonomic lists &
revisions, news & views, book reviews & notices, field studies, wants & exchanges.
Editorial board: J. Haugum (Editorial Manager), D. L. Hancock, М. С. Р. Page,
Т. Racheli and F. Sperling
Published at intervals (approx. quarterly) at the following rates per Vol. of 4 parts.
Individual subscription, D.kr.125.— (US$ 15.50)
Institutional subscription, D.kr. 160.— (US$ 20.00)
Payment should be made in Danish Kroner (otherwise add US$4 for bank charges).
Subscriptions, material for publication and any enquiries should be addressed to
the Editorial Manager, Papilio Int., Lundhusvej 33, 7100 Vejle, DK Denmark.
BOOKS & EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT AND BOOK CATALOGUES
ARE AVAILABLE FREE ON REQUEST
MAIL ORDERS ARE A SPECIALTY
Australian Entomological Supplies
35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 4614
BRANCH: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43 3972
ISSN 0311-1881 Ps 2
х
ч ) )
M Os 7
en уш д
b EETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN, AUSTRALIA
A guide to the \
эу
` BARRY P. MOORE
B.Sc., Ph.D., DPhil. -
Fascicle Noria
i - Sole distributor
AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS | ;
14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, xs
ММ. 2065, Australia тшу iy
RN SEN
CARABIDAE y IN
r < 69
1 ASEP 1983 |
j
subfamily TRECHINAE: small litter-dwelling or stre i ORpgqjes, readily 7
şecognised by the circular furrows that completely surround=the-eyes; most
are not likely to interest the general student but the group is noteworthy
pecause some of the Tasmanian species are blind and live in caves. I have
fecently revised the subfamily (Moore 1972).
Subfamily PTEROSTICHINAE: medium sized to very large, mostly flightless
species, with prominent, secateur-like mandibles. These are the dominant
carabids of the coastal wet forests from Mt Gambier (S.A.) to the tip of
Cape York (N. Qld) and the student will soon become familiar with their
general appearance, although this is difficult to describe. Notonomus is the
jargest genus, with over a hundred species, of which about a half occur in our
area; many of these have a quite restricted range. N. triplogenioides Chaud.
(24-28 mm) (Fig. 72) is a fine bronze species of the Illawarra rain forests and
N. aeneomicans Chaud. (21-26 mm), black with bright brassy margins, occurs
on Barrington Tops; these (and most other) species have the upper surface of
the tarsi smooth and shiny but іп N. eques Cast., of the Illawarra, and its
close relatives further south, the tarsi are covered with minute grooves.
N. philippi Newm. (18-21 mm), elytra scarcely striate, black with bronze
reflections, is common about Melbourne in open country, an unusual habitat
for the genus. Most local species are covered by Sloane’s revision (1913).
Species of Castelnaudia, Trichostemus, Nurus and Cratoferonia occur
jn wet forests northwards from the Illawarra; they are large and heavy,
flightless beetles, many of them with metallic tints. Castelnaudia cyanea Cast.
(28-34 mm) (Fig. 73) is of a lovely and silky purplish-blue and ranges from
the- Royal National Park, south of Sydney to the Comboyne Plateau;
Cratoferonia regalis Cast. (32-36 mm) (Fig. 70) is another fine purplish species
with about the same range but here, the elytral odd intervals carry rows of
small setae and the mandibles are shorter; north of the Comboyne it is
replaced by a close relative, the bronze-black C. phylarchus Sl. Nurus latipennis
Sl. (26-33 mm) (Fig. 69) is a very robust species from the New England
Tablelands.
Sarticus is an important genus of flightless species that occur in open
habitats; 5. cyaneocinctus Chaud. (17-21 mm) (Fig. 60), shining black with
bright purplish-blue margins and with a distinct ridge on each elytron, near
the shoulder, is the finest and is now very widespread, probably having been
favoured by clearing of the natural bush. All species likely to be encountered
may be recognised to genus by the orbicular prothorax, without obvious
hind-angles.
Hyperion schroetteri Schreib. (Fig. 66), though rather variable in size,
can attain a length of 63 mm, to be our largest carabid; it is mainly a
tableland and Riverina species that feeds on chafer grubs in large, hollow
eucalypts. In the early days of railway building timber getters found these
in some numbers, when cutting up the big Red River gums for sleepers but
Beetles of South-eastern Australia — B. P. Moore
Fascicle 5, pp. 69-84, July, 1983. ISBN 0 909451 13 3
70 BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA
nowadays they are rather hard to come by, although occasionally they fly
to light. The related genus Catadromus also includes large, winged species;
all are shining black with bright, golden-green margins. C. lacordairei Boisd.
(28-37 mm) (Fig. 68), with the bright elytral margins continuous from base
to apex and C. australis Cast. (38-47 mm) (Fig. 67), the bright margins
divided lengthwise by a narrow black band, occur together over much of our
area and are very common along the Murray River; they are reported to feed
upon small frogs but the larvae are unknown.
Students wishing to identify all the local genera of this important
subfamily should consult my paper (Moore 1965).
Subfamily HARPALINAE: small to medium sized, mostly winged species,
with short stout appendages and mandibles and with only one bristle (seta)
beside each eye (most carabids have two). These are mostly unattractive
species that are difficult to identify; many are very common, even in suburban
gardens, and some are known to consume seeds and other vegetable matter.
Gnathaphanus pulcher Dej. (14-19 mm) (Fig. 61), metallic green with reddish
tints, is one of the most handsome and is quite common in coastal N.S.W. and
Queensland.
Subfamily CALLISTINAE: medium sized, winged species, the elytra pubescent
(at least at sides), giving a velvet-like sheen, usually with metallic tints; only
one seta beside each eye. These handsome beetles, which are better known
under the name Chlaeniinae, are best developed in the tropics of the northem
hemisphere and our few species are evidently derived from there by south-
ward migration in comparatively recent times. Hololeius nitidulus Dej. (10-
12 mm), shining bronze with bright green margins and yellow legs, is rare
about Sydney but ranges northwards as far as India and several essentially
Oriental species of the related genus Chlaenius occur in Queensland. Chlaenius
darlingensis Cast. (13-15 mm) (Fig. 62), metallic green with elytral margins
and legs pale yellow, is common beside creeks throughout our area but the
broader C. australis Dej. (15-17 mm), head and thorax greenish-bronze,
elytra brownish-black, legs black, prefers drier habitats and often flies to
lights, The larva of C. darlingensis occurs in the same situations as the adult;
it is a lithe and diurnal creature with exceptionally long urogomphi,
conspicuously tipped with white and carried vertically over the back, rather
than in the usual trailing position.
Subfamily OODINAE: medium sized, winged species, closely allied to the
preceeding but not pubescent; body of characteristic oval form. Some
Figs 74-83. Carabidae. (74) Coptocarpus australis Dej.; (75) Craspedophorus australis
Dej.; (76) Philophloeus eucalypti Germ.; (77) Demetrida vittata Dej.; (78)
Anomotarus crudelis Newm.; (79) Drypta australis Dej.; (80) Helluo costatus
Bon.; (81) Eudalia macleayi Bates; (82) Sphallomorpha nitiduloides Сиег.;
(83) S. colymbetoides Westw.
71
72 BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA
northern species are fine metallic beetles that come to light; the commonest
with us are Oodes modestus Chaud. (8-11 mm), dull metallic bronze, and
Coptocarpus australis Dej. (10-12 mm) (Fig. 74), entirely black; they are
found in damp places.
Subfamily PANAGAEINAE: medium sized to rather large, coarsely sculptured
and pubescent species; head very small, with prominent eyes; palpi securiform
(hatchet-shaped); hindbody convex. These beetles are very readily recognised
to group but the species are often poorly differentiated; some of the tropical
ones are fully winged but those from the south-eastern States are all flightless
members of the one genus, Craspedophorus. C. australis Dej. (mastersi Sl.)
(12-14 mm) (Fig. 75) is largely coal-black but each elytron bears two
conspicuous orange-red spots; it occurs during the cooler months in dry
sclerophyll woodland, often in quite large groups, and is the species common
about Sydney. C. australasiae Chaud. (10.5-12 mm) has larger, more reddish
elytral spots and is found in the mallee districts of western Victoria and
South Australia, Diverse populations occur on the eastern tablelands but
their taxonomy has not yet been clarified.
Subfamily LEBIINAE: small to medium sized, mostly winged species; elytra
truncate, leaving the last abdominal segment exposed above. These are mostly
lightly built, plant frequenting beetles that, in the southern States, are
commonest under bark of standing eucalypts. Many have yellow-striped
elytra. The chief genera are Demetrida (Xanthophoea), rather elongate beetles,
variously patterned, penultimate segment in all tarsi bilobed; Philophloeus
broad, flat, pubescent species (6-13 mm), elytra mostly with a single pale
yellow stripe on each (Fig. 76), tarsi simple; Agonochila similar in build to
Philophloeus but mostly much smaller (5-7 mm), elytra usually with two
pale wavy bands or spots; Trigonothops, similar in pattern to Agonochila
but more elongate and not pubescent. Demetrida brachinodera Chaud.
(12-13 mm), entirely pale straw-yellow, is the finest species but it is rather
scarce; D. grandis Dej. (13-14 mm) and D. vittata Dej. (8-10 mm) (Fig. 77)
have similar elytral markings in black and pale yellow, the latter species
being very widespread. Species of the other genera are very numerous and
difficult to identify.
Species of Anomotarus are unusual within this subfamily in being
ground dwellers; А. illawarrae Macl. (6-7 mm), head, legs and underside
black, thorax and elytra with a velvety bronze sheen, is diurnal and is often
seen on pathways, running with a characteristic darting gait; A. crudelis
Newm. (6-8 mm) (Fig. 78), pale yellow and black, often flies to lights.
Plate Il. (A) Scopodes splendens Mre (Carabidae); (B) Myrmecodemus riverinae Sl.
(Carabidae); (C) Saprinus cyaneus Е. (Histeridae). (0-1) Scarabaeidae, Ceton-
iinae: (D) Polystigma punctatum Don.; (E) Chlorobapta frontalis Don.; (F)
Chlorobapta besti Westw.; (G) Diaphonia dorsalis Don.; (Н) Schizorrhina
atropunctata Kirby; (I) Trichaulax philipsi Schreib. var. macleayi Kraatz.
73
74 BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA
Subfamily DRYPTINAE: small species; foreparts very elongate; basal segment
of antennae very long; elytra truncate. A numerically small but world wide
group, the species all with a similar and very characteristic build. Drypta
australis Dej. (8-10 mm) (Fig. 79), head, thorax and elytral fasciae red,
centre and margins of elytra bluish black, is the only local species; it lives in
long grass or rushes in damp places and often comes to lights at night.
Subfamily HELLUONINAE: medium sized to large, elongate flattish and
rather heavily built, black or metallic species; eyes prominent; labrum very
large; elytra truncate. Most of the species are winged but there are several
heavy, flightless ones in Western Australia. Helluo costatus Bon. (20-27 mm)
(Fig. 80), dark brown, coarsely punctured and pubescent, elytra with marked
costae (ridges), is a ground dweller and is common from Melbourne to
southern Queensland, in dry forests. Aenigma iris Newm. (17-21 mm),
brilliant purple, and Dicranoglossus resplendens Cast. (11-13 mm), purplish-
blue, are prizes to be had occasionally from Sydney northwards, under
eucalypt bark; they run rapidly when disturbed.
Subfamily PENTAGONICINAE: small, active, mostly diurnal beetles; eyes
large; elytra truncate as in Lebiinae. Species of Scopodes resemble miniature
Tiger beetles but the elytra are without pale marks. These attractive little
beetles are often seen in open places, darting over sun-lit ground in a
characteristic:staccato gait; their large eyes are obviously adapted for hunting
by sight. S. sigillatus Germ. (3.5-4 mm), dull bronze, legs yellowish, and
S. boops Blbn (4-45 mm), entirely coal-black, are the commonest and S.
splendens Mre (5-5.5 mm) (Pl. II, A) is the prettiest. The last mentioned
appears to be confined to the Snowy Mountains, where my wife and I
discovered it some years ago. S. fasmanicus Bates (6-7 mm), silky black,
occurs in wetter forests in Tasmania and Victoria and is most often seen on
fallen logs, whereas the blue-black S. simplex Blbn (5-6.5 mm) is confined
to the highest peaks of the Australian Alps. Species of Pentagonica, the only
other genus, are litter dwellers and are much less often seen.
Subfamily ODACANTHINAE: small species; head with prominent eyes and
a pronounced neck; prothorax very narrow or globular; elytra truncate as in
Lebiinae. Mainly tropical, these delicate beetles are mostly associated with
aquatic vegetation and the elongate forms hunt and hide in the stems of
hollow reeds, The broader Eudalia species occur in gravel beside running
water: E. macleayi Bates (9-10 mm) (Fig. 81), dull brownish-bronze, with
yellow legs, is widespread; E. castelnaui Sl. (10-12 mm), entirely black, is
confined to the mountains. Myrmecodemus riverinae Sl. (6.5-7.5 mm)
(Pl. II, B) is a pretty antlike species found in Juncus swamps beside the
Murray and other larger inland rivers.
CARABIDAE 75
Subfamily BRACHININAF: the well known Bombardier beetles. These
beetles share with the Paussinae one of the most highly developed systems
of chemical defence evolved by insects. Hydroquinone (quinol) and hydrogen
peroxide are secreted in special cells and stored, as an aqueous mixture, in
large abdominal reservoirs. When disturbed the beetles release some of this
mixture into paired reaction chambers, where contact with the enzyme
peroxidase causes an explosive reaction to take place, with release of hot
vapour containing steam, quinones and oxygen. The release is through special
Figs 84-85, Exceptionally sclerotised (armoured) beetle larvae. (84) Pamborus macleayi
Cast. (Carabidae); (85) Ptomaphila lachrymosa Schreib. (Silphidae).
nozzles on each side of the anus and can be directed towards any would-be
predator. Since these beetles usually occur in groups, they produce a veritable
salvo when molested.
Bombardier beetles are plentiful in the northern hemisphere but we
have only one widespread species, namely Pheropsophus verticalis Dej.
(13-19 mm) (Fig. 53), easily recognised from its black-and-yellow pattern
and its behaviour. This species occurs in damp places, especially the margins
of billabongs, and is abundant along the Murray River; its larva has not yet
Plate III. (A) Tritocosmia roei Saunders
(Cerambycidae); (B) Parapriasus austral-
asiae Boisd. (Coccinellidae), hibernating
cluster, under bark.
Plate IV. (A) Stigmodera jacquinoti Boisd.;
(B) Stigmodera macularia Don. (Bupres-
tidae).
78 BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA
been reported but from what is known about exotic species, it may be
presumed to be a parasitoid, possibly of grasshopper or mole-cricket egg
caches.
Subfamily PSEUDOMORPHINAE: very aberrant carabids; body smooth,
compact, oval or cylindrical; legs and antennae short, retractile. Although a
few species are known from other regions, Australia is the headquarters of
this curious group, all members of which are most probably closely associated
with ants. The adult beetles move very fast but because of their short legs
and closeness to the substrate, they appear to glide rather than run across
the surface.
One of our commonest species is Sphallomorpha colymbetoides Westw.
(12-14 mm) (Fig. 83), a dark brown, oval beetle with a large, yellowish-brown
spot on each elytron. Larvae of this and related species are found around
the nests of Meat ants (Iridomyrmex purpureus Smith), where they live in
vertical burrows, very much after the manner of larval Tiger beetles, and
prey upon the ants as they pass by. An ant is seized by a leg and quickly
paralysed, apparently by injection of a toxin secreted by the very swollen
larval palpi; its juices are then sucked out, leaving a somewhat shrunken but
otherwise intact shell. The larva moults twice as it continues to grow and
when full-sized, seals its burrow and retires to a pupation chamber. The
adult beetle emerges from the pupa in about two weeks but remains in its
cell for some time before coming to the surface to begin the life-cycle again.
Sphallomorpha nitiduloides Guér. (9-11 mm) (Fig. 82), head black, thorax
largely yellow, elytra brown with pale whitish marginal crescents, has
identical habits. Species of Silphomorpha have a similar form but lack all
pale markings; they are difficult to identify and nothing is known about
their life-histories. Adelotopus and Cainogenion include small, cylindrical
species that seem to be associated with smaller, tree-dwelling ants.
79
Family DYTISCIDAE
(Predacious Water beetles)
Tarsal formula: 5-5-5
Antennae: filiform
Small to rather large, smooth, oval
species adapted for life in water; head deeply
set in prothorax; hind tarsi flattened and
fringed with long hairs, to form efficient oars;
front tarsi of males expanded, with suct-
orial discs beneath. Larvae campodeiform,
with strongly tapered hind segments; legs
S-segmented.
Dytiscid beetles have a very character-
istic general appearance and are not likely to
be confused with any others except the Hyd-
rophilidae, but their long, filiform (thread-
like) antennae will distinguish them from
the latter. When swimming, dytiscids stroke
both hind legs simultaneously, whereas hyd-
rophilids do so alternately.
Adult dytiscids fly readily, mostly after
sunset, and pitch directly into water, which
they recognise from its reflections, but they are sometimes deceived by glass
and other man-made shiny surfaces. When under water, they breathe through
abdominal spiracles from an air reserve trapped under the elytra, and they
need to return to the surface periodically to renew the supply. They are
voracious predators upon a wide variety of aquatic animals, ranging from
other insects and their larvae to tadpoles and small fish.
The larvae are equally voracious but, unlike the adults, they do not
chew their prey: their long, sickle-like jaws (Fig. 16) carry a narrow channel
along which digestive juices are pumped into their victims, which are then
sucked dry by a reversal of the process. These larvae breathe through a
narrow syphon, formed by the greatly elongated eighth abdominal segment
and, like the adults, they need to come to the water’s surface periodically for
fresh supplies of air. When full grown, the larvae leave the water to pupate in
an earthen cell.
All four subfamilies currently recognised are represented in this country
but the species of Laccophilinae and Hydroporinae, though numerous, are
mostly small and unlikely to interest the general coleopterist. The Colymbet-
inae and Dytiscinae, which include the larger species, may be distinguished as
follows:
Fig. 86
Lancetes lanceolatus Clark
DYTISCIDAE 81
Inner border of eye above antenna excised by an intrusion of the
A ee sas Ae cst eR у Й Colymbetinae
Inner border of eye above antennaentire.............. Dytiscinae
Rhantus suturalis Macl. (pulverosus Steph.) (12-13 mm) (Colymbetinae)
is one of our commonest species and it also has a very wide distribution
overseas. Typically, it is yellowish in ground colour, with a conspicuous oval
spot on the pronotum and numerous fine markings on the elytra brownish-
black, but all-dark specimens also occur. The related Lancetes lanceolatus
Clark (11-12 mm) (Fig. 86) may be recognised by its finely and neatly
black-striped elytra and its rather more elongate form, with truncate elytral
apices.
The Dytiscinae include our largest species, namely, Cybister tripunctatus
Ol. (22-30 mm) (Fig. 87) and Homoeodytes scutellaris Germ. (25-28 mm)
(Fig. 88); both are olive-black, margined with dull yellow, but the pronotal
pale margins are straight-sided in the former, angled in the latter. Technically,
these two genera may be separated by the claws of the hind tarsi: single in
Cybister, twin but unequal (Fig. 11) in Homoeodytes.
Smaller species of this subfamily include Eretes australis Er. (12-16 mm)
(Fig. 89), of a rather pale brownish yellow with narrow, black, transverse
marks, and with exceptionally long and slender tarsal claws. This is probably
the commonest water beetle of the outback, in temporary pools, man-made
dams, etc. Hydaticus parallelus Clark (13-15 mm), dark red-brown to black,
with broad, reddish-yellow borders to head and pronotum, may be recognised
locally by its rather parallel sided form; it is essentially a species of the coastal
regions and the one southern representative of a largely tropical genus.
Spencerhydrus latecinctus Sharp (13-17 mm) (Fig. 90), sides of pronotum
and elytra broadly margined in yellow, is a robust species that appears to be
confined to Victoria.
The Australian dytiscids have recently been revised by Watts (1978).
Plate V. (A) Calodema regalis Lap. and Gory (Buprestidae); (В) Lemidia spinipennis
Lea (Cleridae); (C) Ph/ogistus eximius White (Cleridae); (D) Dicranolaius
villosus Lea (Melyridae); (E) Agasma semicrudum Newm. (Oedemeridae); (F)
Lemodes splendens Lea (Anthicidae); (G) Cryptocephalus speciosus Guer.
(Chrysomelidae); (H) Augomela hypochalcea Germ. (Chrysomelidae).
82
83
Family GYRINIDAE
(Whirligig Beetles)
Tarsal formula: 5-5*-5*
Antennae: very short, stout
Small to medium sized, oval species
adapted for life on the water's surface. Front
legs long, raptorial, middle and hind legs
very short, flattened, to form fast-moving
paddles; eyes completely divided by margins
of head, to permit simultaneous vision above
and below the water's surface. Larvae camp-
odeiform, very slender, with numerous lateral
abdominal gills; legs 5-segmented.
These streamlined beetles are so charac-
teristic in build and habits that they are
unlikely to be confused with any others ;
they are highly gregarious and are most often
observed in large groups, resting or swimming
leisurely on the surface of fresh standing Fig, 96
or gently flowing water. The short antennae Aulonogyrus strigosus F.
rest in contact with the water and are used
to detect ripples caused by drowning insects and other small creatures that
form the prey. When disturbed, these beetles gyrate rapidly and if pressed
further, dive and swim below the surface, to reappear at a safe distance. They
also fly readily on warm evenings and are frequently attracted to lights.
The eggs are generally deposited upon the stems of emergent aquatic
plants and the resulting larvae are fully adapted from the outset to life in
water; they are delicate creatures, provided with a row of long, feather-like
gills on each side of the abdomen, and they swim by means of an undulatory
motion of the whole body. The mouthparts are of the biting type and the
prey consists of mayfly and stonefly larvae and other small aquatic animals.
Pupation takes place in an earthen cell above high water mark,
Figs 87-95. (87-90) Dytiscidae: (87) Cybister tripunctatus Ol..
scutellaris Germ.; (89) Eretes australis Er.; (90) o
Sharp; (91) Macrogyrus striolatus Guer., (Gyrinidae); (92) Berosus austral-
asiae Muls. (Hydrophilidae); (93) Saprinodes falcifer Lewis (Histeridae):
(94) Chlamydopsis longipes Lea (Histeridae); (95) Diamesus osculans Vig.
(Silphidae). |
84 BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA
Our largest species belong to the genus Macrogyrus, with striolatus
Guér. (15-18 mm) (Fig. 91), black with metallic tints, as the giant of the
group. This beetle occurs widely in New South Wales and southern Queens-
land. M. oblongus Boisd. (12.5-14 mm), olive-green, elytra with metallic
green striae, and M. rivularis Clark (12-16 mm), brown, with coppery striae,
are also fine, widespread species; they are mostly found on the quieter pools
beside clear running waters.
Among the smaller species, Dineutus australis F. (6.5-9 mm), bronze-
black, sides with blue or green reflections, may be recognised by the absence
of a visible scutellum; it occurs in all States. Aulonogyrus strigosus F.
(5.5-6.5 mm) (Fig. 96) has the prothorax and elytra conspicuously margined
with yellow and is also widespread; it prefers rather swiftly flowing waters.
Gyrinus convexiusculus Macl. (3.5-4.8 mm), shining black, bronzed laterally,
is the smallest species of the fauna and it occurs in all the eastern States.
The Australian Gyrinidae have been revised by Ochs (1949, 1956).
BEETLES OF SOWPFLEASTERN AUSTRALIA
Our largest species belong te the genus Macrogurus, with brio
Guér. (15:18 пий) (Fig. 91), tisck with imetallic tints, às the giant of «
group. This beetle occurs widely in New South Wales and southern Quse
lard. M. blongus Boisd: (12.5.14 onm), olive-green, elytra with zm
gren striae, god M, rivularis Clack BES imm), brown, with coppery $
ase also Пле, widespread species; they ase mostly found ón the quieter ¢
beside lear runing waters,
-Ameng_ the smaller species, Deis quésaredis Р. (6.59 mm), b
WEIT PED С
Ents:
(545 . Fos
A439
i SNO S:
Fat © i ECL
(PRE:
HORE en
E UIN
begin
t
non
SS
etn tintas
ннен
hut : :
OUT à i ў DOS
E { ? DE
3
f
t
ДИ
th
i
EET EM
es
vet
КЕЕ
ЖИ
nas
үм "
ПЛАНА) j d y а руе
И d i i TOUS
D
ish pio
AS А FOLGE
ER EORR
(b> gc